Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Akzo Nobel / FY2010 Annual Report

Akzo Nobel
Annual Report 2010

AKZA · OTC Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker AKZA
Exchange OTC
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · Akzo Nobel
Loading PDF…
A year of delivering Tomorrow’s Answers Today

Key performance indicators

Statement of income

Dividend and earnings per share

Cash flows

Ratios

Revenue 
in € millions

2009 

2010 

EBITDA 
in € millions

2009 

2010 

Adjusted earnings per share  
in €

Net debt 
in € millions

Moving average ROI  
in %

13,028

14,640 

+12%

2009 

2010 

2.06

3.71

+80%

2009 

2010 

1,744

936

-46%

2009 

2010 

Dividend per share  
in €

Operating working capital 
% of revenue

Operating ROI  
% of revenue

1,690

1,964

+16%

2009 

2010 

1.35

1.40

+4%

2009 

2010 

13.7

13.9

+0.2

2009 

2010 

9.2

10.8

23.2

27.7

+1.6

+4.5

EBITDA margin  
% of revenue

Net income attributable 
to shareholders in € millions

Net cash from operating activities 
in € millions

Research and development expenses 
in € millions

2009 

2010 

13.0

13.4

+0.4

2009  

2010 

285

754

2009 

2010 

1,220

519

-57%

2009 

2010 

327

334

+2%

EBIT 
in € millions

2009 

2010 

Earnings per share from 
continuing operations in €

1,131

1,374

+21%

2009 

2010 

1.09

2.85

Capital expenditures  
in € millions

2009 

2010 

513

534

Research and development major 
projects % of R&D expenses

4%

2009 

2010 

41

46

+5

Shareholders’ equity and EBITDA  
per common share in €

Operating cash flows
in € millions

Net debt and group equity
in € millions

Shareholders’ equity per common share 

EBITDA per common share

Net capital expenditure

Operating cash flows

Group equity

Net debt

EBIT and EBITDA
in € millions

EBIT

EBITDA 

Operating ROI 

3500

2800

2100

1400

700

0

23.5

23.2

1,785

1,234

1,690

1,131

27.7

1,964

1,374

30

24

18

12

6

0

60

48

36

24

12

0

7.70

7.28

32.21

33.48

8.41

38.47

10

8

6

4

2

0

2008

2009

2010

2008

2009

2010

1,220

(513)

2009

519

(534)

2010

7,913

8,245

9,509

2,084

1,744

936

2008

2009

2010

 
 
 
 
Sustainability 

Specialty Chemicals 

Performance Coatings 

Decorative Paints 

Total reportable rate of injuries 
per million hours

2009 

2010 

3.7

3.6

-0.1

Eco-premium solutions  
% of revenue

2009 

2010 

20

25

+5

Revenue  
in € millions

2009 

2010 

EBITDA  
in € millions

2009 

2010 

Revenue  
in € millions

Revenue  
in € millions

4,359

4,943

+13%

2009 

2010 

4,112

4,786

+16%

2009 

2010 

4,573

4,968

+9%

EBITDA  
in € millions

EBITDA  
in € millions

738

939

+27%

2009 

2010 

Key value chains carbon 
footprint assessment

EBITDA margin  
% of revenue

EBITDA margin  
% of revenue

2009 

2010 

158

286

+81%

2009 

2010 

16.9

19.0

+2.1

2009 

2010 

594

647

14.4

13.5

+9%

2009 

2010 

487

548

+13%

EBITDA margin  
% of revenue

-0.9

2009 

2010 

10.6

11.0

+0.4

Total waste  
in kilotons

2009 

2010 

Total reportable rate of injuries 
per million hours

Total reportable rate of injuries 
per million hours

= 

Total reportable rate of injuries 
per million hours

249

258 

+4%

2009 

2010 

2.8

3.5

+0.7

2009 

2010 

3.3

3.3

2009 

2010 

4.7

4.0

-0.7

Total reportable rate of injuries
per million hours

5.3

4.6

3.7

3.6

2007

2008

2009

2010

Eco-premium solutions
% of revenue

18

18

20

25

2007

2008

2009

2010

Revenue breakdown in % 

Revenue breakdown in % 

Revenue breakdown in % 

D

C

E

A

B

D

E

C

A

B

C

B

A

A Functional Chemicals  

36 

A Marine and Protective Coatings  

B Industrial Chemicals 

C Pulp and Paper Chemicals 

D Surface Chemistry 

E Chemicals Pakistan 

21

20

17

6

B Car Refinishes 

C Industrial Coatings 

D Powder Coatings 

E Wood Finishes and Adhesives 

A Europe 

B Americas 

C Asia Pacific 

28

21

18

17

16

52

31

17

Total revenue high growth  
markets vs mature

Total revenue high growth  
markets vs mature

Total revenue high growth  
markets vs mature

> 30%

100%

> 45%

100%

> 35%

100%

 
 
 
 
 
AkzoNobel at a glance in 2010

Our geo-mix and employees

20%

North America

10,400

39%

Mature Europe

22,300

6%

Emerging Europe

2,600

Geo-mix revenue 
by destination

Employees
by region

10%

Latin America

4,300

21%

Asia Pacific

14,500

4%

Other countries

1,500

Revenue (in € billions)

€14.6
55,590

Employees

Decorative 
Paints

34%

33%

Total revenue
€14.6 billion

Specialty 
Chemicals

Performance 
Coatings

33%

3%

Other

Specialty 
Chemicals

20%

Decorative 
Paints

39%

Total employees 
55,590

38%

Performance 
Coatings

Revenue by Business Area

Employees by Business Area

A year of delivering 
Tomorrow’s Answers Today

2010 was a successful year for AkzoNobel, the world’s 
largest coatings and specialty chemicals company. Our 
financial performance was strong; we completed a number 
of significant acquisitions; introduced a wide range of 
innovative and more sustainable products; and launched 
a new accelerated growth strategy. More information on 
all these developments can be found in this 2010 Report, 
which takes a detailed look at how we are continuing to 
deliver Tomorrow’s Answers Today. 

AKZONOBEL AND...

Throughout this Report you will find various case studies 
highlighting just part of our contribution to the world around us.

17 HIGH GROWTH REGIONS

25 THE MID-MARKET

30 PAPER TECHNOLOGY

34 BRIGHT IDEAS

40 FASTER INNOVATION

44 MEETING CUSTOMER NEEDS

50 HEALTHY LIVING

54 NATURAL RESOURCES

144  ECO-PREMIUM SOLUTIONS

146 INVENTIVE THINKING

158 COOL COATINGS

162 SUPPLYING IKEA

164 CUTTING OUT CARBON

Contents

Strategy  

Chairman’s statement  

Our Board of Management 

Report of the Board of Management  

Statement of the Board of Management 

Achieving our medium-term ambitions  

Improving our performance levels  

Executive Committee 

Business performance  

AkzoNobel Specialty Chemicals  

AkzoNobel Performance Coatings  

AkzoNobel Decorative Paints 

Governance and compliance   

Our Supervisory Board  

Report of the Supervisory Board  

Corporate governance statement  

Remuneration report  

Risk management  

AkzoNobel on the capital market  

Additional information  

Financial summary  

Index  

Glossary 

Financial calendar  

Disclaimer  

170

170

174

 175

177

inside back cover

5

6

 8

10

16

18

20

27

29

30

40

50

59

60

61

63

69

75

80

Financial statements  

Consolidated statement of income  

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  

Consolidated balance sheet  

Consolidated statement of cash flows  

Consolidated statement of changes in equity  

Segment information  

Notes to the consolidated financial statements  

Company financial statements  

Other information  

Sustainability facts and figures   

2010 key figures  

Managing our values 

Stakeholder activity 

Sustainability framework 

Invent   

Manage  

Improve  

Reporting principles  

Independent assurance report  

Sustainability performance summary  

85

86

87

87

88

89

90

91

129

134

137

138

139

141

142

145

149

152

166

167

168

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Contents

3

This section provides an  
overview of our strategic priorities, 
highlights key performance areas  
and gives details of the medium- 
term ambitions targets to which 
we aspire. You will also find the  
Chairman’s statement and the  
Report of the Board of Management.

Chairman’s statement  

Our Board of Management  

Report of the Board of Management  

Statement of the Board of Management 

Achieving our medium-term ambitions 

Improving our performance levels  

Executive Committee 

6

8

10

16

18

20

27

Delivering 
Tomorrow’s  
Answers Today

For  AkzoNobel,  2010  was  something  of  a  landmark  year.  
We still faced many challenges due to the ongoing uncertainty 
surrounding the economic climate. But our financial vigilance 
and  swift  response  to  the  global  downturn  enabled  us  to 
launch a new accelerated growth strategy soon after markets 
began to recover. Our aim all along had been to emerge from 
the crisis an even stronger company, and we succeeded.

6

Page title  |  Strategy  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

I’ll come to our new growth ambitions in a moment, but the 
milestone nature of the year – and the essence of our strategic 
vision – was in many ways typified by November’s inauguration 
of our new multi-site in Ningbo, China. The €275 million facility 
is AkzoNobel’s largest ever investment outside of an acquisi-
tion  and  underlines  the  increasing  importance  of  the  world’s 
high growth markets as we look to establish ourselves as the 
world’s  leading  coatings  and  specialty  chemicals  company. 
Regions such as Asia and Latin America are fundamental to 
our future plans and Ningbo is representative of all our ambi-
tions  as  we  strive  to  push  ahead  and  seize  opportunities  to 
accelerate profitable growth. 

Value and Values
The  announcement  of  our  new  Value  and  Values  strategy 
was certainly one of the year’s most important developments.  
It was significant because it signaled the end of the transfor-
mation of our portfolio – a complex period of integration and 
restructuring – and the dawn of a new era. One of accelerated 
and sustainable growth. The details are explained elsewhere 
in this 2010 Report, but essentially our new strategy sets out 
a  number  of  mid-term  financial  targets,  including  increas-
ing  revenue  to  €20  billion,  growing  EBITDA  each  year  while 
maintaining a 13 to 15 percent margin and paying a stable to 
rising  dividend.  These  “Value”  ambitions  are  underpinned  by 
strategic “Values”, which ensure that growth will be achieved 
responsibly and sustainably.  

The foundations for our new strategic vision were completed 
during 2010, when we turned in a solid financial performance, 
with revenue growing 12 percent. Delivering on our 14 percent 
EBITDA  target  ahead  of  schedule  was  also  a  significant 
achievement and emphasized the success of our employees 
in  focusing  on  customers,  costs  and  cash.  This  disciplined 
approach enabled us to grow revenue across all businesses 
and paved the way for us to drive forward with fresh impetus 
and renewed energy. Our markets have not yet fully returned to 
pre-recessionary levels and raw material prices are still volatile, 
so discipline remains key. But we are financially robust and are 
committed to realizing further benefits from both our scale and 
our pipeline of innovative products.

In  order  to  help  us  deliver  on  our  new  strategic  ambitions,  
we decided that an important change was needed at the very 
top  of  the  organization.  We  therefore  broadened  our  leader-
ship team and established a nine-strong Executive Committee 
(explained in further detail elsewhere), comprising the current 

Board  of  Management  and  four  new  leaders.  I’m  confident 
that this new set-up will help to better drive common agendas, 
build capabilities across the company and develop a leader-
ship group, culture and structure that will bring AkzoNobel to 
the next level of substantially higher performance and growth. 

During 2010, we continued with our strategy of consolidating 
our industries with a number of bolt-on acquisitions. Among 
the most significant was the finalization of the deal in which we 
took over the powder coatings activities of the former Rohm & 
Haas from the Dow Chemical Company. This saw us become 
market  leader  in  the  US  and  helped  to  significantly  improve 
volumes.  Another  deal  involved  the  purchase  of  Changzhou 
Prime Automotive Paint Co. Ltd. in China. This not only gives 
us  strong  representation  in  one  of  China’s  most  promising 
growth segments, but also gives our Car Refinishes business 
the  opportunity  to  become  the  clear  leader  in  the  attractive 
vehicle refinish mid-market. Another important acquisition was 
that of Lindgens Metal Decorating Coatings and Inks by our 
Industrial  Coatings  business.  It  enables  us  to  serve  custom-
ers with a more complete range of inks and has improved our 
position  in  high  growth  areas  of  EMEA  (such  as  Turkey  and 
Russia), as well as in the Asia Pacific region, notably Austra-
lia.  The  key  divestment  during  2010  involved  the  sale  of  our 
National Starch activities to Corn Products International, which 
completed the final stage of our portfolio transformation. Aside 
from acquisitions, the year was also notable for a number of 
strategically important agreements. Perhaps the most signifi-
cant was the deal signed by our Decorative Paints business to 
become the primary paint supplier to Walmart, which involves 
supplying  multiple  paint  brands  to  the  retailer’s  3,500-plus 
stores in the US. 

Excellent performance
Sustainability  continued  to  be  a  high  priority  during  2010, 
emphasized by the integral role it has to play in our new growth 
strategy. We maintained our excellent performance and were 
again ranked as one of the leaders in our industry, demonstrat-
ing our commitment not just to growing, but to growing in the 
right ways. Our innovative pipeline also continued to produce 
a  wide  range  of  eco-premium  solutions  that  have  made  an 
immediate  impact,  such  as  Dulux  Weathershield  SunReflect, 
a  paint  which  lowers  the  temperature  of  external  walls  and 
reduces the need for air conditioning. 

We also realize that there are areas where we need to improve. 
For example, we know we can do even better when it comes 

to safety and are making a concerted effort to achieve a top 
quartile  performance.  Similarly,  our  employee  programs  are 
being  stepped  up  to  improve  engagement  and  encourage 
talent development. Creating an engaged workforce is central 
to our new strategy and we are working hard to stimulate a 
climate of confidence, cooperation and co-creation. 

I  must  stress  that  while  not  as  severe  as  the  previous  year, 
2010  did  present  its  fair  share  of  challenges.  The  fact  that 
we  made  such  solid  progress  and  have  entered  a  new  era 
of accelerated and sustainable growth says much about our 
underlying strength and our firm financial footing. In line with 
our  new  strategy,  we  will  therefore  propose  an  increased 
dividend  to  shareholders  at  the  forthcoming  Annual  General 
Meeting. In 2011, we expect to experience volume challenges 
in  many  established  markets  and  will  continue  to  face  raw 
material price pressure. Although there is ongoing uncertain-
ty  about  the  overall  economic  conditions,  particularly  in  the 
mature  markets,  for  2011  we  are  aiming  for  more  than  five 
percent revenue and EBITDA growth. 

My  colleagues  on  the  Board  of  Management  and  Executive  
Committee  are  extremely  proud  to  be  leading  our  great 
company  at  such  an  exciting  period  in  its  long  history  and 
would  like  to  express  our  gratitude  to  the  many  colleagues 
around  the  world  who  are  helping  to  lead  AkzoNobel  into  a 
future full of so many possibilities.

Hans Wijers
CEO and Chairman of the Board of Management

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Strategy  |  Chairman’s statement

7

       
Our Board  
of Management

Tex Gunning 
Board member responsible for Decorative Paints  
(1950, Dutch) 

Keith Nichols
Chief Financial Officer  
(1960, British) 

Tex Gunning holds a degree in economics from the Erasmus 
University Rotterdam. His business career has included more 
than 25 years at Unilever, where his final position was as Busi-
ness Group President Asia Foods.

Keith  Nichols  joined  AkzoNobel  in  December  2005  from 
Corus Group plc, where he held the position of Group Trea-
surer.  Prior  to  joining  Corus  in  2004,  he  held  a  number  of 
senior  finance  positions  within  TNT  N.V.,  bringing  extensive 
international finance experience.

In September 2007, he was appointed CEO of Vedior, a global 
company  in  HRM  services.  After  a  successful  merger  with 
Randstad, he joined AkzoNobel in 2008 as Managing Director 
of Decorative Paints.

Mr.  Nichols  played  a  key  senior  role  in  the  sale  of  Organon 
BioSciences to Schering Plough and in the structuring, financ-
ing and completion of the acquisition of ICI. He is a member of 
the Association of Corporate Treasurers and holds the MCT 
Advanced Diploma.

8

Our Board of Management  |  Strategy  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Hans Wijers
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman 
of the Board of Management (1951, Dutch)

Rob Frohn
Board member responsible for Specialty Chemicals  
(1960, Dutch)

Leif Darner 
Board member responsible for Performance Coatings 
(1952, Swedish) 

A graduate of the University of Groningen and Assistant Profes-
sor of Economics at the Erasmus University of Rotterdam in 
the  Netherlands  (where  he  received  his  PhD  in  economics). 
A former Minister for Economic Affairs in the Dutch govern-
ment, prior to joining AkzoNobel, he was senior partner and 
chairman of the Dutch office of The Boston Consulting Group.

He is a non-executive director at Royal Dutch Shell. In addi-
tion, Mr. Wijers is a member of the Board of Directors of the 
Concertgebouw N.V. and a member of the European Round 
Table of Industrialists.

Rob Frohn joined AkzoNobel as a business analyst in 1984. 
Following several General Manager positions, in 2004 he was 
appointed CFO and member of the Board of Management of 
AkzoNobel. Mr. Frohn assumed responsibility within the Board 
of Management for Specialty Chemicals as of May 1, 2008. 

After  graduating  from  Gothenburg  University,  Leif  Darner 
held  several  management  positions  before  being  appointed 
General Manager of Powder Coatings Scandinavia at Cour-
taulds in 1985.

He is a non-executive director at Nutreco N.V., and Delta N.V. 
He is a Board member of CEFIC (European Chemical Industry 
Council) and Hogeschool van Arnhem en Nijmegen (HAN).

In 1993, he was appointed Chief Executive of Coatings North-
ern Europe. Then in 1997 he served as Worldwide Director of 
Yacht Paint and Protective Coatings.

In 1998, Courtaulds became part of AkzoNobel and Mr. Darner  
was appointed Business Unit Manager of AkzoNobel Marine 
and Protective Coatings, a post he held from 1999 until 2004, 
when  he  was  appointed  to  the  Board  of  Management  of 
AkzoNobel as the member responsible for Chemicals, a posi-
tion he held until April 2008.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Strategy  |  Our Board of Management

9

Report of the
Board of Management

•	2010 revenue growth at  
12 percent in line with  
medium-term ambitions 

•	2010 EBITDA before  

incidentals 16 percent higher 

•	Operating return on  

invested capital: 27.7 percent 
(2009: 23.2 percent)  

•	Net income: €754 million  

(2009: €285 million)  

•	Total dividend for 2010: €1.40 

(2009: €1.35) proposed 

•	Outlook: aiming for more than  
5 percent revenue and EBITDA 
growth in 2011, in line with 
medium-term ambitions

Financial highlights
Continuing operations before incidentals

In € millions

Revenue

EBITDA

EBITDA margin (in %)

EBIT

EBIT margin (in %)

Moving average ROI (in %)

Operating ROI (in %)

After incidentals

In € millions

Operating income

Net income from continuing operations

Net income from discontinued operations

Net income total operations

Earnings per share from continuing operations (in €)

Earnings per share from total operations (in €)

Capital expenditures

Net cash from operating activities

Interest coverage

Invested capital

Net debt

Number of employees

 2009

2010

∆%

13,028

14,640

1,690

13.0

1,131

8.7

9.2

23.2

1,964

13.4

1,374

9.4

10.8

27.7

12

16

21

2009

2010

∆%

855

253

32

285

1.09

1.23

513

1,220

2.1

11,732

1,744

54,740

1,219

43

664

90

754

2.85

3.23

534

519

3.7

12,718

936

55,590

10

Report of the Board of Management  |  Strategy  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Revenue
Revenue  was  up  12  percent  for  the  year.  During  2010, 
demand  recovered  and  volumes  increased,  notably  in  the 
high growth markets.

returned  to  pre-crisis  levels.  Revenue  increased  13  percent 
for the year, driven by the volume improvement, stable pricing 
and favorable currency effects. 

Acquisitions and divestments
The acquisition and divestment effect on individual Business 
Area revenue during the year was due to the following: 

•	 In Performance Coatings, we consolidated the 

acquired former Dow Chemical powder coatings 

activities as of June. We acquired the Lindgens Metal 
Decorating and Inks business in Q3 and on October 1, 
we acquired Changzhou Prime Automotive Paint Co., 
Ltd to grow our Car Refinishes business in China.

•	 In Specialty Chemicals, we divested PTA Pakistan 

in September 2009. This impacted 2010 revenue in 
Specialty Chemicals by 4 percent. During 2010, National 
Starch was classified as a discontinued operation and 
was sold on October 1, 2010, at a gain of €53 million.

Decorative Paints
Decorative  Paints  full-year  revenue  growth  was  9  percent. 
Demand in the high growth markets showed a robust recov-
ery in 2010 after a challenging 2009. Our growth strategy of 
investing  in  brands,  distribution  and  people,  and  expanding 
into  mid-tier  markets  in  high  growth  regions,  is  progressing 
well.  Growth  rates  achieved  in  China  and  South  East  Asia 
have  significantly  outpaced  markets,  while  demand  in  most 
of  the  mature  markets  declined  during  the  year.  As  a  result, 
our  revenue  in  mature  markets  declined,  apart  from  the  UK, 
where we continued to strengthen the Dulux market position 
and gained share in the trade segment. 

Performance Coatings
Performance Coatings had a good year, with revenue up 16 
percent.  Volume  increases  were  seen  in  all  businesses  and 
all  geographic  regions,  especially  in  Eastern  Europe,  Latin 
America  and  Asia.  Powder  Coatings  showed  the  largest 
increase due to an acquisition, followed by Industrial Coatings, 
driven  by  good  performances  in  Coil  and  Packaging  Coat-
ings. Wood Finishes and Adhesives and Marine and Protective 
Coatings  had  slower  volume  growth  due  to  continued  weak 
demand in the US housing market and lower investment levels 
in the European and US markets.

Specialty Chemicals
A  broad  recovery  in  demand,  combined  with  the  success 
of  our  strategic  growth  platforms,  led  to  a  volume  increase 
across  nearly  all  business  lines  in  our  Specialty  Chemicals 
portfolio.  In  particular,  volumes  in  the  Americas  and  Asia 

Decorative Paints

Performance Coatings

Specialty Chemicals

 Total

Revenue in € millions

Revenue development in % versus 2009

Decorative Paints

Performance Coatings

Specialty Chemicals

4,905

4,635

4,820

4,573

4,112

4,359

4,968

4,786

4,943

Decrease

Increase

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

+6%

+12%

+6%

0%

0%

4,356

2008

2009

2010

Volume

Price

Acquisitions/
divestments

Exchange
rates

Total

Revenue development in % versus 2009

Volume

Price

Acquisitions/
divestments

Exchange 
rates

Total

2 

7 

11 

6 

1 

(1)

–

–

–

3 

(4)

–

6 

7 

6 

6 

9 

16 

13 

12 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Strategy  |  Report of the Board of Management

11

EBITDA AkzoNobel 2008 – 2010 in € millions

Decorative Paints

Performance Coatings

Specialty Chemicals

598

566

767

487

594

738

548

647

939

2008

2009

2010

EBITDA
EBITDA was up 16 percent. During the second half of the year 
we  were  impacted  by  higher  raw  material  costs,  which  we 
partly offset by pricing. 

Decorative Paints
In  Decorative  Paints,  we  continued  to  invest  in  the  future 
of  the  business,  with  absolute  A&P  spending  increasing  by  
30  percent  and  A&P  spending  as  percentage  of  revenue 
increasing to 6 percent (2009: 5 percent). During the year, we 
maintained our focus on costs, margin improvement and oper-
ating working capital efficiency. We continued the restructur-
ing programs in our European business to counter soft market 
demand,  while  our  margin  management  programs  enabled 
us  to  maintain  overall  margins,  despite  higher  raw  material 
prices. EBITDA increased 13 percent and the EBITDA margin 
improved from 10.6 percent in 2009 to 11.0 percent in 2010. 

Performance Coatings 
Full-year  EBITDA  increased  9  percent,  where  the  positive 
currency impact was 7 percent, and ended at €647 million. 
The EBITDA margin was 13.5 percent (2009: 14.4 percent). 
Costs  were  kept  under  control,  however,  margins  were 
impacted by higher raw material prices. 

12

Report of the Board of Management  |  Strategy  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Specialty Chemicals
Improved  volume,  firm  margins  and  limited  cost  growth 
in  Specialty  Chemicals  resulted  in  an  EBITDA  growth  of  
27 percent to €939 million for 2010, surpassing all previous 
performance levels for the portfolio. With the National Starch 
divestment  having  been  completed  and  our  Ningbo  site  in 
China  operational,  the  business  area  was  even  better  posi-
tioned at the close of the year.

Raw materials
Raw material prices increased in 2010, particularly in the 
second half of the year. We expect 2011 prices to increase 
further. Pricing and cost reduction actions are ongoing and 
AkzoNobel is confident that it will be able to compensate 
for these increases during 2011. 

Incidental items included in operating income 
During 2010, we continued to restructure:

•	  In Decorative Paints, mainly in Continental  

Europe and the US 

Incidentals included in operating income 

In € millions

2009

2010

Restructuring costs

Results related to major legal, antitrust 
and environmental cases

Results on acquisitions and 
divestments

Other incidental results

  Incidentals included  
in operating income

(349)

(38)

48

63

(276)

(120)

(49)

33

(19)

(155)

EBIT in “other”
Corporate costs ended below the previous year. The pension 
cost  impact  compared  with  the  previous  year  is  completely 
due to IAS 19 corridor accounting. We saw fewer insurance 
claims in 2010, leading to a better result this year in insur-
ance.  Other costs are higher than the previous year, mainly 
due  to  increased  project  activity  in  line  with  our  strategy  to 
drive functional excellence. 

•	 In Performance Coatings, we closed several sites  

EBIT in “other”

in connection with the acquired powder coatings activities

•	 In Specialty Chemicals, we closed an incinerator  

in Rotterdam. 

Apart from restructuring costs, we took a €32 million provision 
for environmental clean-up costs at a site in Sweden. In addi-
tion, we reported gains in connection with the acquisition of 
the acquired powder coatings activities and the divestment of 
a capitve insurance company.

In € millions

2009

2010

Corporate costs

Pensions

Insurances

Other

 EBIT in “other”

(99)

29

(9)

(70)

(149)

(96)

(7)

2

(87)

(188)

Tax
The  year-to-date  tax  rate  is  19  percent  (2009:  30  percent). 
The tax rate is low because of several adjustments to previ-
ous  years,  partly  related  to  settlements  with  tax  authori-
ties.  Furthermore,  there  were  tax-exempt  gains  related  to 
acquisitions  and  divestments.  Excluding  these  and  other 
incidental  items,  the  year-to-date  tax  rate  would  have  been  
28 percent (2009: 30 percent). 

 
Net financing expenses
Net financing charges for the year decreased by €78 million 
from  €405  million  to  €327  million,  due  to  decreased  financ-
ing  expenses  on  pensions  (€71  million  mainly  due  to  higher 
returns on plan assets). In addition:

•	 Interest on provisions decreased by €15 million due to 

lower discount rates

•	 Interest on net debt increased by €11 million due to higher 
cost of refinanced bonds in 2009 and lower rates on our 
cash position during 2010.

Net financing expenses

In € millions

2009

2010

Financing income

Financing expenses

Net interest on net debt

Financing expenses related to 
pensions

Interest on provisions

Other items

Net other financing expenses

 Net financing expenses

58

(236)

(178)

(171)

(54)

(2)

(227)

(405)

51

(240)

(189)

(100)

(39)

1

(138)

(327)

Discontinued operations
On  October  1,  we  completed  the  divestment  of  National 
Starch  with  a  gain  of  €53  million.  The  operating  results  for 
2010 were €74 million. In 2010, we also incurred €37 million 
related  to  further  settlements  and  tax-related  costs  from 
the  divestments  of  the  businesses  sold  to  Henkel  in  2008. 
In total, we reported a gain from discontinued operations of  
€90 million for 2010.

Earnings per share
Net income from total operations amounted to €754 million 
(2009:  €285  million),  including  €90  million  attributable  to 
discontinued operations. Earnings per share  from total oper-
ations  increased  from  €1.23  to  €3.23.  Earnings  per  share 
from  continuing  operations  also  more  than  doubled  from 
€1.09 to €2.85. 

Economic Value Added (EVA) 
EVA  is  calculated  by  deducting  from  net  operating  profit 
after  tax  (NOPAT)  a  capital  charge  representing  the  cost  of 
capital  calculated  on  the  basis  of  an  average  return  inves-
tors  expect.  EVA  for  2010  totaled  a  negative  amount  of  
€142 million (2009: €390 million negative, restated to exclude 
National Starch).

Earnings per share total operations (in €)

Returns on invested capital
We monitor our return on investments (ROI) by two measures:

1.23

2009

3.23

2010

(4.38)

2008

•	 By (moving average) ROI, being EBIT divided by average 

invested capital

•	 By (moving average) operating ROI, being EBIT before 
amortization of intangibles divided by average invested 
capital excluding intangibles. 

Both measures developed positively during 2010. 

Dividend proposal
We  have  announced  a  simplified  dividend  policy  and  intend 
to  pay  a  stable  to  rising  dividend,  whereby  a  cash  interim 
and final dividend will be paid. We will propose a 2010 final 
dividend of €1.08 per share, which would make a total 2010 
dividend of €1.40 (2009: €1.35).

Returns on invested capital in %

Moving average ROI 

Operating ROI 

Dividend (in €)

1.80

1.35

1.40

20

16

12

8

4

0

23.5

23.2

9.4

9.2

27.7

10.8

30

24

18

12

6

0

2008

2009

2010

2008

2009

2010

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Strategy  |  Report of the Board of Management

13

 
Invested capital
Invested  capital  at  year-end  2010  totaled  €12.7  billion,  
€1 billion higher than at year-end 2009. Invested capital was 
impacted by the following items:

•	 Foreign currency effects on intangibles and property,  
plant and equipment, due to the weakening euro.  
In total, equity increased by €0.8 billion due to the 
currency translation impact 

•	 An increase of €269 million of long-term receivables 

related to pension funds in an asset position
•	 Acquisitions, primarily the acquired powder  

coatings activities

•	 An increase of operating working capital due to currencies 

and increased business activities. Expressed as a 
percentage of revenue, operating working capital was 
13.9 percent (year-end 2009: 13.7 percent)

•	 Payments of accrued interest of €159 million in January 
2010, being the first payment under bonds refinanced in 
late 2008 and the first half of 2009. The normalized cash 
outflow for these bonds is €148 million.

We intend to accelerate growth and expand our investments 
in high growth regions. In 2011, we aim to invest 4 percent of 
revenue in capital expenditures. 

Condensed consolidated balance sheet

In € millions 

2009

2010

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Other financial non-current assets

7,388

3,474

1,783

7,308

3,384

1,977

Total non-current assets

12,645

12,669

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Other current assets

Total current assets

 Total assets

Total equity

Provisions and deferred tax liabilities

Long-term borrowings

Total non-current liabilities

Short-term borrowings

Trade and other payables

Other short-term liabilities 

Total current liabilities

1,441

2,564

2,128

102

6,235

1,678

2,788

2,851

108

7,425

18,880

20,094

8,245

2,593

3,488

6,081

384

2,866

1,304

4,554

9,509

2,444

2,880

5,324

907

3,305

1,049

5,261

 Total equity and liabilities

18,880

20,094

Invested capital in € millions 

11,770

11,732

12,718

2008

2009

2010

Net debt
Net debt decreased from €1,744 million at year-end 2009 to 
€936 million at year-end 2010, mainly due to:
•	 The divestment of National Starch, generating €1 billion 

of cash

•	 Operating cash inflows of €519 million
•	 Dividend payments of €403 million (including to 

non-controlling interests)

•	 Capital expenditures of €534 million. 

A bond totaling €539 million will mature in June 2011 and is 
recorded under short-term borrowings. In August, our credit 
ratings were confirmed at BBB+/Baa1 with outlook improved 
to stable. 

The proceeds from the disposal of National Starch will fund 
growth and will potentially partly be used to realize our growth 
plans,  strengthen  the  company’s  capital  structure  by,  for 
example,  repaying  the  2011  €539  million  debt  maturity  or 
de-risking pensions where possible.

Shareholders’ equity
Shareholders’ equity as at December 31, 2010, increased to 
€9.0 billion, due to the net effect of:
•	 Net income of €754 million
•	 Increased cumulative translation reserves by €734 million 

due to the weakening euro

•	 Payment of the final 2009 dividend of €245 million and the 

2010 interim dividend of €75 million.

Pensions
The  funded  status  of  the  pension  plans  at  year-end  2010 
was estimated to be a deficit of €1.0 billion (year-end 2009: 
€1.9  billion).  The  movement  is  due  to  lower  discount  rates 
increasing the pension obligation, compensated by:
•	 Increased asset values
•	 Lower inflation expectations
•	 Top-up payments of €375 million into certain defined 

benefit pension plans.

14

Report of the Board of Management  |  Strategy  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

2008

2009

2010

Condensed consolidated cash flow statement

In € millions

2009 1

2010

Operating working capital in € millions

Cash flows
Operating  activities  in  2010  resulted  in  a  cash  inflow  of  
€519  million  (2009:  €1,220   million).  The  change  compared 
with 2009 is due to €0.4 billion higher operating results offset 
by  the  following  changes  in  working  capital  and  changes  
in provisions:

Operating working capital

in % of revenue

4,000

3,200

16.4

•	 During 2009, we released €0.5 billion cash from operating 

2,400

working capital, whereas during 2010 we invested  
€0.1 billion in operating working capital to facilitate growth

1,600

2,185

•	 During 2009, we incurred high costs for restructuring, 
resulting in higher restructuring payments during 2010
•	 In 2009, we received €75 million from tax authorities on a 

800

0

13.7

13.9

1,691

2,016

20

16

12

8

4

0

contingent basis for ongoing tax litigation, and, in 2010 we 
paid an additional amount to tax authorities. In addition, in 
early 2010 we made the first payment of accrued interest 
of bonds refinanced in 2009. 

Workforce
At  year-end  2010,  we  employed  55,590  staff  for  ongoing 
activities (year-end 2009: 54,740 employees). The net increase  
was due to: 

•	 A net increase of 870 due to acquisitions and divestments, 

mainly from the acquired powder coatings activities  
(670 employees)

•	 A decrease of 1,770 employees due to ongoing 

restructuring

•	 An increase of 1,750 employees due to new hires and 

other changes. 

Cash and cash equivalents opening balance

Profit for the period from continuing operations

Amortization, depreciation and impairments

Changes in working capital

Changes in provisions

Other changes

Net cash from operating activities

Capital expenditures

Acquisitions and divestments 2

Other changes

Net cash from investing activities

Changes from borrowings

Our  growth  ambitions  will  entail  hiring  new  employees,  in 
particular in high growth regions.

Dividends

Other changes

Net cash from financing activities

Net cash used from continuing operations

Cash flows from discontinued operations

Net change in cash and cash equivalents of total operations

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 Cash and cash equivalents at December 31

1 Restated to present National Starch as a discontinued operation.
2 Net of cash.

1,449 

1,919 

330 

622 

650 

(493)

111 

1,220

(513)

(55)

39 

(529)

175 

(454)

4 

(275)

416 

19 

435 

35 

1,919 

747 

640 

(95)

(651)

(122)

519

(534)

2 

53 

(479)

(33)

(403)

(45)

(481)

(441)

1,095 

654 

110 

2,683 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Strategy  |  Report of the Board of Management

15

Statement of the 
Board of Management

The Board of Management’s statement on the  
financial statements, the management report and  
on internal controls 

We  have  prepared  the  2010  Report  of  AkzoNobel  and  the 
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) as adopted by the EU and additional Dutch disclosure 
requirements for annual reports.

To the best of our knowledge:

1.  The financial statements in this 2010 Report give a true and 
fair view of our assets and liabilities, our financial position at 
December 31, 2010, and of the result of our consolidated 
operations for the financial year 2010. 

2.  The management report in this 2010 Report includes a fair 
review  of  the  development  and  performance  of  the  busi-
nesses  and  the  position  of  AkzoNobel  and  the  undertak-
ings  included  in  the  consolidation  taken  as  a  whole,  and 
describes the principal risks and uncertainties that we face. 

The Board of Management is responsible for the establishment 
and adequate functioning of internal controls in our company. 
Consequently, the Board of Management has implemented a 
broad range of processes and procedures designed to provide 
control by the Board of Management over the company’s oper-
ations.  These  processes  and  procedures  include  measures 
regarding  the  general  control  environment,  such  as  a  Code 
of Conduct including business principles, corporate directives 
and authority schedules, as well as specific measures, such as 
a risk management system, a system of controls and a system 
of  letters  of  representation  by  responsible  management  at 
various levels within our company.

All these processes and procedures are aimed at a reason-
able level of assurance that we have identified and managed 
the  significant  risks  of  our  company  and  that  we  meet  our 
operational and financial objectives in compliance with appli-
cable laws and regulations. The individual components of the 
above set of internal controls are in line with the COSO Enter-
prise Risk management framework. With respect to support 
to, and monitoring of, compliance with laws and regulations 
including  our  business  principles,  a  compliance  committee 
has  been  established.  Internal  Audit  provides  assurance  to 
the Board of Management whether our internal risk manage-
ment and control systems, as designed and represented by 
management, are adequate and effective.

While we routinely work towards continuous improvement of 
our  processes  and  procedures  regarding  financial  reporting, 
the Board of Management is of the opinion that, as regards 
financial  reporting  risks,  the  internal  risk  management  and 
control systems:

•	 Provide a reasonable level of assurance that the financial 
reporting in this 2010 Report does not contain any errors 
of material importance

•	 Have worked properly in the year 2010.

For  a  detailed  description  of  the  risk  management  system 
with regard to the strategic, operational and compliance risks 
and the principal risks identified, reference is made to the Risk 
management section. We have discussed the above opinions 
and  conclusions  with  the  Audit  Committee,  the  Supervisory 
Board and the external auditor.

Medium-term ambitions
We  have  the  aspiration  to  be  the  world’s  leading  Coatings  
and  Specialty  Chemicals  company.  On  September  28, 
we  announced  our    medium-term  ambitions  to  grow  to  
€20 billion revenue, increase EBITDA each year while main-
taining  a  13  to  15  percent  margin,  reduce  OWC  percent  of 
revenue  year-on-year  by  0.5  percent  towards  a  12  percent 
level, and pay a stable to rising dividend.

The sustainability ambitions are to remain a top three leader 
in our industry, to be top quartile in our peer group in terms 
of safety performance, diversity, employee engagement  and 
development, and eco-efficiency improvement rates.

Outlook
We are aiming for more than 5 percent revenue and EBITDA 
growth in 2011, in line with medium-term ambitions.

Amsterdam, February 16, 2011
The Board of Management

Hans Wijers
Leif Darner
Rob Frohn
Tex Gunning
Keith Nichols

16

Statement of the Board of Management  |  Strategy  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

AKZONOBEL AND HIGH GROWTH REGIONS

Asia has a fundamental role to play in our accelerated growth 
strategy. China in particular is integral to our strategic focus 
on the world’s high growth regions, highlighted by our inten-
tion to achieve a $3 billion revenue target in China by 2015 
– doubling the previous target. 

The  Ningbo  multi-site,  which  we  inaugurated  in  Novem-
ber  2010,  perfectly  illustrates  the  scale  of  our  ambitions.  
The €275 million facility represents our biggest ever invest-
ment  outside  of  an  acquisition  and  emphasizes  the  extent 
of  our  commitment  to  fuelling  accelerated  growth  in  China 
and beyond.  

AkzoNobel’s Functional Chemicals business is already produc-
ing chelates, ethylene amines and ethylene oxide at the Ningbo 
site and is adding an organic peroxides plant, which is expected 
to come on stream in late 2011. The 50-hectare plot also offers 
room for expansion and further investment in organic growth 
as we look to significantly boost our presence and capabilities. 

We  currently  employ  around  6,500  people  in  China  and  
have  close  to  30  production  sites  located  there.  These 
facilities enable us to optimize our global supply chain and 
respond to growing demand for our products. Being located 
close to our growing customer base in China also gives us a 
competitive advantage.

  
Achieving our  
medium-term ambitions

Strategic ambitions

Value

Outgrow our markets: Delivered 
•	 Improved market share in many key mature and high 

EBITDA margin > 14 percent: Delivered early 
•	 Continued to manage gross margin percentage through 

growth markets

•	 Opened our new €275 million Specialty Chemicals site  

in Ningbo, China

•	 In Performance Coatings, acquired the powder coatings 

activities of the Dow Chemical Company, and Changzhou 
Prime Automotive Paint Co., Ltd (to support our 
mid-market car refinishes business in China)

•	  In Decorative Paints, signed an agreement to become the 

primary paint supplier to Walmart in the US.

Revenue growth in %

pricing and procurement actions, despite challenging raw 
materials environment

•	 Completed delivery of €340 million of ICI synergies 
and almost all initiatives in our broader €200 million 
restructuring plan

•	 Achieved our 14 percent EBITDA margin target on an 
annual rolling basis in the second quarter of 2010.

EBITDA margin

as a % of revenue

annual rolling basis

OWC improvement of 0.5 p.a: Delivering 
•	 Delivered strong credit control, despite the financial crisis
•	 Continued to consolidate suppliers and harmonize terms 

and conditions to ensure sustainable improvement in days 
of payables

•	 Continued roll-out of SAP in Decorative Paints,  

which will enable further substantial improvements in 
inventory management

•	  Implemented a best practices reference guide to enable 

future reductions in OWC levels.

Operating working capital as a % of revenue

20

15

10

5

0

9

16

13

12

32

24

16

8

0

12.0

12.1

12.6

13.0

13.6

14.0

13.9

13.4

14.7

15.4

11.9

12.3

15.7

14.8

10.4

9.4

16

12

8

4

0

20

16

12

8

4

0

16.4

13.7

13.9

Decorative
Paints

Performance
Coatings

Specialty
Chemicals

Total

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

2008

2009

2010

2009

2010

18

Achieving our medium-term ambitions  |  Strategy  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

The next chapter in leadership

In 2008, following the acquisition of ICI, we outlined a 
strategic vision to become the world’s leading Coatings 
and Specialty Chemicals company. We also defined both 
value and values ambitions to support this overall vision, 
which are shown across this spead. These defined what we 
meant by leadership in value and values during a time when 
internally we were integrating ICI, and externally the market 
environment was uncertain at best.

Now that the market environment is improving, and we 
have completed the ICI integration, we have defined a new 
set of medium-term strategic ambitions, appropriate for the 
next chapter of our leadership story. These ambitions were 
announced in September 2010 and will form the basis for our 
reporting going forward. They are strongly oriented towards 
profitable growth and are outlined to the right.

Values

Value

 Accelerated growth

Value Accelerated growth
•	   Grow to €20 billion in revenue
•	 Increase EBITDA each year, maintaining 

a 13 to 15 percent margin

•	  Reduce OWC percent of revenue by 0.5  
per annum towards a 12 percent level

•	   Pay a stable to rising dividend

Values

 Sustainable growth

Values Sustainable growth
•	 Top quartile safety performance
•	 Top three position in sustainability
•	 Top quartile performance in diversity, employee 

engagement and talent development

•	 Top quartile eco-efficiency improvement rate

Top quartile safety: Continued improvement required
•	 Demonstrated improvement, but not enough to reach  

Top three Dow Jones Sustainability Index: Delivered 
•	 Ranked in the top three in the Chemicals index for  

our target

the fifth year

Step change in people development: Continued 
•	 Implemented a full and reinvigorated training schedule
•	 Set stretching targets for executive diversity; will roll-out 

•	  Continued to roll-out behavior-based safety (BBS) 

•	  Demonstrated continued strong performance in risk  

diversity and inclusion training for all employees from 2011

program in a disciplined manner

•	  Implemented a full roll-out of safety leadership training.

and crisis management, Code of Conduct and 
environmental policy and management systems

•	  Improved in innovation management
•	  Future improvement required in operational  

eco-efficiency (i.e., carbon, water, waste) and people 
development aspects.

•	 Launched an externally benchmarked employee 

engagement survey to assess baseline performance

•	  Began to implement HR country organizations to 

harmonize procedures and facilitate intra-company 
capability transfer.

Total reportable injuries per million hours

DJSI position Chemicals sector

Employee engagement performance as percentile

10

8

6

4

2

0

5.3

4.6

3.7

3.6

2007

2008

2009

2010

2.0

2015
ambition

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2nd

1st

2nd

2nd

2nd

100

80

60

40

20

0

75

2015
ambition

23

2010

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Strategy  |  Achieving our medium-term ambitions

19

Improving our 
performance levels

Context
Over the last few years, there have been two major phases 
in  AkzoNobel’s  corporate  strategy.  The  first,  from  2003  to 
2007, was strongly focused on portfolio transformation.  This 
phase included a series of divestments designed to transform 
our position in Specialty Chemicals, as well as the sale of our 
human and animal healthcare businesses, the acquisition of 
ICI and the on-sale of the ICI Adhesives and Electronic Mate-
rials business to Henkel. We completed the final step in this 
process in 2010 with the sale of National Starch to Corn Prod-
ucts International.

The  second  phase,  which  ran  from  2008  to  2010,  was 
focused on integration and restructuring. During this period, 
we  were  primarily  occupied  with  improving  efficiency  in  the 
business  for  two  main  reasons  –  to  capture  the  synergy 
potential from the ICI acquisition and to respond to the global 
economic downturn. Both of these agenda items were essen-
tially completed in 2010. Specifically:

•	 With regard to the ICI integration, we have now completed 
almost all actions. We delivered €340 million in synergy 
savings by the end of 2010. This exceeds, and was 
achieved faster, than our initial ambition of €270 million 
by 2011. Beyond the top line numbers, within Decorative 
Paints, we have reduced: 

	 •			Brands	from	100	to	75	and	will	reduce	to	less	than	 

50 by the end of 2012

	 •			Stock	keeping	units	(SKUs)	from	more	than	90,000	 
to 75,000 and will reduce to less than 60,000 by 
the end of 2012

	 •			Factories	from	80	to	58	and	will	reduce	to	less	than 

50 by the end of 2012.

20

Improving our performance levels  |  Strategy  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

•	 	With	regard	to	restructuring,	from	2008	to	2009,	we	

Strategic agenda

promised €200 million in savings in partial response to the 
financial crisis. We over-achieved on this target, delivering  
€350 million by the end of 2009. During 2010, we contin-
ued  our restructuring efforts in mature markets. 

We have now started the next chapter of our strategy devel-
opment, one of accelerated and sustainable growth. As has 
been the case throughout the two previous phases, the focus 
is  on  true  leadership  in  Coatings  and  Specialty  Chemicals. 
We continue to strongly believe that, to be the true leader, we 
must be the leader in terms of both value and values.

The strategic agenda today
Our  new  strategic  agenda  is  firmly  focused  on  delivering 
growth.  This  will  be  supported  by  a  renewed  emphasis  on 
functional  excellence  and  will  continue  to  be  balanced  by  a 
disciplined  approach  to  cash  management.  These  agenda 
items will be supported by continued focus on building and 
leveraging our Talent Factory, living the AkzoNobel values and 
embedding safety and sustainability in everything we do.

A description of 2010 activities and plans for 2011 for each 
strategic agenda item follows.

Innovate more to respond to global  
mega-trends and deliver on solution promises 

Accelerate profitable growth through  
market share gain, margin management  
and industry consolidation, particularly  
in high growth countries

Deliver business models that serve the needs 
of the mid-markets 

Drive functional and operational excellence, 
with focus on RD&I, supply chain, finance  
and HR

Manage capital and cash in a  
disciplined manner

Build and leverage our industry-leading  
Talent Factory

Live the AkzoNobel values by creating a culture 
of confidence, cooperation and co-creation

Embed safety 
and sustainability 
in everything we do

 
Innovate more
To achieve our growth ambitions, we need to focus our effors 
more  on  projects  that  yield  bigger  and  better  innovations  – 
delivered  faster.  In  2010,  we  spent  time  developing  a  more 
focused portfolio of innovation projects and are already redi-
recting our investment to support these bigger innovations.

Increasingly, our innovation portfolio will be aimed at deliver-
ing solution promises that address global mega-trends. These 
concepts are explained below.

Global mega-trends 
We  are  now  completely  aligned  on  the  key  underlying 
changes in the world that will drive our business, and indeed 
all businesses:

•	 Population	growth: from 6.8 billion people today to more 
than 9 billion in 2050 is a strong driver for global demand.

•	  Quality	of	life: will improve for a new middle class of 

around 3 billion people emerging over the next 20 years

•	  Climate	change: will increase the need for energy 

efficiency and for low carbon and renewable  
energy resources

•	   Scarcity	of	natural	resources:	will drive innovation; today 

we use the replenishment capacity of 1.4 planets.

Solution promises
These  are  conceptual  responses  to  the  challenges  posed 
by the global mega-trends. They provide a framework which 
guides  and  energizes  our  innovation  portfolio.  For  example, 
the  combination  of  population  growth  and  improved  quality 
of life will mean that the world’s population grows and wealth 
increases,  with  significant  mid-market  development  in  high 
growth economies. The solution promise that addresses this 
is “Serving the needs of the mid-market.” To do this, we will 
need  to  deliver  innovations  that  will  provide  customers  with 
affordable, high quality products – at much lower cost.

Throughout  this  2010  Report,  you  will  find  a  series  of  case 
studies  highlighting  some  of  the  innovations  that  we  have 
already  commercialized  that  make  good  on  these  solution 
promises.  We  are  confident  that  we  will  continue  to  deliver 
exciting innovations that deliver increased market share and/
or improved margins as we continue to redirect investment in 
R&D towards bigger innovation projects.

We’re pleased with the progress we’re making, but we also 
recognize that no one company or individual has a monopoly 
on the best ideas. That’s why we’re also open to the best ideas 
to grow our business – whether they’re our own or someone 
else’s.  To  find  and  access  those  ideas,  we’ve  developed  a 
structured  approach  to  open  innovation  which  encourages 
outside parties to help us with solutions where we don’t have 
the in-house knowledge, capabilities, or technology. We have 
already started to establish strategic partnerships in specific 
areas of mutual interest with key suppliers. 

Solution promises

Serving the needs  
of the mid-market

Developing products for  
well-being and identity

Achiieving zero footprint

Saving you time and effort

Creating new horizons  
in functionality

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Strategy  |  Improving our performance levels

21

 
Accelerate profitable growth
It is safe to say that we face a wealth of growth opportunities in 
all parts of our business using our existing value propositions 
and business models. This is true in both mature markets and 
high growth markets.

•	   In mature markets, there is still considerable room for 
organic growth and even market share gain. A perfect 
example of this is our deal with Walmart in the US to 
become their primary paint supplier (see separate  
case study).  

A portfolio of interior and exterior paints has been 
developed which will be available in more than 3,500 
Walmart stores nationwide. The agreement builds on  
our existing relationship with Walmart for paints in  
Puerto Rico and Canada, and for Liquid Nails adhesives 
in the United States. 

There is also room for industry consolidation. A good 
example of this was our acquisition of the former Rohm & 
Haas powder coatings activities from the Dow Chemical 
Company, which has significantly strengthened our global 
leadership in this market. Building this strong leadership 
position is important because powder coatings have an 
excellent sustainability profile, with lower water use and no 
VOC emissions.

•	  The growth picture is even brighter in the high growth 

markets of Asia, Latin America and Eastern Europe. We 
experienced strong top line growth in these markets in 
2010, but even more encouragingly, also strong growth 
in market share and absolute EBITDA (earnings before 
interest, tax, depreciation and amortization). 

t
e
k
r
a
m

f
o
%

This growth is based largely on strong domestic growth in 
these markets. Capitalizing on the strong domestic growth 
potential in China was the main reason behind our major 
investment (€275 million) in our multi-site facility in Ningbo 
(see separate case study).

22

Improving our performance levels  |  Strategy  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

In 2011, our plan is to continue to grow through a combination 
of organic growth and bolt-on acquisitions in all parts of our 
business. In essence, our major challenge is to prioritize and  
ensure we constantly modulate our growth program to respond  
to somewhat uncertain market conditions. Doing this should 
allow us to move forward on our accelerated growth ambition, 
while still delivering appropriate levels of cash in the business.

Serve the needs of the mid-markets
Beyond  growth  opportunities  that  draw  on  our  traditional 
strengths and value propositions, we see a significant addi-
tional  opportunity  in  the  mid-market.  Traditionally,  we  have 
entered high growth markets with a premium positioning (as 
we did, for example, with our Dulux brand in India) and/or on 
the basis of existing mature market relationships (our Wood 
Finishes and Adhesives business in China, for instance).

Given  the  fact  that  the  large  and  growing  markets  in  these 
high  growth  economies  still  have  a  different  profile  in  terms 
of  absolute  level  of  income,  we  recognize  that  we  need  to 
think differently with regard to mid-market value propositions. 
In particular, we need to ensure that we are able to provide 
product/service combinations that provide appropriate price 
and quality levels for our customers and reasonable margins 
for  AkzoNobel.  This  goes  beyond  the  specific  product  –  in 
many  cases  it  also  means  that  we  need  to  think  differently 
about distribution and technical service levels.

This  mid-market 
is  hotly  contested,  with  multinational 
competitors  moving  “down”  and  local  competition  moving 
“up” into this space. However, we recognize that in many of 
the  high  growth  markets  the  mid-market  is  the  market  and 
ignoring it is not an option. 

India market relevant for AkzoNobel, 2009

Decorative Paints

Performance 
Coatings

Specialty 
Chemicals

100

80

60

40

20

0

Market size

Premium ~20% 
Typical focus for AkzoNobel
(and other multinationals)

Mid-tier ~50%
Intense battle between global
multinationals “moving down”
and local companies “moving up”

Low price ~30%
Low cost local value propositions,  
low-end technology, and “service-lite”  
business models

 
 
 
 
 
We will be pursuing the mid-market opportunity through both 
organic  growth  and  small  to  medium  bolt-on  acquisitions. 
For example, we are currently aggressively pursuing the mid-
market  in  Decorative  Paints  in  China.  We  are  doing  this  by 
extending our Dulux brand and building our controlled stores 
network by approximately 700 stores per year in tier two and 
tier  three  cities  to  support  this  growth.  Our  position  in  the 
Chinese  mid-market  will  be  further  strengthened  through 
small to medium acquisitions, such as the Changzhou Prime 
Automotive Paint Co., Ltd deal which we completed in 2010 
(see separate case study).

Sourcing program over the last few years, with strong results 
in terms of both cost control and security of supply. We are 
now  stepping  up  to  take  a  company-wide  approach  to  the 
supply chain. This does not mean that we will be centralizing 
all of our sourcing, manufacturing and distribution activities. 
Instead, it means that we will be leveraging our expertise and 
scale to achieve both our value and values ambitions.

Specific areas of focus in 2010 and going forward in terms of 
supply chain have been around delivering on our safety ambi-
tions and improving our eco-efficiency levels.

Drive functional and operational excellence
Throughout  our  integration  and  restructuring  period,  we 
pursued a series of projects to incrementally increase efficien-
cy in our support functions. This has undoubtedly improved 
our cost position and will stand us in good stead as volumes 
recover, but we recognize that further improvements in effec-
tiveness and efficiency will require a different approach.

Historically,  we  have  focused  on  a  business  unit  structure 
and  run  both  our  front  office  and  support  functions  in  a 
fragmented  manner.  This  has  led  to  considerable  market 
focus and success, but it has also led to sub-optimization of 
support activities. To reach the next level of performance, we 
now see the need and potential for more integration of these 
support functions. We will therefore be taking an approach 
which allows us to fully benefit from our scale.

We have decided to focus on four key areas for building func-
tional excellence – Supply Chain (including Sourcing), Finance 
and  Information  Management  (IM),  Research  Development 
and Innovation (RD&I) and Human Resources (HR) and Orga-
nizational Development (OD). The RD&I approach was covered 
in  the  Innovation  initiative  described  earlier,  while  the  HR/OD 
approach  is  outlined  in  the  following  Talent  Factory  initiative.  
Below  is  a  summary  of  achievements  and  plans  in  the  two 
remaining areas of Supply Chain/Sourcing and Finance/IM.

 Supply Chain (including Sourcing) 
We have successfully built the basics of an AkzoNobel-wide 

•	   While we know we must do better with regard to 

improving our safety performance, we are proud of 
what we have achieved so far. The implementation of 
a company-wide behavioral-based safety program is 
nearing completion and our safety leadership training 
program has now been completed for all managers.  
The latter is focusing on understanding risks, leadership, 
individual responsibility and the need for visibility or 
“walking the talk” for all our managers. 

In addition, local employee safety programs and training 
have been supplemented by a global e-learning module 
for all employees and new starters. Furthermore, a 
global AkzoNobel Safety Day was held in October, which 
included encouraging our employees to submit a pledge 
in which they promised to implement a simple solution to 
improve the safety of themselves or those around them. 
More than 14,000 responded. 

Despite these efforts, the total recordable injury rate 
remained around 3.6 in 2010, compared with 3.7 in 2009. 
We are still not at industry-leading levels and did not reach 
our target of 2.0 in 2010. This will continue to be an area 
of special focus in 2011. 

•	  An additional area of focus will continue to be operational 

eco-efficiency, or using less resources to make and 
distribute our products. An example of the type of 
improvement we have made, and will continue to make,  

is the innovative use of energy at one of our Pulp and 
Paper Chemicals facilities in Sweden. Heated cooling 
water generated by the chlorate electrolysis process 
is now being used for district heating in the nearby 
municipality of Ånge. This displaces oil and biomass 
combustion in our business and reduces the CO2 
emissions at the municipal burners by 1.8 tons of CO2 
per capita in Ånge. It also reduces the heat load on the 
local river where the cooling water is discharged.  

Another example is that of our Surface Chemistry plant at 
Forth Worth in the US. We have reduced calcium sulfate 
waste from filter cake by 2,000 tons by improving the  
control of the neutralization process – which creates the 
calcium sulfate – and optimizing the filtration process.  

The improvements we have made are not limited to 
our Specialty Chemicals businesses. For example, 
an online energy management system at Decorative 
Paints’ Wapenveld site in Germany has helped to identify 
improvements in heating, lighting and compressed air 
use which have resulted in a 30 percent reduction in 
gas consumption in eight years, and a 12 to 15 percent 
reduction in electricity consumption in four years.

Beyond  safety  and  operational  eco-efficiency,  additional 
areas of focus for 2011 in the Supply Chain function will be on 
process safety, product stewardship, raw material strategies 
and  development  of  repeatable  models  to  drive  continuous 
improvement aimed at further optimization of the company’s 
overall manufacturing footprint.

 Finance and Information Management (IM)
Over the last few years, we have invested significantly in both 
improving  the  control  environment  and  increasing  efficiency 
through restructuring and the integration of ICI. While this has 
led to a strong performance on governance and compliance 
in the Dow Jones Sustainability Index, as well as some incre-
mental  performance  improvement,  we  still  have  significant 
opportunities for increased efficiency and effectiveness.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Strategy  |  Improving our performance levels

23

 
 
 
 
 With this in mind, we launched a OneFinance initiative, which 
is designed to simplify our processes and systems, as well as 
focusing strongly on people and organization. We have already 
made some progress. In 2010, we successfully implemented 
a  new  SAP  ERP  system  across  many  parts  of  the  Decora-
tive Paints organization and have completed the scoping for 
a similar single ERP approach in Car Refinishes. We are also 
working  on  several  standardized  enabling  processes  as  we 
increasingly reduce multi-local complexity.

Manage capital and cash
We  are  keenly  aware  that  while  pursuing  a  growth  agenda 
we must continue to carefully manage our balance sheet and 
cash position. This means we must ensure that we:

•	 Carefully prioritize and control investment, both in  

terms of fixed assets and acquisitions

•	  Control our absolute operating working capital growth,  

so that as we grow, the ratio of operating working capital 
to revenue continues to drop

•	 Provide a stable to growing dividend
•	 Examine all opportunities for improvement in “other” 

items, such as pensions and legacies. 

In 2010, we had a good year in terms of cash management. 
Specifically,  we  completed  our  €275  million  Ningbo  invest-
ment on time and on budget, while still generating significant 
operating cash flow in our Specialty Chemicals business. We 
continued to improve our operating working capital manage-
ment by developing a best practices toolkit. In addition, we 
sold our National Starch business for $1.3 billion, providing us 
with significant financial headroom going forward. Finally, we 
clarified our position with regard to dividends.

Build and leverage our industry-leading Talent Factory
We continue to believe it is just as important for us to attract, 
develop  and  retain  great  people  as  it  is  for  us  to  develop, 
produce and distribute great products and services. We there-
fore  continue  to  believe  in  the  concept  of  a  Talent  Factory, 
which is every bit as important to us as our more traditional 
production  factories.  Our  Talent  Factory  agenda  includes  a 

set of initiatives aimed at better people development and – to 
enable this – a series of activities designed to deliver improved 
human resources (HR) capabilities. In 2010, we made signifi-
cant progress in both these areas.

In terms of people development, a particular area of improve-
ment  was  in  career  development  and  training  programs. 
With regard to our leadership pipeline, major developmental 
progress was achieved which involved several senior manag-
ers making cross-BU and/or cross-functional moves in both 
Performance  Coatings  and  Specialty  Chemicals.  We  also 
announced a number of changes in Specialty Chemicals that 
will take effect in 2011. These changes will grow our leaders 
as we grow our business.

With regards to HR capabilities, 2010 was an important year 
for  us  in  terms  of  implementation  of  country  organizations. 
Historically, our HR organization has been fragmented, with all 
business units and even many sub-business units having their 
own HR organization, which handled all activities from recruit-
ment to development to compensation and benefits. We are 
now  in  the  process  of  consolidating  all  activities  within  key 
countries to one shared AkzoNobel organization, beginning in 
the Netherlands and Sweden.

Once all activities have been brought together in each of the 
key  countries,  we  will  create  a  tri-partite  organization,  with 
centers of expertise, HR services centers, and HR “business 
partners”. The centers of expertise will provide best practice 
knowledge  to  support  HR  “business  partners”,  who  apply 
this as required to support implementation of business-based 
strategies. HR services centers provide additional support as 
they  carry  out  HR  transactional  activities  in  an  efficient  and 
effective manner.

These  efficient  and  effective  HR  country  organizations  are 
required to support all key countries. However, they are argu-
ably most important in the high growth markets. In 2010, we 
developed  AkzoNobel  country  strategies  for  the  key  growth 
markets of Brazil, India and China. In early 2011, we will be 
developing  a  strategy  for  Russia.  In  each  case,  having  an 

industry-leading  Talent  Factory  in  place  is  one  of  the  most 
fundamental enablers to strategic success.

Creating a culture of confidence, cooperation and 
co-creation
As indicated earlier, AkzoNobel has historically been success-
ful  on  the  basis  of  having  a  strong  entrepreneurial,  custom-
er-centric  approach.  However,  this  has  had  a  downside  in  
terms of creating an independent, fragmented culture which 
has  been  exacerbated  by  the  large  number  of  acquisitions 
over  time.  As  we  move  beyond  our  restructuring  and  inte-
gration agenda into our accelerated and sustainable growth 
agenda,  we  recognize  that  this  culture  will  not  allow  us  to 
achieve our aspirations.

To  facilitate  the  creation  of  a  culture  of  confidence,  coop-
eration  and  co-creation,  we  announced  in  2010  that  we 
will  change  our  managerial  approach  and  run  the  business 
through an Executive Committee. By having representatives 
of four of the key functional areas, the Executive Committee 
will drive common agendas and build capabilities while allow-
ing the businesses to capture growth. Below the level of the 
Executive  Committee,  in  each  Business  Area,  we  will  take 
a  much  more  operational  management  team  approach  to 
ensure that we are able to make good decisions with regard 
to prioritization of different activities. 

The  Executive  Committee  is  not  the  only  initiative  in  terms 
of  culture  change.  In  2010,  we  also  took  a  substantial  step 
forward  in  terms  of  employee  engagement.  We  fully  rolled 
out  our  first  ViewPoint  Employee  Engagement  survey  (in 
conjunction with Gallup), which allows us to benchmark our 
performance against a large number of other major business 
organizations. The results of our first survey indicated that we 
have significant room for improvement to get to a top quartile 
performance level. We are fully committed to improving and 
are in the process of carrying out meetings at all levels in the 
organization to determine what our next steps will be.

An  additional  important  step  in  terms  of  cultural  develop-
ment is our Diversity and Inclusion initiative. We recognize that 

24

Improving our performance levels  |  Strategy  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

AKZONOBEL AND THE MID-MARKET

The  growing  mid-market  in  China  offers  major  investment 
opportunities  in  a  key  geographic  region.  Which  is  why  our 
Car Refinishes business made a strategic move during 2010 
to acquire Changzhou Prime Automotive Paint Co., Ltd. 

Acquiring Prime not only gives us strong representation in one 
of China’s most promising growth segments, but also gives 
Car  Refinishes  the  opportunity  to  become  the  clear  market 
leader in the attractive vehicle refinish mid-market. 

Prime  was  one  of  China’s  largest  vehicle  refinish  suppliers 
and a leader in the fast-growing mid-market segment. This 
sector is estimated to double in size within the next five years, 
during which time AkzoNobel plans to double its revenue in 
China to $3 billion.

The  acquisition  gives  us  access  to  superior  products  and 
new technologies – supported by strong brands and a loyal 
distributor base – enabling us to gain a competitive advantage 
in a market with sizeable potential where we previously had 
limited presence. Most of all, the addition of the new team in 

China underscores our commitment to serving our customers 
with the best people available.

Prior to the Prime acquisition, AkzoNobel was mainly active 
in  China’s  premium  and  commercial  vehicle  refinish  sector, 
represented by our Sikkens, Lesonal and Miluz brands.

with  our  growth  aspirations,  we  must  have  more  executives 
who are female, and who come from the high growth econo-
mies. This will be important to us going forward. We have set 
improvement targets in this area and have held our first series 
of workshops to develop action plans to achieve these targets.
We also recognize that in order to deliver the best of AkzoNo-
bel all day every day, we must create an environment which 
is  inclusive.  We  have  therefore  developed  an  online  training 
program  which  will  be  rolled  out  to  everyone  in  the  organi-
zation in 2011. This course makes it clear that we have set 
targets  in  terms  of  executive  representation,  but  it  will  not 
deliver  the  required  cultural  change.  To  do  that,  we  have  to 
ensure  that  the  environment  brings  out  different  points  of 
view  and  ideas,  and  that  we  work  collaboratively  to  deliver 
on these.

Embedding sustainability and safety
For many years, we have recognized that becoming the true 
leader  in  Coatings  and  Specialty  Chemicals  requires  us  to 
achieve leadership both in terms of value and values. Increas-
ingly, we are recognizing that these things are not separate, 
nor  are  they  separable.  Achieving  our  growth  aspirations 
means that we must produce and market products that use 
less of the Earth’s resources throughout the full value chain.  
To achieve these growth aspirations, we must have a strong 
Talent Factory and diversity and inclusion levels that enable us 
to have the leadership we need in the high growth markets. 
Furthermore,  top  quartile  operational  effectiveness  is  based 
on top quartile performance in terms of cost, quality, service 
and safety levels, and in most cases, performance on these 
four metrics is inter-related.

Our current view on how safety and sustainability are embed-
ded  in  all  parts  of  the  strategic  agenda  is  explained  on  
the right. 

Embedding sustainability and safety

Innovate more: Value propositions for a 
resource constrained world

Accelerate profitable growth: Eco-premium 
solutions that deliver eco-footprint reduction  
across the value chain

Serve the needs of the mid-market: Solutions 
for people demanding both higher living 
standards and affordability

Drive functional and operational excellence: 
Safety, operational eco-efficiency, product 
stewardship, supplier visits

Manage capital and cash: Process safety and 
sustainable investment evaluation 

Build and leverage our industry-leading Talent 
Factory: Employee engagement, development 
and training

Create a culture of confidence, cooperation 
and co-creation: Diversity and inclusion, 
partnerships, Community Program

How we embed 
sustainability and safety
in the strategic agenda

26

Improving our performance levels  |  Strategy  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Executive Committee

We have broadened our leadership team in order to 
accelerate sustainable growth. A nine-strong Executive 
Committee has been established (see page 24), which 
comprises the five Board of Management members  
and these four leaders with functional expertise. 

Graeme Armstrong
Executive Committee member  
responsible for Research,  
Development & Innovation  
(1962, British)

Marjan Oudeman
Executive Committee member  
responsible for HR and  
Organizational Development  
(1958, Dutch)

Sven Dumoulin
Member of the Executive  
Committee and AkzoNobel  
General Counsel  
(1970, Dutch)

Werner Fuhrmann
Executive Committee member  
responsible for  
Supply Chain/Sourcing  
(1953, German)

Mr. Armstrong joined AkzoNobel in 2008 
following the  acquisition of ICI, where he  
led the company’s Research, Development  
& Innovation function. Prior to joining ICI,  
he spent 19 years in the detergents industry 
working for Unilever and JohnsonDiversey. 
He also served as Regional President for 
JohnsonDiversey in EMEA. He is a Chartered 
Chemist, a Fellow of the Royal Society of 
Chemistry and a member of their Science 
Policy Board. Chairman of Chemistry 
Innovation PLC, and a former non-executive 
Director of the UK government Technology 
Strategy Board.

Mrs. Oudeman joined AkzoNobel in October 
2010 from Corus Group, where she was a 
member of the Executive Committee, as well 
as being Divisional Director of Strip Products 
and a board member of Corus Nederland 
B.V. and Corus UK Ltd. Prior to joining Corus 
in 2000, she held various roles at Hoogovens 
Group, including that of Managing Director. 
Among others, she is also is a non-executive 
Director of Nederlandse Spoorwegen and 
ABN Amro Group.

Mr. Dumoulin joined AkzoNobel as  
General Counsel in 2010 and is responsible 
for legal, compliance, intellectual property 
and legacy management. Previously 
he worked as a lawyer and then Group 
Secretary for Unilever. From 2003 to 
2007, he held professorships in company 
law at the Universities of Groningen 
and Tilburg in the Netherlands. Outside 
AkzoNobel, he is a member of various 
Legal Professional Associations in 
both the Netherlands and abroad. 

After graduating from Johannes Gutenberg 
University Mainz in Germany in 1979, 
Mr. Fuhrmann held various roles within 
the AkzoNobel Fibers division, and was 
Business Area Controller Chemicals, 
before being appointed General 
Manager of Chelates & Sulfur Products 
in 2000. He became Managing Director 
of AkzoNobel Industrial Chemicals in 
2005. He is Chairman of the Dutch 
Chemicals Industry Association (VNCI). 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Strategy  |  Executive Committee

27

The following chapter gives a 
detailed summary of how each  
of our Business Areas performed 
during 2010. Information on 
market characteristics, key brands 
and revenue comparisons is  
also provided.

AkzoNobel Specialty Chemicals  

AkzoNobel Performance Coatings  

AkzoNobel Decorative Paints  

30 

40

50

AKZONOBEL AND PAPER TECHNOLOGY

Paper manufacturers are always looking for products and inno-
vations with a better environmental profile which also make their 
processes more cost efficient. One of the latest breakthroughs 
– in an area known as surface sizing – has been achieved by 
our Pulp and Paper Chemicals business, Eka Chemicals. 

Paper  sizing  is  a  process  designed  to  reduce  paper’s  ability, 
when dry, to absorb water both as moisture and liquid. So in 
other  words,  it  improves  the  water  resistance  of  paper.  Two 
methods are commonly used (surface and internal sizing). 

The main difference is that internal sizing – added to fibers at 
the wet end of the process – gives paper with evenly distributed 
chemicals  an  “effect”.  Whereas  surface  sizing  chemicals  are 

added to dry paper to give an effect directly related to improv-
ing the surface of the paper. Internal sizing is widely used in a 
large variety of papers, while surface sizing is added during the 
production of higher grade papers. One effect of surface sizing 
chemicals is to ensure that printing ink stays on the surface and 
dries there, rather than being absorbed into the paper itself. 

Eka Chemicals’ success means it has seen what was once a 
side business grow into a core discipline in a reasonably short 
space of time. Much of this expansion is down to the success-
ful  product  Eka  SP  50,  a  polymeric  surface  sizing  product 
which  has  helped  to  gain  many  new  customers.  The  major 
benefits  for  the  paper  makers  include  greater  cost  efficiency, 
partly because Eka SP 50 can be used at lower dosages. 

AkzoNobel 
Specialty 
Chemicals

 “Our success during the year was 
a combination of cost control, 
favorable market conditions and 
our own hard work.”

Rob Frohn
Board member responsible for Specialty Chemicals

Our  performance  in  high  growth  markets  was  particularly 
good, but we also did well in the Americas, and while Europe 
proved  more  challenging,  we  were  still  able  to  improve  on 
2009.  Europe  remains  a  low  growth  area,  however,  and 
the  formal  closure  of  our  Skoghall  plant  in  Sweden  was 
another  step  towards  us  rebalancing  our  production  foot-
print  to  the  high  growth  areas,  where  demand  is  develop-
ing  much  more  strongly.  This  was  further  reflected  by  two 
key  events  in  China,  namely  the  official  opening  of  our 
Ningbo  multi-site  and  the  expansion  of  Industrial  Chemi-
cals’  Taixing  plant.  The  Ningbo  inauguration  in  particu-
lar  was  a  major  milestone,  bringing  new  chelates,  ethyl-
ene  amines  and  ethylene  oxide  capacity  to  the  market. 

Sustainability,  of  course,  remained  high  on  the  agenda  and 
several products continued to make good progress, notably 
our  Dissolvine  GLDA  chelate  and  our  next  generation  anti-
caking agent for salt (mTA) for chemical transformation. We 
also  conducted  an  eco-efficiency  study  early  in  the  year 
which  involved  carrying  out  a  quick  scan  of  75  sites  where 
most of our footprint is in terms of waste, energy and CO2. 
This forms part of a program we have embarked on to reduce 
our footprint by 10 percent by 2015 and we have identified a 
great number of opportunities to make savings. The progress 
on  our  safety  performance,  on  the  other  hand,  was  slightly 
disappointing  and  we  will  continue  to  increase  awareness 
throughout the organization.

There can be no doubt that 2010 was a good year for Special-
ty Chemicals. Emerging strongly from the recession, we not 
only reaped the benefits of our restructuring efforts, but were 
also  boosted  by  robust  demand  during  the  first  half  of  the 
year  due  to  restocking.  In  addition,  various  outages  within 
the  industry  enabled  us  to  supply  customers  when  others 
couldn’t.  We  therefore  increased  market  share  because  of 
our reputation and reliability in supply in a market that quickly 
recovered. So our success during the year was a combina-
tion of cost control, favorable market conditions and our own 
hard work. It was a busy year, and our employees should be 
commended for their efforts. 

Another  important  development  was  the  National  Starch 
transaction. Like the rest of the Specialty Chemicals portfolio, 
the business suffered as a result of the recession, but we were 
able to take effective measures to recover much of the lost 
ground before transferring ownership to Corn Products Inter-
national. 2010 was also the first full year of operation following 
the merger of Polymer Chemicals into Functional Chemicals. 
The timing was just right, as it was implemented before the 
market picked up again and we were able to fully benefit from 
the  recovery.  This  resulted  in  our  polymer  activities  having 
an  excellent  year,  particularly  the  High  Purity  Metalorganics 
(HPMO) business, which supplies the booming LED market.  

The focus continues to be on growth, with each of our busi-
nesses  well  positioned  to  make  a  contribution  to  both  the 
top  and  bottom  line.  We  see  great  possibilities  and  oppor-
tunities  to  contribute  to  the  accelerated  growth  agenda  
of  the  company,  while  maintaining  a  healthy  cash  flow.  
To  facilitate  this,  and  to  keep  our  leadership  suitably  chal-
lenged, the Managing Directors of four of our business activi-
ties are being rotated. As well as bringing a fresh perspec-
tive,  we  feel  that  this  will  benefit  the  company  and  enable 
each of the senior leaders to continue to learn and develop 
themselves  while  bringing  their  experience  to  new  markets 
and businesses.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Specialty Chemicals

31

 
 
Specialty chemicals market overview

We are a major supplier of specialty 
chemicals with leading positions in 
selected market segments.

Market and business characteristics
The  chemicals  industry  can  be  described  as  a  value  chain. 
Our businesses serve customers throughout the value chain 
with different products.

Pulp  and  Paper  Chemicals  is  a  global  business,  with  a 
specific emphasis on serving one industry. Surface Chemis-
try and Functional Chemicals are also global businesses, and 
primarily pursue a customer intimacy model for each specific 
product group.

Chemicals Pakistan, on the other hand, is a national business 
with a broad product offering within areas such as chemicals, 
coatings, fibers and pharmaceuticals.

Some key raw materials

Price drivers

•  Energy, oil and  
raw materials

•  Salt
•  Energy
•  Ammonia and ethylene
•  Ethylene oxide
•  Acetic acid
•  Polymers
•  Sulfur

Our  Industrial  Chemicals  business,  for  example,  mines  salt 
through  vacuum  extraction.  It’s  used  as  a  raw  material  for 
our own activities, as well as being an end product found in 
grocery stores under brand names such as Jozo and Nezo.

Customers
Our  products  are  used  in  a  wide  variety  of  everyday  prod-
ucts such as ice cream, soups, disinfectants, plastics, soaps, 
detergents,  cosmetics,  paper  and  asphalt.  There  are  more 
than 2,000 items in our portfolio.

Base  chemicals  are  chemicals  produced  from  raw  materi-
als. For us, this means products such as chlorine (Industrial 
Chemicals) or chlorate (Pulp and Paper Chemicals). Derived 
from these base chemicals are chemical intermediates, such 
as  the  ethylene  amines  supplied  by  our  Functional  Chemi-
cals business.

Performance chemicals offer specific functionality to a product 
or process, examples being the surfactants used in fabric care 
softeners  (Surface  Chemistry),  and  the  Compozil  retention 
systems  (Pulp  and  Paper  Chemicals)  used  to  make  paper. 
Few of the products we supply are actual end products, with 
salt (Functional Chemicals) being the most prominent. 

The strategy for each of our businesses varies depending on 
where they are in the value chain and which customers they 
serve.  For  example,  in  terms  of  geographic  focus,  Industrial 
Chemicals  is  mainly  focused  on  Western  Europe,  with  an 
emphasis on operational effectiveness.

Global market drivers and developments
• Growing populations and GDP growth
• Infrastructure developments
• Building activities
• Global paper and board production
• Environmental regulations
• Sustainability

High growth markets
Projected  industry  growth  is  strong,  particularly  in  Asia  
Pacific and Brazil. More than 30 percent of revenue is in high 
growth markets.

Innovations
•   Biodegradable, aqueous cleaning formulations  

reducing use of organic solvents

•   Polymer based on renewable feedstock, improving  

the efficiency of fabric softeners

•   Green alternative to EDTA, NTA, phosphonates  

and phosphates

Market leadership positions

Functional Chemicals

1st

Chelates 

Cross-linking peroxides, thermoset chemicals
and polymer additives

Sulfur derivatives

Ethylene amines

High polymers

2nd

Redispersible polymer powders, 
additives for mortar application

Salt specialties (North West Europe)

3rd

Cellulosic specialties

Industrial Chemicals

1st

Caustic merchant (Europe)

Chlorine merchant (Europe)

Monochloroacetic acid (MCA)

Salt (chemical transformation Europe)

Pulp and Paper Chemicals 

1st

Bleaching chemicals

Surface Chemistry

Raw materials

Base
chemicals

Chemical
intermediates

Performance/
functional
chemicals

End products

•   Sustainable breakthrough in corrosion protection  
and chrome replacement in automotive industry

1st

Industrial applications

Agricultural applications

•   One Grain technology – full salt replacement which brings 

3rd

Home and personal care

Industrial Chemicals

Pulp and Paper Chemicals

Functional Chemicals

Surface Chemistry

Chemicals Pakistan

pure NaCl and salt replacers into a single salt grain

•  More sustainable anti-caking agent for salt
•   Nanoparticle retention systems for high speed  

paper machines

•   CID technology to help increase PVC reactor capacity
•   Water treatment technology replacing traditional biocides.

32

AkzoNobel Specialty Chemicals  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key developments 2010

•   Official inauguration of Ningbo multi-site in China

Key figures in € millions

Employees by region at year-end 

•   National Starch divested to Corn Products International

2009

2010

2009

2010

•   Expansion of MCA facility in Taixing

•   Salt capacity boosted at Delfzijl in the Netherlands, making 

it the largest vacuum salt plant in the world

•   Compozil Fx concept now being used by seven of the 

eight largest fine paper machines in Asia

•   Merger of Polymer Chemicals activities into Functional 

Chemicals completed

Revenue

EBITDA

EBITDA margin (in %)

EBIT

EBIT margin (in %)

Operating income

Moving average ROI (in %)

4,359

4,943

US and Canada 

738

16.9

490

11.2

422

15.6

939

19.0

679

13.7

604

19.9

Latin America 

China 

Other Asian countries

The Netherlands 

Germany 

Sweden 

Other European countries

1,700

800

1,000

1,900

1,900

1,000

2,000

800

1,700

900

1,000

1,900

1,900

1,000

1,900

800

 Total

11,100

11,100

Revenue breakdown by business unit 
in %

Geo-mix revenue by destination

21%

North America

44%

3%

Emerging Europe

Mature Europe

20%

Asia Pacific

3%

Rest of the world

9%

Latin America

A Functional Chemicals 

B Industrial Chemicals 

C Pulp and Paper Chemicals 

D Surface Chemistry 

E Chemicals Pakistan 

36

21

20

17

6

100

Product: Eco-premium solutions  
% of revenue 

A

23

21

20

23

E

D

C

B

2007

2008

2009

2010

Key value chains with carbon  
footprint assessment

74

2009

118

2010

Total reportable rate of injuries  
per million hours

6.0

3.7

2007

2008

2.8

2009

3.5

2010

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Specialty Chemicals

33

 
AKZONOBEL AND BRIGHT IDEAS

As the world continues to rapidly embrace energy efficiency 
and the need to source alternative resources, a quiet revolu-
tion has been taking place in the electronics industry. 

LED market is growing at more than 25 percent a year and 
the  technology  behind  it  relies  heavily  on  several  products 
supplied by AkzoNobel Functional Chemicals.

lighting, LEDs are used in many other applications, such as car 
lights, traffic lights, TV backlighting and computer monitors. 

It’s been happening all around us for many years, but some 
people may not have noticed. Our lighting is changing. Tradi-
tional  bulbs  and  filaments  are  dying  out  and  light  emitting 
diodes (LEDs) are taking over. They can offer energy savings 
of up to 90 percent compared with conventional bulbs. The 

The products in question are produced by our High Purity Metal-
organics (HPMO) business and are needed to manufacture the 
LEDs  themselves  (our  products  are  used  to  coat  a  very  thin 
layer of semiconductor material on a wafer and this is the active 
layer which emits the light). As well as being used for general 

Our  manufacturing  strengths  mean  we  can  help  customers 
ramp  up  their  production  to  meet  the  continuously  growing 
demand for LEDs, while our unique packaging helps custom-
ers to maximize their output and improve the consistency of 
their production. With LEDs rapidly finding new applications, 
the future is bright. 

AkzoNobel Functional Chemicals

 “All eight of our businesses 
performed better than 2009 
volume-wise, with six also 
picking up market share.”

Bob Margevich
Managing Director

Overview
We experienced a notable drop in our volumes in 2009 but we 
recovered most of that back in 2010. During most of the year, 
sales  exceeded  pre-crisis  levels  –  partly  due  to  the  volume 
effect and partly because of improved margins and currency 
exchange  rates.  When  combined  with  cost  savings  gener-
ated through restructuring in mature markets, we were able to 
achieve record results for a fourth consecutive year. 

Analysis
All  eight  of  our  businesses  performed  better  than  2009 
volume-wise,  and  most  of  them  improved  cost-wise,  with 
six  of  the  eight  also  picking  up  market  share.  Some  of  this 
increased  market  share  was  achieved  through  planned 
actions, but we also benefited from outages or delayed start-
ups  suffered  by  our  competitors.  As  a  result,  most  of  our 
product lines were sold out during the year, with the strongest 
performers being the two businesses we took over as part of 
the integration of Polymer Chemicals at the start of the year 
(High Polymers and Crosslinking, Thermoset Chemicals and 
Polymer Additives), along with Ethylene Amines and Chelates. 
Our Sulfur Derivatives business also did well, while the slow 
construction market meant that our Elotex, Cellulosic Special-
ties  and  Polysulfides  activities  in  that  market  were  only  able 
to recover about half the volumes they lost in 2009. However, 
Cellulosic Specialties was still able to achieve much improved 
year-on-year results. 

Highlights
The  performance  of  our  High  Purity  Metalorganics  business 
– which supplies the LED lighting industry – was particularly 
notable. It really took off during 2010 to the extent that we are 
now expanding on the go with several new projects planned 
and each expansion will be fully utilized from virtually the first 
day. A number of additional expansions in other product lines 
are also planned. Along with the continued excellent perfor-
mance of our Dissolvine GLDA readily biodegradable chelat-
ing agent, another significant highlight was the official opening 
of our Ningbo multi-site in China, which was attended by more 
than 600 guests. The facility began producing dry powdered 
chelates  in  late  2009  and  in  May  2010  the  liquid  chelates 
section started production. Towards the end of the year, the 
ethylene amines and ethylene oxide plants in Ningbo came on 
stream. It was also pleasing to see how smooth and effective 
the merger of Polymer Chemicals into Functional Chemicals 
has  been.  The  process  was  extremely  successful  and  both 
the business and AkzoNobel as a whole have benefited. 

Developments
We  began  to  test  market  our  One  Grain  lower  sodium  salt 
replacement in the Benelux, which has been going very well 
so far. We received the green light for our BU strategic plan 
and we created an organizational model which is helping us 
to  support  our  sustainability  drive.  Good  progress  was  also 
made  in  our  safety  performance  and  in  the  switch  to  more 
sustainable  technologies  in  our  main  product  lines.  This 
enables  us  to  look  at  things  like  raw  materials  and  energy 
supply across the whole value chain and identify areas where 
we can improve.

Revenue in € millions

1,668

1,479

1,813

2008

2009

2010

Geo-mix revenue by destination in %

C

B

A

A EMEA 

B Americas 

C Asia Pacific 

Main products

46

28

26

• Cellulosic additives 
• Chelates 
• Additives for the
  mortar industry

• Ethylene amines
• Salt specialties
• Sulfur derivatives
• Polymer chemicals

Key markets

• Detergents
• Personal care
• Crop protection
• Micronutrients

Key brands

• Building materials
• Paint
• Pharmaceutical
• Food

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Specialty Chemicals

35

 
 
 
 
 
AkzoNobel Industrial Chemicals

 “We utilized the full capacity of all 
our plants for virtually the entire 
year, with both our Salt and MCA 
businesses sold out.”

Werner Fuhrmann
Managing Director
(Member of AkzoNobel’s Executive Committee as of January 1, 2011)

ethylene  amines  joint  venture  in  Delfzijl  to  meet  customer 
demand. All of this extra capacity was fully utilized as of day 
one.  Another  highlight  was  the  formal  launch  of  our  mTA 
(meso-Tartrate)  next  generation  anti-caking  agent  for  salt. 
It’s  our  intention  to  develop  this  product  into  a  new  value 
chain for salt and we see substantial growth opportunities in 
Europe, the Americas and Asia. Its potential was underlined 
when it was recognized as one of the top three innovations 
by the Association of the Dutch Chemical Industry (VNCI). It 
also received a commendation from the European Chemical 
Industry Council (CEFIC). 

Developments
We launched a comprehensive, business-wide Lean SixSig-
ma  program  in  order  to  make  a  step-change  in  operational 
excellence. This will not only help us to run improvement proj-
ects in a much more focused manner across the value chain, 
but will also add a new dimension to our efforts in developing 
our people up to their potential. As part of a program to build 
up  strategic  national  energy  reserves,  we  signed  a  binding 
agreement  to  store  gas  oil  at  our  salt  caverns  in  Hengelo. 
This will be in addition to the natural gas and nitrogen which 
is  stored  in  our  Delfzijl  caverns.  We  continued  our  efforts  to 
develop new bio-based products based on renewables and 
were delighted to win the company’s internal BU Sustainability 
Award for our carbon footprint work. 

Overview
Our  businesses  recovered  more  sharply  than  anticipated 
following  last  year’s  economic  downturn,  which  resulted 
in  2010  exceeding  expectations.  Volumes  bounced  back 
very close to pre-crisis levels and this helped to lift sales to  
record levels.

Analysis
It  was  a  strong  recovery,  based  on  high  volumes,  improved 
margins,  more  focus  on  sustainability  and  acquiring  addi-
tional business. We utilized the full capacity of all our plants 
for virtually the entire year, with both our Salt and MCA busi-
nesses sold out. Chlor-alkali was sold out from the summer 
onwards and our Energy business had a successful year. Also 
crucial  was  the  fact  that  although  we  remained  focused  on 
customers, costs and cash, we stuck to our growth strategy 
and continued to maintain and invest in our plants during the 
crisis.  Our  competitors  often  didn’t,  which  meant  we  were 
able to take advantage of the overall economic tailwind and 
benefit  from  the  demand  which  accompanied  the  recovery. 
The Salt business really set the tone by getting off to a head 
start due to the severe wintry conditions, especially in Europe. 
We were also able to attract income from the secondary use 
of salt caverns for the storage of oil and gases.

Highlights
We stepped up our manufacturing footprint for MCA in China 
by  bringing  total  capacity  at  our  Taixing  plant  up  to  60kt. 
We  are  also  working  on  substantially  increasing  this  capac-
ity further in order to satisfy growing demand. In the Nether-
lands, we boosted salt capacity at our Delfzijl facility by 350kt, 
increasing it to 2,700kt. It is now the largest vacuum salt plant 
in the world. We also added capacity at our Delamine higher 

36

AkzoNobel Specialty Chemicals  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Revenue in € millions

966

949

1,070

2008

2009

2010

Geo-mix revenue by destination in %

B C

A

93

4

3

• Caustic lye
• Monochloroacetic 
  acid (MCA)

• Food
• Pulp and paper
• Plastic industries

A EMEA 

B Americas 

C Asia Pacific 

Main products

• Salt 
• Energy 
• Chlorine

Key markets

• Chemical
• Detergent
• Construction

Key brand

 
 
AkzoNobel Pulp and Paper Chemicals

 “We achieved strong growth 
and gained market share in 
both Asia and Latin America.”

Jan Svärd
Managing Director

Overview
It was a good year, especially given the fact that 2009 was our 
best year ever. The business environment was very competitive 
and  we  lost  some  margin,  but  we  gained  substantial  volume 
and as a result our bottom line improved. So although we faced 
different dynamics, our results held up well.

Analysis
We achieved strong growth and gained market share in both 
Asia and Latin America. In North America – which is still the 
biggest  individual  market  for  pulp  and  paper  –  our  position 
remained stable and even grew slightly. Our focus has been 
more on restructuring in Europe, but we rebounded from the 
demand drop in 2009 and took market share as the demand 
returned.  Many  customers  also  began  to  start  up  projects 
they originally launched in 2008, but were then forced to put 
on  hold  due  to  the  recession.  This  was  particularly  notable 
during the second half of 2010, when many of these projects 
were restarted. All these developments have helped to ensure 
that  we  are  emerging  from  the  economic  crisis  in  a  much 
stronger position than when we came into it. 

Highlights
Many  business  activities  made  excellent  progress  during 
2010. The packaging board industry is growing – which has 
obvious  benefits  for  us  as  we  can  provide  attractive  chem-
istries  in  this  area  –  and  our  Compozil  Fx  concept  is  now 
being used by seven of the eight largest fine paper machines 
in Asia. This concept helps our customers achieve extremely 
high speeds and reduces fiber and energy consumption and 
is firmly established as the start-up technology of choice for 
large paper manufacturing machines. In addition, our Eka NP 
2180 silica sol – which helps improve efficiency and machine 

speed  –  has  really  started  to  take  off,  while  we  have  also 
developed a unique line of surface sizing products which has 
helped us to gain many new customers. So we are now in a 
position where we can really start talking about growth. High 
growth  regions  such  as  China  and  Latin  America  obviously 
remain  important,  but  we  have  also  been  achieving  good 
success  in  mature  markets  such  as  Germany  and  Japan. 
Expancel in particular had a very good year, while the product 
is being widely used in Asia and Latin America, where growth 
has  really  speeded  up.  Our  Purate  product  for  water  treat-
ment achieved solid growth, especially in Europe.

Developments
We strengthened our internal sizing business by investing in a 
new chemicals plant in Germany. This has enabled us to intro-
duce a new process which provides higher quality products. 
The  paper  coatings  business  we  took  over  from  the  former 
ICI  also  grew  substantially  in  North  America  and  Europe. 
Our focus in terms of sustainability, innovation and business 
growth remains very much on fiber, energy and water. We’re 
working hard to help customers cut down on the amount of 
fiber they use, while energy consumption is also something we 
are reducing at our own sites and those of our customers. In 
addition, we are continuing to put a lot of effort and resources 
into water management, which has particular significance for 
us in the southern hemisphere, where it is very important for 
our customers. Safety continues to be the number one prior-
ity, and in addition to having BBS implemented at all our facili-
ties,  we  introduced  a  zero  incident  mindset  program  which 
has  been  going  well.  Our  diversity  agenda  also  progressed. 
In Europe, for example (where 25 percent of our workforce is 
female), 35 percent of our managers are now women. 

Revenue in € millions

1,008

935

1,044

2008

2009

2010

Geo-mix revenue by destination in %

C

B

A

39

45

16

A EMEA 

B Americas 

C Asia Pacific 

Main products

• Pulp and paper chemicals

Key markets

• Pulp and paper

Key brand

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Specialty Chemicals

37

 
AkzoNobel Surface Chemistry

 “Sales volumes were up significantly, 
revenue rose 20 percent and 
progress was also made in 
implementing our growth strategy.”

Frank Sherman
Managing Director

Overview
The  demand  recovery  which  began  in  mid-2009  continued 
throughout  2010,  particularly  in  the  personal  care,  mining 
and oilfield market segments. Sales volumes were up signifi-
cantly over the previous year, although not back to the 2008 
peak. Revenue rose 20 percent, driven by increased volume, 
better product/market mix, escalating raw material prices and 
currency impact. Significant progress was also made in imple-
menting our growth strategy based on new product introduc-
tions,  expansion  in  developing  regions,  exploring  adjacent 
growth opportunities and disciplined cost control.  

Analysis
The consumer market segments (fabric, home and personal 
care)  were  not  significantly  impacted  by  the  recession  and 
continued to grow in 2010, including some share gains. Our 
sales  to  the  mining  market  experienced  significant  recov-
ery,  notably  in  potash  and  iron  ore.  Despite  the  moratorium 
on  deep  well  drilling  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  oilfield  chemical 
demand was also strong, driven by growing chemical additive 
demand for land-based natural gas drilling and well fracturing. 
The asphalt road paving market was affected by raw material 
shortages, weak construction markets and the disappointing 
impact from government stimulus spending. Additive demand 
grew considerably in the organoclay market. The agrochemi-
cal  value  chain  worked  through  an  inventory  overhang  from 
2009, although favorable weather conditions resulted in good 
growth in both North and Latin America. Fabric care sales also 
experienced strong growth in Latin America. Asia continued 
to  achieve  double  digit  growth  supported  by  new  products 
for the asphalt, oilfield and animal feed additives markets. We 
are developing products for the local mid-tier market by intro-
ducing eco-premium, cost-effective products that are unique 

to  Asia.  In  Europe,  the  recovery  generally  trailed  behind  the 
other regions. Demand slowed down in most regions during 
the fourth quarter as customers drew down inventories and 
consumers became more conservative. Raw material prices 
remain  volatile  and  in  some  cases  have  escalated  back  to 
2008 peaks. Our production was curtailed during the first half 
year due to some supplier force majeure declarations.   

Highlights 
We  are  starting  to  demonstrate  the  synergies  across  our 
three technology platforms – surfactants, synthetic polymers 
and  biopolymers.  Sustainability  remains  the  key  driver.  In 
fact,  45  percent  of  our  current  sales  and  80  percent  of  our 
innovation pipeline are based on products that provide eco-
premium solutions to our customers. We continue to reduce 
VOC  emissions  and  solid  wastes  from  our  operations  and 
are  implementing  several  energy  efficiency  projects.  Finally, 
a sales excellence program has been introduced to improve 
our ability to determine customers’ unmet needs and capture 
value from innovation.

Developments
New  product  introductions  picked  up  throughout  the  year 
in  tandem  with  customer  interest  to  reformulate  or  increase 
their  process  efficiency.  New  launches  included  Adsee 
766,  a  nonylphenol  ethoxylate-free  agrochemical  adjuvant; 
DynamX  H20,  a  biopolymer  ingredient  for  styling  hair  prod-
ucts; Armocare G113 and G114, hair conditioning based on 
renewable guar; and a number of new Agrilan agrochemical 
dispersants  based  on  renewable  feedstocks.  We  are  also 
introducing hybrid polymers based on renewable monomers 
to several market segments, providing better eco properties 
and high performance.

38

AkzoNobel Specialty Chemicals  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Revenue in € millions

821

701

847

2008

2009

2010

Geo-mix revenue by destination in %

C

B

A

A EMEA 

B Americas 

C Asia Pacific 

34

55

11

Main products

• Surfactants 
• Synthetic and natural specialty polymers 

Key markets

• Agriculture
• Asphalt
• Personal care
• Oilfield chemicals

Key brands 

• Coating additives 
• Fabric softeners
• Household cleaning
• Mining

 Armeen
Arquad
Berol

Morwet
Amphomer
Naviance

Alcogum
Alcosperse

 
Chemicals Pakistan

 “Pakistan faced a major setback 
due to the devastating floods, 
but our continued focus on 
customers, costs and cash helped 
our business regain momentum.”

Waqar A Malik 
Chief Executive ICI Pakistan 

Overview
Despite  a  difficult  business  environment,  our  2010  results 
(adjusted for the PTA divestment) showed double digit growth 
in  the  top  and  bottom  line  in  local  currencies.  This  was 
underpinned by aggressive margin management and volume 
growth in all major segments of our portfolio.

Analysis
A serious cause for concern during the year was the contin-
ued energy crisis. The increasing gap in supply and demand 
resulted  in  more  frequent  shortages  of  gas  for  the  indus-
trial  sector.  Pakistan  also  faced  a  major  setback  due  to  the 
devastating floods which left 20 million people homeless and 
destroyed  crops  and  livestock,  as  well  as  damaging  infra-
structure, which resulted in a general slowdown of economic 
activity.  Continued  focus  on  customers,  costs  and  cash 
helped the business regain momentum. 

Developments
We  continued  to  integrate  our  product  portfolio  with  the 
AkzoNobel  portfolio.  Our  Refinish  business  launched  Dyna-
coat  for  the  trade  market  in  Pakistan,  along  with  a  strong 
focus  on  the  services  portfolio  targeted  towards  industry 
development. We also established a new line of marine and 
protective  coatings,  with  the  first  commercial  orders  being 
received  this  year.  Our  Decorative  business  expanded  its 
mid-tier  portfolio  and  launched  three  new  Paintex  products 
to offer a wider range of solutions for customers. Soda Ash 
was able to expand its export base in international markets, 
where we are now established as a reliable supplier of quality 
products. We also introduced Dissolvine, a chelate which can 
help improve farm productivity by making sure that essential 
nutrients are fully absorbed by plants, benefiting farmers. 

Revenue in € millions

497

405

2008

2009

305

2010

Main products

• Polyester fiber 
• Soda ash 
• Life sciences
• Chemicals
• Paints

Key brands

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Specialty Chemicals

39

 
  
 
AkzONOBEL AND FASTEr INNOVATION

Helping provide your customers with improved performance 
and  a  competitive  edge  is  valuable  in  any  industry,  but  in 
the  world  of  motorsport,  it  can  literally  make  the  difference 
between winning and losing.

Our Car Refinishes business, through its Sikkens brand, is the 
official  supplier  of  paint  solutions  to  the  Vodafone  McLaren 
Mercedes  Formula  1  team.  The  2011  season  will  be  the 
third year of the partnership. During that time, we have been 
working closely with their technical experts to develop supe-
rior lightweight coatings with unique functionality and striking 
color attributes.

A key element of the coatings system on the cars driven by 
former world champions Jenson Button and Lewis Hamilton 
is  the  spectacular  chrome  effect.  But  equally  important  is 
the fact that ongoing improvements to the unique high gloss 
system mean that one less coat is now required during appli-
cation. This results in potentially vital weight savings, while the 
paint process time has been further reduced. 

The shared knowledge we have gained from the partnership 
has already enabled us to translate 80 percent of the tailor-
made solution supplied to McLaren into a commercial value 
proposition for AkzoNobel customers within the car industry.

AkzoNobel 
Performance 
Coatings

 “As most of our end markets 
continue to recover, the focus is 
now very much on growth, which 
includes capturing market share 
in high growth regions.”

Leif Darner
Board member responsible for Performance Coatings

In 2010 we were able to take advantage of a sharp increase in 
activity in high growth markets – notably in Asia and particu-
larly in China – in all our market segments. So there has been 
healthy  top  line  growth  across  the  board,  while  maintaining 
profit  margins  in  the  target  range  and  further  improving  the 
return on investment. 

The recovery was particularly good in our more industrial and 
OEM-related businesses, such as Coil and Powder Coatings, 

which  were  hit  hard  during  the  recession.  Our  automotive-
related  businesses  also  bounced  back,  while  Marine  and 
Protective Coatings experienced flatter market conditions.

During  the  first  half  of  2010,  our  businesses  were  aided 
by  relatively  stable  raw  material  prices.  But  as  the  year 
progressed, prices went up and shortages became an issue. 
However, we were able to maintain supplies to our customers 
and gradually compensated for the increases through careful 
margin management.

As most of our end markets continue to recover – and with 
a  portfolio  strategically  aligned  to  create  a  better  balance 
in  terms  of  technologies  and  markets,  size  and  complex-
ity – the focus is now very much on growth, which includes 
capturing  market  share  in  high  growth  regions.  We  have 
identified  clear  opportunities  and  are  looking  to  acceler-
ate  in  the  world’s  high  growth  regions.  Notable  highlights 
during  2010  which  signaled  our  clear  intention  to  continue  
growing  our  business  were  the  opening  of  a  new  Powder 
Coatings  plant  in  Wuhan,  China,  and  important  acquisi-
tions  within  both  Powder  and  Industrial  Coatings  and  Car  
Refinishes.  Acquiring  Changzhou  Prime  Automotive  Paint 
Co. Ltd in China has opened up the Chinese mid-market for 
refinish products, while the deal to secure the former Rohm 
& Haas powder activities from the Dow Chemical Company 

has given us access to some exciting technology for wood 
and  plastic  applications  and  boosted  our  product  offer  to  
the automotive industry. Meanwhile, the acquisition of Lind-
gens Metal Decorating Coatings and Inks improved our posi-
tion in a number of high growth markets, including the Asia 
Pacific region.  

Innovation also remained high on the agenda throughout the 
year and we made excellent progress in this area. A new world-
wide marine testing lab was opened in Singapore, while in the 
UK we broke ground on a new global fire protection center of 
excellence. Elsewhere, Wood Finishes and Adhesives started 
building a new plant in Vietnam and Powder Coatings is estab-
lishing a resin polymer lab which is due to open in April 2011. 
A number of new technologies were also introduced into the 
marketplace,  such  as  our  Vitalure  740  can  liner,  stickerfix 
auto repair system and Intershield 803+ cargo hold coating.  

There  is  still  underlying  uncertainty  in  the  marketplace,  but 
we will continue to invest, adding people, setting up techni-
cal service centers, establishing warehousing and distribution 
and making bolt-on acquisitions where appropriate, in order 
to support our strategy of capturing accelerated, sustainable 
growth. This will be combined with a continued focus on oper-
ational excellence and rationalization in the mature markets to 
ensure that we strike the right balance as we move forward. 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Performance Coatings

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance coatings market overview

Our Performance Coatings 
business is represented in most 
market segments of this industry, 
holding many leading positions.

Wood coatings and adhesives
Wood  coatings  beautify  and  protect  anything  made  from 
wood,  including  home  and  office  furniture,  flooring,  kitchen 
and  bath  cabinetry,  windows  and  doors.  Adhesives  are  the 
bonding agents for wood composites and laminates used in 
these applications.

Innovations
• Automobile scratch repair systems
• Low-bake powder coatings
• Self-repairing clearcoat
• Foul release coatings
• Waterborne coatings technology.

Market and business characteristics
The  size  of  the  global  market  for  performance  coatings  is 
around €40 billion.

Marine coatings, including yacht
Coatings  for  deep  sea  and  inland  marine  vessels,  super 
yachts  and  leisure  craft,  which  provide  corrosion  protection 
and resistance to organic fouling.

General industrial coatings
Metal and plastic coatings for a wide range of applications – 
from  huge  industrial  equipment  to  the  latest  mobile  phones 
and  music  players,  computers,  espresso  machines  and 
sporting goods.

Protective coatings
Corrosion and fire protection across a range of industries includ-
ing  upstream  and  downstream  oil  and  gas  facilities,  chemi-
cal  and  petrochemical  installations,  high  value  infrastructure  
such as airports and stadia and power generation stations.

Automotive 
Vehicle refinishes
Refinishing or recoating of automobile bodies when vehicles 
are repaired.

OEM
Coatings  for  commercial  vehicles  (trucks  and  buses)  and 
automotive plastic components.

Aerospace coatings
Coatings  for  small  and  large  aircraft.  Primers  for  structural 
components  and  coatings  for  high  performance  exterior 
finishes.

Powder coatings
Powder technology involves a coating being applied electro-
statically. It is sprayed and then subsequently cured by apply-
ing  heat,  either  in  an  oven  or  by  using  infrared  or  UV  light 
irradiation.

Coil and extrusion coatings
Coil coatings are applied to coiled steel for HVAC and appli-
ances,  and  in  commercial  and  residential  construction  to 
protect metal roofs and building components. Extrusion coat-
ings give aluminum lasting beauty when used on metal build-
ing fascias and window frames and provide protection from 
the elements.

Packaging coatings
Coatings for packaging which are applied to the internal and 
external surfaces for food and drink cans, caps and closures 
and cardboard and plastic packaging.

Customers
We  serve  a  large  range  of  customers  including  ship  and 
yacht  builders  and  architects,  consumer  electronics  and 
appliance  companies,  steel  manufacturers,  the  construction 
industry, furniture makers, aircraft, bus and truck producers, 
bodyshops and can makers.

Global market drivers
• Growing populations and GDP growth
• Steel production
• Consumer confidence
• Infrastructure development
• Housing market activities.

High growth markets
Projected industry growth is strong, particularly in Asia Pacific. 
Around 45 percent of our Performance Coatings revenue is in 
high growth markets.

Market leadership positions

Marine and Protective Coatings 

1st

Marine

Protective

Yacht

Car Refinishes

2nd

3rd

5th

Aerospace

Refinish

Commercial vehicle OEM

Automotive plastic coatings

Industrial Coatings

1st

Coil and extrusion coatings

Specialty plastics coatings

2nd

Packaging coatings

Powder Coatings

1st

Powder

Wood Finishes and Adhesives

1st

3rd

Finishes

Adhesives

42

AkzoNobel Performance Coatings  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Key developments 2010

•   Acquisitions of Changzhou Prime Automotive Paint Co., 
Ltd. and Lindgens Metal Decorative Coatings and Inks

•   Completion of acquisition of the former Rohm & Haas 
powder activities from the Dow Chemical Company

•   Powder Coatings inauguration of a new plant in Wuhan, 

China, and a lab in Ningbo, China

•   Official opening of new, worldwide marine testing lab  

in Singapore

•   Investment in expansion of capacity for Coil Coatings 

and Specialty Plastics in Bangalore, India

•   Work underway on the new Wood Finishes and 

Adhesives plant in Vietnam

•   Merger of Aerospace Coatings activities into  

Car Refinishes

•   Marine and Protective Coatings investment in UK-based 

global fire protection center of excellence 

Geo-mix revenue by destination

20%

North America

30%

Mature Europe

9%

Emerging Europe

25%

Asia Pacific

7%

Rest of the world

9%

Latin America

Key figures in € millions

Employees by region at year-end 

2009

2010

2009

2010

Revenue

EBITDA

EBITDA margin (in %)

EBIT

EBIT margin (in %)

Operating income

Moving average ROI (in %)

4,112

4,786

US and Canada 

594

14.4

492

12.0

433

25.3

647

13.5

540

11.3

487

26.5

Latin America 

China 

Other Asian countries

The Netherlands 

Germany 

Sweden 

UK

Revenue breakdown by business unit 
in %

Other European countries

Other regions 

 Total

3,100

1,700

3,800

3,000

1,000

1,000

900

1,400

2,900

1,100

3,300

1,700

4,100

3,000

1,000

1,200

900

1,500

3,200

1,100

19,900

21,000

D

E

C

A

B

Product: Eco-premium solutions  
% of revenue 

17

19

18

22

2007

2008

2009

2010

A Marine and Protective Coatings 

B Car Refinishes 

C Industrial Coatings 

D Powder Coatings 

E Wood Finishes and Adhesives 

28

21

18

17

16

100

Key value chains  
with carbon  
footprint assessment

52

60

2009

2010

Total reportable rate of injuries  
per million hours

5.7

4.8

3.3

3.3

2007

2008

2009

2010

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Performance Coatings

43

 
AKZONOBEL AND MEETING CUSTOMER NEEDS

The  modern  shipbuilding  industry  is  fiercely  competitive, 
demanding  high  quality,  high  productivity  and  fast  turn-
around times. When it comes to using shop primers, most 
shipyards still rely on solvent-based zinc silicate products. 

However, with legislation tightening and customers demand-
ing more sustainable products and services, manufacturers 
of  marine  coatings  face  an  increasingly  pressing  environ-
mental challenge. Our Marine and Protective Coatings busi-
ness has already taken up the gauntlet, having supplied an 

award-winning,  highly  innovative,  water-based  zinc  silicate 
shop  primer  (Interplate  Zero)  to  the  industry  for  several 
years. Containing no VOCs or soluble salts, it can be over-
coated  with  a  range  of  approved  topcoat  schemes,  even 
in critical vessel areas such as water ballast tanks and the 
underwater hull, while reducing shipyard solvent emissions 
by more than 20 percent. 

Now,  an  improved  version  of  the  product  has  been  intro-
duced which is just as effective as the solvent-based prod-

ucts, but has the added advantage of being far more envi-
ronmentally and user-friendly. The improved Interplate Zero 
offers enhanced resistance to white rust, has a longer pot life 
and can be applied using standard airless spray equipment, 
as used by most shop primer application facilities worldwide. 

While  retaining  all  of  the  original  Interplate  Zero  benefits, 
these  improvements  make  the  new  product  even  more 
attractive  when  compared  with  solvent-based  products  on 
the market.

AkzoNobel Marine and Protective Coatings

 “Our product launches during 2010 
are an indication of the strong focus 
we have on innovation and our 
robust pipeline.”

Bob Taylor
Managing Director

Overview
The  year  proved  to  be  more  challenging  than  anticipated 
as  the  impact  of  the  global  economic  downturn  was  felt  in 
our  traditionally  late-cycle  businesses.  Volume  and  revenue 
was up overall, but our portfolio shifted as market dynamics 
changed,  and  pressure  was  felt  on  prices  in  most  sectors. 
In this context, the business has continued to perform well, 
delivering another strong set of results. 

Analysis
Uncertain  trading  conditions  have  been  prevalent  in  the 
marine  market,  with  volatile  freight  rates  impacting  earnings 
for owners. This has resulted in a tight maintenance and repair 
market  as  owners  look  to  delay  and  minimize  their  outlays. 
However,  given  the  large  world  fleet  size  and  increasing 
number of vessels entering the market, we anticipate increas-
ing  levels  of  demand  over  the  coming  years.  In  marine  new 
construction,  output  has  continued  to  grow,  driven  primarily 
by China, where additional new building capacity has come on 
line together with good demand from Korea. While volumes in 
this area are up, margins have been impacted by raw material 
cost  increases.  In  protective  coatings,  the  earlier  part  of  the 
year saw a number of major projects put on hold as finance 
proved  difficult to  secure,  which  resulted in  a  slower  start to 
2010 than expected in many parts of the world. However, as 
the  year  progressed,  there  were  some  signs  of  encourage-
ment with projects starting to be released. Our Yacht business 
put in a solid performance in what was essentially a flat market.

Highlights
Investment in technology remains high and we broke ground 
on our new UK-based global fire protection center of excel-
lence, which is expected to be fully operational by mid-2011. 

This will help reinforce our leading position in the fire protection 
market and allow us to more quickly bring to market products 
such as the waterborne Interchar 1120, which we launched 
during the year. We also officially opened our new worldwide 
marine  testing  laboratory  in  Singapore,  which  is  focused  on 
developing  the  next  generation  of  marine  antifouling  paints. 
Product introductions in marine included a revitalized biocidal 
antifouling range, along with our Intershield 803+ cargo hold 
coating, specifically designed to meet the increasing demands 
of fast loading of cargos. An improved Interplate Zero (a zero 
VOC,  water-based  shop  primer)  was  also  launched  during 
the  year,  responding  to  the  increasing  demand  for  environ-
mentally aware products within the marine industry. In yacht 
we launched Awlcraft SE, a high performance metallic finish 
system, developed using both yacht and car refinish technol-
ogies.  These  launches  are  an  indication  of  the  strong  focus 
we have on innovation and our robust pipeline.

Developments
We  are  continuing  to  invest  in  geographic  growth  in  our 
Protective  Coatings  business,  particularly  within  China  and 
India, as well as the Middle East, Russia and Brazil. In North 
America,  we  successfully  integrated  the  Devoe  product  line 
into our portfolio, which continues to add value, as does its 
extensive  stores  network.  We  demonstrated  step  change 
improvement  in  safety  performance  throughout  the  year, 
achieving  record  low  TRR  rates,  and  took  extensive  steps 
to  launch  sustainability  as  our  core  management  philoso-
phy,  developing  carbon  mitigation  plans  and  increasing  the 
proportion of eco-premium products within our portfolio. 

Revenue in € millions

1,340

1,260

1,345

2008

2009

2010

Geo-mix revenue by destination in %

C

A

B

28

25

47

• Protective coatings 

A EMEA 

B Americas 

C Asia Pacific 

Main products

• Marine coatings 
• Yacht paints 

Key markets

• Ship building
• Oil and gas facilities
•  High value 

infrastructure (airports, 
stadia, bridges)

•  Power generation 

installations

• Mining and minerals
•  Water and  
waste water

Key brands

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Performance Coatings

45

 
 
AkzoNobel Car Refinishes

 “We continued to focus on the key 
elements of our strategy and once 
again we achieved a very high 
customer retention rate.”

Jim Rees
Managing Director

Overview
Growth in most of our market segments and regions began 
to turn positive towards the end of 2009 and that continued 
during 2010. This led to a robust recovery and strong revenue 
performance  across  our  business,  with  volumes  almost 
returning to pre-recessionary levels.

Analysis
The work that we did during the recession to retain customers 
really paid off. We continued to focus on the key elements of 
our strategy – improving our distribution footprint, advancing 
the use of color technology, strengthening our brands, building 
our pipeline of innovative products and solutions – and once 
again we achieved a very high customer retention rate, which 
we think is the best in class. So we were well positioned in 
the market both from a geographic and segment perspective. 
Consequently,  we  came  out  of  the  recession  even  stronger 
than we went into it. Turkey, Brazil and Russia bounced back, 
our Asian activities are growing at twice the rate of the rest of 
the business, we steadily outperformed the market in North 
America and our position in the premium segment in Eastern 
Europe  is  growing.  Western  Europe  was  essentially  steady, 
with volume up on a flat market. Our Automotive Plastics busi-
ness benefited from a combination of restructuring and robust 
volume increase on the strength of our new business model. 

Highlights
Our Process Centered Environment solution, which we believe 
is the most sustainable way to run a bodyshop, continued its 
success  and  has  really  caught  on  in  China,  India  and  Asia, 
having proved its value in North America. It helps us to attract 
new  customers  and  ensures  we  don’t  lose  any  customers. 
We also entered the trade segment in North America with our 
Wanda  brand  (which  was  previously  only  available  in  Latin 
America) and further sharpened our focus on the mid-market 
by acquiring Changzhou Prime Automotive Paint Co., Ltd in 
China. In Aerospace – which we took over from Marine and 
Protective Coatings at the beginning of the year – we won a 
number of contracts with Airbus and have several technology 
approvals  pushing  the  business  ahead,  primarily  basecoat/
clearcoat systems for aircraft refinishing. 

Developments
We secured a number of exciting new contracts during 2010, 
including an exclusive deal with General Motors in Brazil and 
a partnership with Sterling, one of the largest collision repair-
ers  in  the  US.  We  are  also  supplying  Volkswagen  and  GM 
in  Shanghai.  Our  stickerfix  easy  repair  system  clinched  its 
first  two  approvals  from  key  auto  makers,  and  we  began 
the introduction of our Wanda waterborne basecoat into the 
trade segment in North America – our first entrance into this 
particular  market  with  this  type  of  product.  Elsewhere,  our 
focus on eco-efficiency and our drive to reduce VOCs contin-
ued to receive a lot of attention. We rolled out our sustain-
ability strategy for the business (based on the three pillars of 
marketing, operations and people), and towards the end of 
the year we changed the name of our business to Automotive 
and Aerospace Coatings to better reflect the composition of 
our global activities. 

46

AkzoNobel Performance Coatings  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Revenue in € millions

983

872

994

2008

2009

2010

Geo-mix revenue by destination in %

C

B

A

A EMEA 

B Americas 

C Asia Pacific 

Main products

49

36

15

•  Primers, basecoats, 

•  Automotive plastic 

topcoats and  
clearcoats for  
vehicle refinishes 

coatings

•  Customer service 

technology

• Aerospace coatings

Key markets

•  Collision repairers and 
commercial vehicle 
refinishers

•  Bus, truck, specialty 

vehicle OEMs

•  Automobile insurer 

networks

Key brands

•  Fleet owners and 

operators

•  Automotive OEM 

aftermarkets
• Aircraft industry

 
 
AkzoNobel Industrial Coatings

 “It was a year of strong recovery 
and business growth in all regions, 
with volume, turnover and EBITDA 
all significantly above 2009.”

Conrad Keijzer
Managing Director

Overview
It  was  a  year  of  strong  recovery  and  business  growth  in  all 
regions,  with  volume,  turnover  and  EBITDA  all  significantly 
above 2009. However, our margin improvements were coun-
tered by increasing raw material prices in all regions and we 
experienced issues with the supply of certain raw materials. 

Analysis
Our  Packaging  Coatings  business  returned  to  above  pre-
recessionary  levels  after  outgrowing  its  markets,  mainly  in 
Eastern  Europe,  Latin  America,  the  Middle  East  and  South 
East Asia. Our Specialty Plastics and Coil Coatings activities 
didn’t  quite  reach  pre-crisis  status,  but  the  underlying  trend 
has  been  a  significant  bounce-back  in  many  of  our  mature 
markets – coil coatings in Europe and North America – where 
there has been restocking and a restart of construction activ-
ity. We saw patches of very strong growth in the BRIC coun-
tries  and  upcoming  markets  in  EMEA,  such  as  Turkey  and 
Russia, where our coil coatings sales increased significantly. 

Highlights
As a new business unit formed at the beginning of 2010, we 
were  very  pleased  to  announce  the  acquisition  of  Lindgens 
Metal  Decorating  Coatings  and  Inks.  The  deal  brings  us  an 
experienced  team  and  the  ability  to  serve  customers  with  a 
more  complete  range  of  inks.  It  also  gives  us  an  improved 
position  in  high  growth  areas  of  EMEA  (Turkey,  Russia  and 
Tunisia)  and  in  the  Asia  Pacific  region,  notably  Australia.  In 
keeping  with  the  company’s  growth  ambitions,  we  contin-
ued  to  invest  during  2010,  consolidating  our  position  in  coil 
coatings gained through our Petrokom acquisition in Lipetsk, 
Russia;  investing  in  extended  production  capacity  at  our 
Bangalore site in India for coil coatings and specialty plastics; 

and further improving our capabilities at our research center 
in  Songjiang,  China.  Sales  of  our  “soft  touch”  technology 
continued to increase on the back of strong growth in high-
end smart phones. These coatings give both the tactile and 
aesthetic feel that consumers are looking for in such devices. 
We also launched Vitalure 740 in Brazil, a product line which 
consists of an interior coating and side seam stripe for paint 
cans. The can liner protects the steel can from corrosion by 
the  paint  and  extends  the  “best  by”  date  by  50  percent.  In 
the US, our Cool Chemistry line of coil coatings continued to 
see strong sales, mainly due to the federal tax credit, favoring 
energy efficient building projects.  

Developments
We  took  over  the  EvCote  technology  from  the  company’s 
Specialty Chemicals operation. It’s a resin system based on 
recycled PET and materials from renewable bio-sources and 
is now part of our Packaging Coatings activities. The technol-
ogy can provide moisture resistance and oil and grease barri-
ers to paper goods used in food contact, such as fast food 
restaurant  packing  for  sausages,  sandwiches  and  French 
fries. We have also set out to develop a much simpler alterna-
tive process and eco-premium solution for applying an attrac-
tive metal finish to computers and laptops. The current manu-
facturing process is facing some environmental pressure and 
is relatively burdensome. We can create the same “anodizing” 
effect using a special thin film developed in our laboratories, 
which is cleaner and more efficient. We’ve also been able to 
call on several techniques that we have learned from supply-
ing similar products to the automotive industry. Our custom-
ers are very pleased with this process simplification and we 
believe that we can now provide a number of new variants to 
help our customers develop this even further.

Revenue in € millions

822

725

882

2008

2009

2010

Geo-mix revenue by destination in %

C

B

A

44

30

26

•  Coil and extrusion 

coatings

•  Specialty plastics 

coatings

• Construction industry

A EMEA 

B Americas 

C Asia Pacific 

Main products

•  Beer, beverage and 
food can coatings
•  Coatings for caps, 

closures and general 
line cans

Key markets

•  Beer, beverage and 
food can markets

•  Consumer electronics 
such as cell phones 
and laptops

Key brand

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Performance Coatings

47

 
 
AkzoNobel Powder Coatings

 “As well as helping to strengthen 
our operations in the US, 
integrating the former Rohm  
& Haas activities has also given  
us access to key technologies.”

Rob Molenaar
Managing Director

Overview
Finalizing the acquisition of the former Rohm & Haas powder 
coatings activities from Dow Chemical Company – which saw 
us  become  market  leader  in  the  US  –  had  a  major  bearing 
on  our  2010  performance.  For  example,  volumes  improved 
significantly  and  our  revenue  was  boosted  to  record  levels. 
We  also  strengthened  our  existing  leadership  positions  in 
Asia, Europe and Africa during the year. 

Analysis
The  market  continued  to  pick  up,  and  while  the  mature 
economies  did  not  rebound  as  quickly  as  some  of  the  high 
growth regions, we grew significantly, notably in the US. We 
continued to expand in Asia – highlighted by the opening of 
a new plant in Wuhan in October – while major growth was 
also achieved in Russia. We are the only international powder 
coatings manufacturer in Russia and demand was very strong 
during the year. As well as helping to strengthen our opera-
tions  in  the  US,  integrating  the  former  Rohm  &  Haas  activi-
ties has also given us access to key technologies which have 
enabled us to better penetrate certain markets. For example, 
we  secured  major  approvals  in  the  agricultural  construction 
equipment  sector  and  are  now  better  placed  to  accelerate 
into the wood, plastics and automotive segments, which are 
the next platforms for future growth.

Highlights
Major construction activity is continuing in Felling in the UK, 
where  we  are  establishing  a  resin  polymer  lab.  This  is  due 
to open in April 2011 and will play a crucial role in helping us 
to innovate and further develop sustainable technologies. We 
reached  agreements  to  take  over  our  joint  venture  partners 
in Dubai, Mexico and Vietnam, which will help us to become 
further  established  in  those  regions.  In  Mexico,  we  are  also 
building a new factory in Monterrey which will start up in July 
2011.  One  excellent  example  of  our  intention  to  accelerate 
into new markets came in Asia, where as part of a joint devel-
opment  project,  we  produced  the  first  vehicle  in  China  with 
a  powder-coated  exterior  body.  We  are  also  working  with 
other manufacturers around the world to gain further experi-
ence of applying powder to vehicle exteriors. Another excit-
ing segment where we made good progress was in providing 
coating solutions for laptops, including a soft-touch effect. 

Developments
Integrating the former Rohm & Haas activities dominated much 
of the year. The acquisition has truly delivered on the strategic 
objectives  we  had  for  the  deal  –  to  help  us  consolidate  our 
position as the number one powder coatings manufacturer in 
the world; to significantly strengthen our operations in the US; 
and to maintain innovation and technology leadership in the 
industry. Exchanging best practices also brought in excellent 
HSE  programs,  which  are  being  introduced  throughout  the 
business, while it was pleasing to receive an internal award for 
a major safety initiative which we have implemented. 

48

AkzoNobel Performance Coatings  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Revenue in € millions

727

2008

573

2009

804

2010

Geo-mix revenue by destination in %

C

B

A

60

11

29

• Furniture
• General industrial

A EMEA 

B Americas 

C Asia Pacific 

Main products

• Powder coatings

Key markets

• Appliances
• Architectural 
• Automotive

Key brands

 
AkzoNobel Wood Finishes and Adhesives

 “We maintained a strong focus on 
cost control and strengthened 
our number one position as the 
world’s leading supplier of wood 
finishes and wood adhesives.”

John Wolff
Managing Director

Overview
It was our first year operating as a stand-alone business unit, 
focused on the industrial wood industry. We achieved strong 
double digit revenue growth in 2010 as we emerged from the 
economic  crisis.  Although  we  are  not  yet  back  to  pre-crisis 
levels,  we  maintained  a  strong  focus  on  cost  control  and 
strengthened our number one position as the world’s leading 
supplier of wood finishes and wood adhesives.

Analysis
We  maintained  strong  positions  in  the  mature  economies, 
but  these  markets  remained  sluggish  during  2010,  primar-
ily due to the slow recovery of the construction and housing 
markets.  Our  growth  has  come  in  the  high  growth  regions 
such as China and Turkey, where the local economies recov-
ered quickly and export volumes in wood finishes increased. 
Our wood adhesives business also benefitted from increased 
export activity as a result of the weaker euro. Our strategy of 
selective  bolt-on  acquisitions  and  expansion  in  high  growth 
regions  is  delivering  results.  The  strategic  acquisitions  we 
finalized in 2009 to support our expansion in Eastern Europe 
have now been fully integrated and contributed to our overall 
performance during 2010. However, the price and availability 
of raw materials continued to challenge our efforts. 

Highlights
It  was  a  year  of  change  for  our  employees,  who  adapted 
quickly to the new focus of our business and worked togeth-
er  to  bring  about  improvements  in  our  results.  One  of  our 
accomplishments  was  our  improved  sales  volume  in  Asia, 
where we continued our drive into the domestic markets and 
expanded  our  customer  base.  We  broke  ground  on  a  new 
plant  in  Vietnam  –  our  fourth  major  plant  in  the  region  –  to 
support our growth strategy in the Asian export and domestic 
markets. The new facility will be completed in 2011. 

Developments
We are excited to be part of the wood industry, which is inher-
ently sustainable. Not only is wood a renewable resource, but 
trees actually reduce CO2 in the atmosphere, since one cubic 
meter of wood absorbs about one ton of CO2. Our strategy 
is  to  positively  contribute  to  the  sustainability  of  this  indus-
try by developing products and technologies that reduce our 
impact  on  the  environment,  while  delivering  positive  perfor-
mance  attributes  for  our  customers.  To  achieve  this  we  are 
moving  beyond  product  development  to  a  broader  systems 
approach,  including  integrated  line  application  and  monitor-
ing,  waste  reduction  and  yield  improvement  concepts.  Our 
new  automated  putty  system,  for  example  (see  separate 
case  study),  transforms  poor  quality  wood  into  viable  wood 
substrates  for  flooring,  cabinets  and  furniture.  And  for  our 
wood adhesives customers, we are working on systems that 
significantly reduce the volume of glue applied while optimiz-
ing performance.  

Revenue in € millions

816

684

776

2008

2009

2010

Geo-mix revenue by destination in %

C

B

A

A EMEA 

B Americas 

C Asia Pacific 

48

37

15

Main products

• Wood coatings 
• Wood adhesives and board resins

Key markets

• Furniture 
• Cabinets 
• Flooring

Key brands

• Windows 
• Doors 
• Building products

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Performance Coatings

49

 
AkzONOBEL AND HEALTHY LIVING

Improving the functionality of the coatings we make is one of 
the key focus areas of our research, development and innova-
tion. Because it’s not enough for paint to simply look good or 
add color. It can do so much more. It can also offer protection, 
reflect heat, add texture, or help to completely transform the 
surface it’s being applied to.

One  of  the  latest  products  to  be  launched  by  our  Decora-
tive Coatings business, under its Sikkens brand, is a perfect 
example  of  how  a  coating  can  offer  enhanced  functionality. 
Known  as  Alpha  SanoProtex,  the  new  product  is  a  water-
borne  wall  paint  developed  especially  for  the  healthcare 

sector.  It  has  been  specifically  designed  to  prevent  bacteria 
from multiplying and is ideal for use in hospitals, clinics, social 
service  buildings  or  other  locations  where  hygiene  is  crucial 
and the risk of infection needs to be controlled at all times.

Based on silver ions, when combined with appropriate clean-
ing  practices,  the  interior  emulsion  can  contribute  to  lower 
infection rates for the MRSA bacteria, as well as contributing 
to effective infection prevention programs. The new product 
not only highlights the potential for where coatings functional-
ity can go, but also emphasizes the success of our innovation 
strategy and RD&I pipeline. 

AkzoNobel  
Decorative 
Paints

 “We will use our scale, 
competencies and strong brands 
to accelerate growth, particularly  
in the high growth markets.” 

Tex Gunning
Board member responsible for Decorative Paints

In 2010 we were able to put more effort into developing the 
business.  This  included  further  strengthening  our  US  activi-
ties, accelerating growth in high growth markets, developing 
a strategy which is sustainable for the planet and building the 
people,  brands  and  competencies  that  we  need  in  order  to 
win globally. It proved to be a particularly good year for us in 
South  East  Asia,  especially  Indonesia  and  Vietnam,  as  well 
as in China, where we achieved substantial growth, assisted 

by  our  network  of  close  to  4,000  stores.  We  increased  our 
market  share  and  have  significantly  strengthened  our  brand 
health and brand presence in that part of the world. We also 
enjoyed major success in the US, where the impactful relaunch 
of our Glidden brand helped us to secure the contract as the 
primary  paint  supplier  to  Walmart,  putting  us  ahead  in  the 
retail channel. We are establishing a strong number two posi-
tion in the US and are striving to win new business there.

We  also  continued  to  build  a  leadership  position  in  South 
America,  where  we  saw  steady  growth.  Our  presence  in 
Brazil  in  particular  has  been  significantly  enhanced  due  to 
the effectiveness of our global Let’s Color campaign, which 
is adding color to people’s lives by transforming grey spaces 
and  revitalizing  local  neighborhoods  and  communities.  It  is 
also a key step in establishing Dulux as a truly global brand 
and  has  helped  us  to  gain  considerable  market  share  in 
Brazil.  In  Europe,  2010  started  off  very  well,  but  the  slow 
housing  market  and  lack  of  newbuilding  gradually  had  an 
impact, which resulted in most of our markets in Continen-
tal  Europe  declining.  However,  our  performance  in  Eastern 
Europe  –  mainly  Poland  and  Russia  –  was  good,  and  our 
UK  and  Turkish  businesses  also  had  a  strong  year.  Other 
highlights  included  a  landmark  agreement  with  the  Forest 
Stewardship Council and our continued global efforts to train 
thousands of people as Dulux professional painters. 

Despite  the  challenging  trading  conditions  in  some  geog-
raphies,  the  decorative  paints  sector  remains  an  attrac-
tive  market,  and  as  the  world’s  largest  decorative  paints 
company,  we  will  use  our  scale,  competencies  and  strong 
brands to accelerate growth, particularly in the high growth 
markets.  Asia,  South  America  and  Eastern  Europe,  for 
example, will continue along their strong growth curve and I 
am optimistic about our opportunities and our ability to build 
our global organization. 

As well as investing in the development of our people, we are 
continuing to invest in innovation. We have set up a separate 
innovation organization – with its own global director – which 
is rooted in business and customer needs. It is dedicated to 
driving  our  agenda  to  develop  more  sustainable  products, 
such  as  Ecosure,  Dulux  Weathershield  and  Sikkens  Alpha 
SanoProtex antibacterial paint for hospitals and clinics, which 
have  been  very  successful.  This  focus  on  strong  organiza-
tional  development,  combined  with  our  global  approach  to 
building people, brands and competencies, will play a crucial 
role as we move forward.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Decorative Paints

51

 
 
Decorative paints market overview

Our Decorative Paints business 
supplies a full range of interior  
and exterior decoration and 
protection products for both the 
professional and do-it-yourself 
(DIY) markets, including paints, 
lacquers and varnishes, as well as 
products for surface preparation  
(pre-deco products).

are served through a variety of outlets ranging from big box 
chains such as The Home Depot, Walmart, B&Q and Leroy 
Merlin  (serving  mainly  homeowners)  to  independent  dealers 
(serving both homeowners and professionals) and company-
owned stores focused on serving professionals.

•   The Dulux Trade Environmental Wash System and 

DDC (Dulux Decorator Centers) Paint Can Recycling – 
professional paint waste management systems

•  Herbol Façade Certification Program
•   Glidden SpeedWall – highly efficient interior wall paint with 

Global market drivers and developments
•   Growing populations and GDP growth
•   Activity of residential and commercial new-build  

and home sales

superior properties for the professional painter.

Eco-premium portfolio
Recent initiatives:
•   Dulux Trade Ecosure – water-based, high performance 

•   Global increase in importance of home and  

professional paint

interior decoration

•   Sikkens rubbol XD – VOC-reduced, ultra durable  

•   rise of middle class in high growth markets
•   Legislative/regulatory pressures on environmental and 

health issues (VOC, rEACH) driving innovation

professional trimpaint

•  The Freshaire Choice – zero-VOC consumer wall paint
•   Dulux Light & Space – highly light reflective, energy-saving 

Market and business characteristics
The size of the global market for decorative paints is around 
€30 billion.

•   Increasing importance of large-scale outlets
•   Growth of importance of women as decision-makers
•   Increasing importance of internet.

Architectural coatings
Interior and exterior wall paints and trim paints (lacquers) for 
consumers and professionals.

Woodcare and specialty products
•   Lacquers and varnishes for wood protection  

and decoration

•   Specialty coatings for metal, concrete and  

other critical building materials.

Pre-deco products
Fillers,  wall  treatments,  sealants  and  putties  for  consumers 
and professionals.

Building adhesives
•   Tile and floor adhesives and floor leveling compounds 

Drivers for buying decision
Retailers
•   Strong brands that attract customers
•  Innovation that drives demand and basket spend
•  Category management capability.

Trade customers
•  Product quality, consistency and innovation
•  Product availability and service
•  Technical and business support
•  Strong brands supporting loyalty.

Innovations
Consumer market
•   Dulux Weathershield keep Cool – heat-reflective exterior 

paint with energy-saving properties

used in the building and renovation industry

•   Dulux All round Guard – absorbs harmful elements from 

•   Supplied for professional workers such as tile, floor and 

the air to create a safer home environment

parquet layers, interior decorators and painters
•   Direct to medium-sized enterprises, wholesalers,  

•   New Glidden paint – reformulated and now includes less 

VOCs and better hide, durability and washability. 

specialized retailers.

Customers
Our  end-users  can  broadly  be  segmented  into  homeown-
ers    (either  DIY  or  BIY  –  buy  it  yourself),  professional  paint-
ers  serving  homeowners  and  commercial  contractors.  They 

Support professional painters with tailor-made
products and services
•   Sikkens object analysis, design support and marketing 

programs for painters

wall paint.

Key raw materials
•  Binders/resins
•  Titanium dioxide
•  Packaging materials

Price drivers
•   Energy, oil and raw  

material prices

•  Steel prices

Market leadership positions

Europe

1st

Continental Europe 

Northern and Eastern Europe

UK, Ireland and South Africa

Americas

1st

2nd

Asia

1st

2nd

Canada

United States

Latin America

South East Asia and Pacific

India and South Asia 

China and North Asia

52

AkzoNobel Decorative Paints  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Key developments 2010

•   Signed a deal with Walmart to become the retailer’s 

primary paint supplier in the US

•   Dulux Trade won contract to paint the London 2012 

Olympic Games site

•   Leading coatings supplier for the Commonwealth 

Games in India

•   Signed a landmark agreement with the Forest 

Stewardship Council

•   Let’s Color campaign continued to gather momentum

•   Presence in China increased to more than 600 cities

Geo-mix revenue by destination

20%

North America

42%

Mature Europe

7%

Emerging Europe

17%

Asia Pacific

3%

Rest of the world

11%

Latin America

Key figures in € millions

Employees by region at year-end 

2009

2010

2009

2010

Revenue

EBITDA

EBITDA margin (in %)

EBIT

EBIT margin (in %)

Operating income

Moving average ROI (in %)

4,573

4,968

US and Canada 

487

10.6

298

6.5

133

4.7

548

11.0

343

6.9

275

5.2

Latin America 

China 

Other Asian countries

The Netherlands 

Germany 

Sweden 

UK

Revenue breakdown by business unit 
in %

Other European countries

Other regions 

 Total

5,100

1,700

1,200

2,000

1,000

1,600

600

2,200

5,400

1,100

5,100

1,800

1,500

2,200

1,100

1,300

600

2,200

5,100

1,100

21,900

22,000

C

B

Product: Eco-premium solutions  
% of revenue 

A

15

15

29

22

2007

2008

2009

2010

A Decorative Paints Europe 

B Decorative Paints Americas 

C Decorative Paints Asia 

52

31

17

Key value chains with carbon  
footprint assessment

32

2009

108

2010

Total reportable rate of injuries  
per million hours

5.7

4.9

4.7

4.0

2007

2008

2009

2010

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Decorative Paints

53

 
AKZONOBEL AND NATURAL RESOURCES 

We  understand  the  importance  of  wood  stewardship 
and the risk of not looking after our natural resources. 
Which  is  why  we  have  signed  a  landmark  agreement 
with the Forest Stewardship Council.

The agreement makes AkzoNobel the FSC’s first global 
partner  outside  of  products  that  are  FSC  certified. 
Both  parties  are  cooperating  to  increase  understand-
ing of the organization’s work in promoting responsible 
forest  management,  and  to  boost  awareness  of  FSC 
certification being a label for wood and paper from well-
managed forests. 

Many  of  our  businesses  –  particularly  our  woodcare 
brands  –  are  already  committed  to  the  responsible 
sourcing of forest products. But under the terms of the 
agreement,  AkzoNobel’s  woodcare  brands,  Cuprinol, 
Pinotex,  Xyladecor,  CetaBever,  Sparlack,  Flood  and 
Sadolin,  will  now  work  more  closely  with  the  FSC  to 
further  promote  forest  stewardship  and  drive  demand 
for responsible products. 

The  agreement  includes  setting  up  a  global  partner-
ship fund with the FSC to support agreed social policy 
projects;  educating  customers  about  the  FSC  and  its 
objectives; and helping to drive demand for FSC certi-
fied  products.  A  new  partnership  logo  has  also  been 
developed which will be used extensively on all branded 
material, including packaging.

Developing  partnerships  such  as  the  one  we  have 
agreed with the FSC is a clear illustration of our willing-
ness to achieve transformational change, take positive 
action and help to protect the source of wood for future 
generations.

AkzoNobel Decorative Paints Europe

From left to right:
Ruud Joosten
Managing Director  
Northern and Eastern Europe

Richard Stuckes
Managing Director UK,  
Ireland and South Africa,  
Building Adhesives

Antoine Fady
Managing Director Continental 
Europe (until December 1, 2010)

Revenue in € millions

2,711

2,531

2,585

2008

2009

2010

Key brands

Overview
It  was  generally  a  challenging  year  for  our  European  activi-
ties, which experienced low levels of activity in housing and 
construction markets. A tight supply situation for several key 
raw  materials  also  had  an  impact.  However,  while  trading 
conditions were mostly unfavorable, growth was achieved in 
some regions, along with increases in market share.

Analysis
Revenue  and  volumes  were  up  slightly  in  the  UK,  where 
the  trade  market  performed  better  than  expected.  We  also 
increased our share of the UK trade market, despite aggres-
sive  competition.  Conditions  proved  to  be  more  challeng-
ing  in  Ireland  and  South  Africa,  while  in  Building  Adhesives, 
we increased share in the key markets of Germany, Austria, 
Switzerland  and  the  Benelux.  Performance  was  also  strong 
in the Nordics and France. In Northern and Eastern Europe, 
we were able to increase sales and significantly improve the 
profitability of the business compared with the previous year. 
The Turkish market in particular showed healthy growth, while 
we consolidated our leadership positions in both Russia and 
Greece. The launch of Dulux in Egypt delivered strong sales, 
together with good growth from sub-Saharan Africa. Condi-
tions  stabilized  in  Continental  Europe,  where  simplification 
of  our  brand  portfolio  and  a  number  of  successful  product 
launches put us in a strong position to compete in the existing 
economic climate. Although the paint market slowed down in 
Belgium, the Netherlands and France – mainly on the profes-
sional  side  –  a  number  of  valuable  acquisitions  in  the  trade 
area in France have enhanced our position significantly. 

Highlights
We continued to simplify and streamline our business in order 
to  make  it  more  efficient  and  reduce  costs.  We  also  made 
significant progress with building a global marketing organi-
zation, and in aligning brands with different names and local 
heritage  to  one  common  positioning  platform.  Our  innova-
tive capabilities led to the launch of strong concepts in line 
with customer needs, such as Dulux Architect and Sikkens 
Healthcare. In the UK, Dulux Trade won a contract to paint the  
£7.3  billion  London  2012  Olympic  Games  site.  We  also 
established  a  team  in  the  Middle  East  to  help  drive  growth 
in the region.

Developments
Dulux Ecosense (which has a 50 percent lower carbon foot-
print)  was  launched  in  the  UK,  where  sales  of  Dulux  Trade 
Ecosure and our waste paint solidifier also continued to grow. 
Towards  the  end  of  the  year,  the  UK  launched  a  consumer 
waste recycling trial. The Let’s Color campaign proved to be 
a  big  success  across  the  region,  notably  in  Turkey,  Russia 
and  the  Nordics,  significantly  boosting  brand  awareness.  In 
Continental  Europe,  we  introduced  a  high  quality  Sikkens 
water-based wall paint regarded as a benchmark product in 
sustainability. Our business-wide commitment to sustainability 
also continued, which includes focusing on eco-efficiency and 
reductions in waste and energy. 

Towards the end of the year, we announced the merger of our 
three Decorative Paints businesses in Europe into one Deco-
rative Paints EMEA business. This will strengthen our leader-
ship positions in this key region.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Decorative Paints

55

AkzoNobel Decorative Paints Americas

From left to right:

Pierre Dufresne
Managing Director Canada

Erik Bouts
Managing Director  
United States

Jaap Kuiper
Managing Director
Latin America

Revenue in € millions

1,541

1,413

1,547

2008

2009

2010

Key brands

Overview
AkzoNobel’s  Decorative  Paints  activities  in  the  Americas 
experienced  mixed  fortunes  as  the  industry  attempted  to 
pull clear of the lingering impact of the economic downturn. 
The US business continued to face depressed conditions as 
any  sign  of  recovery  failed  to  materialize,  while  in  Canada, 
stimulus  initiatives  such  as  the  government  infrastructure 
program  helped  generate  more  demand,  notably  during  the 
first quarter. Conditions were more buoyant in Latin America, 
where the Coral brand in Brazil outgrew the market and the 
businesses in Argentina and Uruguay both achieved double 
digit growth.

Analysis
US paint market volume continued to decline throughout the 
year. Home sales, unemployment, sluggish GDP figures and 
lack of consumer confidence all contributed to the econom-
ic  slide.  Raw  material  supplies  were  also  disrupted,  which 
impacted financial performance. This shortage of raw materi-
als also affected the Canadian business, which saw demand 
levels fall in the second half of the year as economic growth 
slowed.  As  a  result,  volumes  were  flat  in  a  market  which 
showed  slight  overall  improvement.  The  slow  US  recovery 
is also impacting Canada’s economy, which relies heavily on 
exports to the US. In Latin America, however, the recession 
failed  to  dent  the  business’  continued  growth,  which  was 
significantly  boosted  in  Brazil  by  the  Coral  brand’s  Tudo  de 
Cor Para Você (All the Colors For You) program. The initiative 
– which involves painting deprived neighborhoods in order to 
add color to people’s lives – is gaining major momentum and 
has helped propel Coral to unequalled heights. 

Highlights
September’s announcement that AkzoNobel has become the 
primary  paint  supplier  to  Walmart  was  one  of  2010’s  major 
highlights in the Americas. We are supplying multiple brands 
to Walmart’s 3,500-plus stores in the US. The Glidden Profes-
sional brand was also formally launched nationwide in the US 
in Q2. In Canada, our Montreal Distribution Center obtained 
Silver LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) 
certification  from  the  Canadian  Green  Building  Council.  A 
number  of  new  VOC  compliant  products  were  also  intro-
duced, ahead of new Canadian VOC regulations which came 
into effect in September. The most significant highlight in Latin 
America centered on the continued success of the Tudo de 
Cor  Para  Você  program,  which  has  now  been  rolled  out  to 
trade  partners.  By  year-end,  a  total  of  more  than  600  local 
painting events had been staged, benefiting 300,000 families. 
The initiative, which includes the participation of employees, 
also involves training local people to become painters, further 
boosting engagement with the company and the Coral brand. 

Developments
After being relaunched in 2009, the Glidden brand has seen 
year-on-year market share growth, while household penetra-
tion and repeat purchases jumped by double digits. Sales of 
the  Ralph  Lauren  Paint  brand  in  the  US  Independent  Paint 
Dealer  channel  increased,  while  the  Flood  woodcare  brand 
boosted its presence in large-scale outlets. In Canada, eight 
new  paint  stores  were  opened  during  the  year,  Liquid  Nails 
was introduced in the fourth quarter and supply agreements 
with  two  major  customers  were  renewed.  The  spotlight  in 
Latin  America  is  now  falling  on  Brazil  and  the  forthcoming 
soccer World Cup (2014) and Olympic Games (2016), which 
will offer significant opportunities. 

56

AkzoNobel Decorative Paints  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

AkzoNobel Decorative Paints Asia

From left to right:

Jeremy Rowe
Managing Director South  
East Asia & Pacific (SEAP)

Amit Jain
Managing Director  
India and South Asia (ISA)

Revenue in € millions

655

632

841

2008

2009

2010

Richard Stuckes
Responsible for China & North Asia
(as of March 1, 2010)

Key brand

Overview
The  Decorative  Paints  business  achieved  significant  growth 
throughout Asia during 2010, capturing market share in many 
regions  while  maintaining  strong  profitability.  It  was  the  best 
year on record for the company’s South East Asia & Pacific 
activities – which strengthened its number one position – and 
it was a similar story in the increasingly important markets of 
India  and  South  Asia,  where  growth  was  robust  and  most 
regions  booked  record  sales.  Growth  also  soared  in  China, 
where we considerably outpaced the market, even though the 
Chinese  market  decelerated  in  the  second  half  of  the  year 
due  to  unprecedented  measures  introduced  by  the  central 
government to curb rising property prices.

distribution  footprint.  We  continued  to  launch  a  series  of 
eco-premium  products  throughout  2010,  notably  our  Dulux 
Weathershield  Keep  Cool  heat  reflective  exterior  paint  with 
energy-saving  and  greenhouse-lessening  properties,  which 
was  introduced  throughout  South  East  Asia  &  Pacific.  A 
similar product, Dulux Weathershield SunReflect, was named 
Green Innovation of the Year in India. Along with the continued 
roll-out of the Singapore Green Label standard throughout our 
Dulux portfolio in South East Asia, this contributed to a very 
high  percentage  of  eco-premium  products  in  the  business. 
Another  highlight  was  the  teaming  up  of  Decorative  Paints 
and Marine and Protective Coatings as the leading coatings 
suppliers to the Commonwealth Games in Delhi. 

Analysis
We  benefited  from  an  aggressive  growth  strategy  for  Asia, 
which  included  improving  distribution  channels  and  making 
significant investments to build the Dulux brand. In India and 
South Asia, a revival in the real estate sector on the back of 
GDP growth and a record performance by the Dulux Pro insti-
tutional business helped drive double digit volume growth. In 
China – where we increased brand awareness and now have a 
presence in more than 600 cities – we successfully penetrated 
more  tier  two  and  tier  three  cities,  with  the  mid-tier  product 
range  enjoying  the  highest  growth  rate  among  all  product 
segments.  A  healthy  economy  in  South  East  Asia  &  Pacific 
kept the paint market buoyant and we took full advantage.

Highlights
The  global  Let’s  Color  campaign  was  launched  in  selected 
cities in China, which helped to further extend our color lead-
ership. We also opened and upgraded close to 1,000 stores 
this year to accelerate the expansion of our controlled Chinese 

Developments
In India, AkzoNobel took the lead in driving sustainability by 
partnering with government, industry bodies, media and the 
artisan community. This was done by conducting workshops 
and heading panel discussions and forums. We also teamed 
up with Women on Wings, an organization dedicated to creat-
ing employment for a million low income women in rural areas 
of India before 2017. AkzoNobel will look for ways that paint 
can be used to help create some of these much-needed jobs. 
In China, we have continued to build the capability of our new 
Dulux  Easy  Paint  service,  a  total  service  solution  designed 
to unlock the potential of repainting millions of old homes in 
China. The Chinese business has also been focusing on build-
ing  organizational  and  system  capabilities  to  facilitate  future 
growth. A relaunched mid-tier offering was successfully intro-
duced in Indonesia under the Dulux brand, while consumers 
continued to be actively engaged through initiatives such as 
the I Love My City campaign in Vietnam and the Dulux Paint 
Bank safe paint disposal system in Malaysia. 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Business performance  |  AkzoNobel Decorative Paints

57

In this section we introduce our 
Supervisory Board and present 
their Report for 2010, as well as 
describing our remuneration and 
risk management policies. Details 
of our corporate governance 
structure can also be found, along 
with information about AkzoNobel 
on the capital market.

Our Supervisory Board 

Report of the Supervisory Board  

Corporate governance statement 

Remuneration report  

Risk management 

AkzoNobel on the capital market  

60

61

63

69

75

80

Karel Vuursteen
(1941, Dutch) Chairman
Initial appointment 2002
Current term of office 2010 – 2014

Uwe-Ernst Bufe
(1944, German) Deputy Chairman
Initial appointment 2003
Current term of office 2007 – 2011

Virginia Bottomley
(1948, British)
Initial appointment 2000
Current term of office 2008 – 2012

Dolf van den Brink
(1948, Dutch)
Initial appointment 2004
Current term of office 2008 – 2012

Former CEO of Heineken; Deputy Chairman and 
member of the Board of Directors of Heineken 
Holding; Chairman of the Supervisory Board of  
TOMTOM N.V.; member of the Supervisory Board 
of Henkel AG.

•  Chairman of the Nomination Committee  

as of March 5, 2009

• Member of the Remuneration Committee

Former CEO of Degussa AG; member of 
the Supervisory Board of Umicore SA and 
non-executive director of SunPower Inc.

Former Secretary of State for Health and member 
of the British Cabinet; former Secretary of State for 
National Heritage; member of the House of Lords; 
Chancellor of the University of Hull; Governor of 
the London School of Economics; Governor of 
the Ditchley Foundation; non-executive director of 
BUPA; executive director of Odgers Berndtson; 
Trustee of the Economist newspaper.

• Member of the Remuneration Committee
• Member of the Nomination Committee

Former member of the Managing Board of ABN 
AMRO Bank; Professor Financial Institutions 
University of Amsterdam; Chairman of the 
Supervisory Board of Nyenrode University.

•  Chairman of the Audit Committee  

as of January 1, 2006

Peggy Bruzelius
(1949, Swedish)
Initial appointment 2007
Current term of office 2007 – 2011

Peter Ellwood
(1943, British)
Initial appointment 2008
Current term of office 2008 – 2012

Antony Burgmans
(1947, Dutch)
Initial appointment 2006
Current term of office 2010 – 2014

Louis Hughes
(1949, American)
Initial appointment 2006
Current term of office 2010 – 2014

Former CEO ABB Financial Services; former 
Executive Vice-President SEB; Vice-Chairman AB 
Electrolux; non-executive director of Axfood AB, 
Syngenta AG, Husqvarna AB and Diageo plc; 
Chairman of Lancelot Holding AB; Governor of the 
Stockholm School of Economics.

Former Chairman of ICI plc; former Group Chief 
Executive of Lloyds TSB Group; Chairman of 
Rexam plc.

• Member of the Remuneration Committee
• Member of the Nomination Committee

Former Chairman and CEO of Unilever N.V. and 
plc.; non-executive director of BP plc.; member 
of the Supervisory Boards of SHV Holdings N.V. 
and AEGON N.V.

• Member of the Nomination Committee
•  Chairman of the Remuneration Committee  

Former President and COO of Lockheed Martin; 
Former Executive Vice-President of General 
Motors; Chairman and CEO of In ZeroSystems 
LLC; member of the Boards of Directors of ABB 
Group and Alcatel-Lucent SA; executive advisor 
of Wind Point Partners.

• Member of the Audit Committee

as of March 5, 2009

• Member of the Audit Committee

60

Our Supervisory Board  |  Governance and compliance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Report of the Supervisory Board

The Supervisory Board hereby 
submits to shareholders the 
financial statements and 
the report of the Board of 
Management of Akzo Nobel 
N.V. for the financial year 2010, 
as prepared by the Board of 
Management and approved 
by the Supervisory Board in its 
meeting of February 2011.

Main 2010 activities

•  Strategic discussions at company, 
Business Area, business unit and 
country level

•  The Research, Development  

and Innovation strategy 

•  The introduction of an  
Executive Committee

•  Human resources and  
succession planning

•  Board visit to the UK

The  2010  financial  statements  were  audited  by  KPMG 
Accountants  N.V.  and  the  Auditor’s  report  appears  on  page 
134. The financial statements were discussed extensively with 
the auditors by the Audit Committee, and in the presence of 
the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Management  (CEO)  and  the 
Chief  Financial  Officer  (CFO).  In  addition,  the  2010  financial 
statements were discussed by the full Supervisory Board with 
the  full  Board  of  Management,  in  the  presence  of  the  audi-
tors. Based on these discussions, the Supervisory Board is of 
the opinion that the 2010 financial statements of Akzo Nobel 
N.V. meet all requirements for correctness and transparency, 
and that they form a good basis to account for the supervision 
provided. We recommend that the Annual General Meeting of 
shareholders adopts the 2010 financial statements as present-
ed  in  this  2010  Report.  We  recommend  the  Annual  General 
Meeting  of  shareholders  to  resolve  that  the  total  dividend 
for 2010 on each of the common shares outstanding will be 
€1.40, and that this amount, less the interim dividend of €0.32 
– which was paid in November 2010 – will be payable on May 
10, 2011. In addition, we request that shareholders discharge 
the members of the Board of Management of their responsibil-
ity for the conduct of business in 2010 and the members of 
the Supervisory Board for their supervision of management.

Supervisory Board activities
The Supervisory Board met six times during 2010, including 
a  one-day  meeting  fully  dedicated  to  the  company’s  strate-
gy. All meetings were plenary sessions with the full Board of 
Management  present.  With  the  exception  of  two  meetings, 
all Supervisory Board members attended all the Supervisory 
Board  meetings.  In  addition,  a  separate  meeting  was  held 
–  attended  in  part  by  the  CEO  –  during  which  the  Supervi-
sory  Board  conducted  a  self-assessment  and  appraised  its 
committees, working methods, procedures and performance, 
as well as evaluating the functioning of the Board of Manage-
ment and its members. The Supervisory Board also assessed 
its relationship with the Board of Management and discussed 
the composition of the Supervisory Board and its committees. 
For  this  purpose,  questionnaires  were  sent  to  the  Supervi-
sory Board. The answers were used as a framework for the 
evaluation discussion. This discussion was minuted and the 

conclusions and actions were discussed and confirmed at the 
next meeting of the Supervisory Board. The Chairman of the 
Supervisory Board prepared the meetings with the assistance 
of the CEO. 

During 2010, the Supervisory Board again devoted consider-
able time to discussing the company’s strategy and reviewing 
strategic options with the Board of Management. This includ-
ed  detailed  discussions  on  objectives,  associated  risks  and 
the  mechanisms  for  controlling  financial  risks.  Furthermore, 
the Supervisory Board discussed sustainability on a number 
of  occasions,  in  the  broader  sense,  but  also  specifically  in 
relation  to  the  Values  part  of  the  company’s  medium-term 
strategy  (for  example  safety)  and  the  significant  effort  being 
put into talent development.

Other topics included:
•   The new medium-term strategy for the company
•   Additional cost savings at the company
•   Governance of the company
•   The introduction of an Executive Committee
•   Risk management
•   A detailed review of certain business unit strategies
•   The company’s strategy in certain high growth economies
•   Information Management strategy
•   Research, Development and Innovation strategy
•   Operating working capital management
•   Human resources and succession planning
•   Diversity and inclusion
•   Sustainability (including HSE)
•   Remuneration policy
•   Approval of major investments, acquisitions  

and divestments.

Regular  agenda  items  included  financial  and  operational 
performance,  share  price  development,  operational  plan-
ning,  course  of  business  and  the  annual  financing  and 
investment plan. Business unit Managing Directors and Staff 
Directors  are  regularly  invited  to  give  presentations  to  the  
Supervisory Board. 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Governance and compliance  |  Report of the Supervisory Board

61

In September 2010, the full Supervisory Board and Board of 
Management met in the UK. The visit included meetings with 
local  management,  customers  and  other  stakeholders,  as 
well as a tour of AkzoNobel’s Slough site. 

The  Board  of  Management  keeps  the  Supervisory  Board 
regularly  informed  of  intended  organizational  changes  and 
appointments  of  senior  managers.  One  of  the  main  topics 
for  the  Supervisory  Board  meeting  in  November  2010  was 
human resources, including succession planning.

Composition and profile of the Supervisory Board
The  Supervisory  Board  –  which  currently  consists  of  eight 
members – aims for an appropriate level of experience among 
its members in marketing, manufacturing, finance, econom-
ics,  sustainability,  human  resources  and  other  aspects  of 
international  business.  Consequently,  the  current  members 
have a diverse and appropriate mix of knowledge and experi-
ence  of  the  markets  in  which  AkzoNobel  operates,  as  well 
as insights from different markets and non-operational areas. 
A further aim of the Supervisory Board – which its members 
believe  is  currently  being  met  –  is  that  at  least  one-third  of 
the membership should meet the diversity criteria of gender 
(female)  and/or  nationality  (outside  of  the  European  Union). 
This  is  in  compliance  with  provision  III.3.1  of  the  Dutch 
Corporate Governance Code, which ensures that its compo-
sition  better  reflects  both  society  at  large  and  the  markets 
in which the company operates. In the Supervisory Board’s 
view,  the  Code’s  provision  III.2.1  (regarding  independence) 
has been fulfilled. 

The  terms  of  office  of  Mr.  Bufe  and  Mrs.  Bruzelius  expire  
on  May  1,  2011.  Mr.  Bufe  and  Mrs.  Bruzelius  are  available  
for  reappointment.  It  will  be  proposed  at  the  2011  Annual  
that  Mr.  Bufe  and  
General  Meeting  of  shareholders 
Mrs. Bruzelius be reappointed for a third and second term of 
four years respectively.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee consists of three members and is chaired 
by Mr. Van den Brink. Six meetings were held during 2010. As 
a rule, the CEO, the CFO, the Corporate Director Control, the 
internal  auditor  and  the  lead  partner  of  the  external  auditor, 
KPMG, attend all regular meetings. After every Audit Commit-
tee meeting, the three members hold a separate meeting with 
only the internal auditor present, and one meeting with only 
the  external  auditor  present.  In  addition,  the  Audit  Commit-
tee  met  once  without  members  of  the  Board  of  Manage-
ment being present to conduct a self-evaluation and appraise 
performance.  Discussions  regularly  focus  on  financial  state-
ments, internal and external control procedures, risk manage-
ment,  internal  auditing  reports,  planning,  tax,  pensions  and 
the external auditor’s performance and independence. Before 
each  announcement  of  the  company’s  quarterly  results,  the 
Audit Committee was informed of the figures and consulted 
on the reports and press releases to be published. The Audit 
Committee also discussed topics including:

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee consists of four members and 
is chaired by Mr. Burgmans. Four meetings were held in 2010. 
Recommendations  were  made  on  the  remuneration  and 
remuneration  policy  for  members  of  the  Board  of  Manage-
ment  and  Executive  Committee,  including  personal  targets. 
Information on the remuneration of the Board of Management 
and the Supervisory Board can be found in the Remuneration 
report and in note 23 of the Financial statements.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee consists of four members and is 
chaired by Mr. Vuursteen. Three meetings were held in 2010. 
During the year, proposals were made for the reappointment 
of Mr. Bufe and Mrs. Bruzelius to the Supervisory Board.

The Supervisory Board wishes to thank the Board of Manage-
ment, as well as all employees, for their dedication and hard 
work for the company in 2010.

•   The quality of internal audit
•   Internal audit strategy
•   KPMG’s  approach  to  auditing  the  company,  engagement 

Amsterdam, February 16, 2011
The Supervisory Board

letter, fees and audit plan

•   Operating working capital management
•   Compliance at the company
•   Environmental liabilities
•   Pensions strategy
•   Treasury department transformation.

Issues discussed in Audit Committee meetings are reported 
back to the full Supervisory Board in subsequent meetings of 
this Board.

62

Report of the Supervisory Board  |  Governance and compliance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Corporate governance statement

Shareholders

External auditors

Supervisory Board

Board Committee Pensions

Board of Management

Corporate

Executive Committee

Business Area Board
Decorative Paints

Business Area Board
Performance Coatings

Business Area Board
Specialty Chemicals

Business units

Business units

Business units

Major external regulations

Major internal regulations

• Dutch Civil Code
• Dutch Act on financial supervision
• NYSE Euronext listing rules
• Dutch Corporate Governance Code

• Articles of Association
• Code of Conduct
• Rules of Procedure for the Supervisory Board
•  Rules of Procedure for the Board of Management/

Executive Committee

• Corporate directives and policies
• Authority schedules

Akzo Nobel N.V. is a public limited liability company (“Naam-
loze Vennootschap”) established under the laws of the Neth-
erlands.  Its  common  shares  are  listed  on  NYSE  Euronext 
Amsterdam.  The  company’s  management  and  supervision 
structure is organized in a so-called two-tier system, compris-
ing  a  Board  of  Management,  solely  composed  of  executive 
directors, and a Supervisory Board, solely composed of non-
executive directors. The two Boards are independent of each 
other and are accountable to the Annual General Meeting of 
shareholders for the performance of their functions.

Our corporate governance structure is based on the require-
ments  of  the  Dutch  Civil  Code,  the  company’s  Articles  of 
Association  and  the  rules  and  regulations  applicable  to 
companies  listed  on  the  NYSE  Euronext  Amsterdam  stock 
exchange,  complemented  by  several  internal  procedures. 
These  procedures  include  a  risk  management  and  control 
system, as well as a system of assurance of compliance with 
laws and regulations.

Over the last decade, we have been consistently enhancing 
and improving our corporate governance standards in accor-
dance with applicable laws and regulations. Most notable were 
the Dutch Corporate Governance Code adopted in 2003 and 
amended  in  2008  (the  “Code”)  and  the  US  Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 and its implementation rules. Although we have 
delisted  from  NASDAQ  and  deregistered  from  the  SEC,  we 
continue to build on the improvements we have been making 
to our corporate governance.

The  Code  contains  principles  and  best  practices  for  Dutch 
companies with listed shares. We agree with both the general 
approach  and  the  vast  majority  of  its  principles  and  best 
practice  provisions.  Corporate  governance  at  AkzoNobel 
was placed on the agenda at our Annual General Meeting of 
shareholders in 2004 and 2005 as a separate item for discus-
sion. This specifically included a number of aspects where our 
corporate governance deviates from the Code, as explained 
in our 2004 Annual Report. The Board of Management and 
the  Supervisory  Board  have  taken  these  discussions  into 
account  in  formulating  a  position  on  AkzoNobel’s  corporate 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Governance and compliance  |  Corporate governance statement

63

governance. One of the outcomes was an amendment to the 
Articles  of  Association,  which  was  approved  by  the  Annual 
General  Meeting  of  shareholders  in  2005.  The  company 
agrees with all amendments introduced in the revised Code 
of  2008.  To  the  extent  necessary,  all  changes  to  the  Code 
have been implemented through an amendment to the Rules 
of Procedure of the Board of Management and Supervisory 
Board  respectively,  as  well  as  through  additions  to  the  text 
of  the  Annual  Report,  and  the  introduction  of  a  claw  back 
provision  in  the  remuneration  policy  in  2010.  This  chapter 
describes AkzoNobel’s corporate governance. Any deviations 
from the Code are explained, in accordance with the Code’s 
“apply or explain” principle.

The Board of Management and the Supervisory Board are of 
the opinion that the company’s corporate governance struc-
ture, as described in this chapter and which includes the intro-
duction of an Executive Committee as of January 1, 2011, is 
the most appropriate for AkzoNobel at this point in time. With 
the exception of those aspects of our governance structure 
which can only be amended with the approval of the Annual 
General Meeting of shareholders, the Board of Management 
and the Supervisory Board may make adjustments to the way 
the Code is applied as described below, if this is considered 
to be in the interest of the company. If adjustments are made, 
they  will  be  published  and  reported  in  the  annual  report  for 
the relevant year.

Board of Management
General
The Board of Management is entrusted with the management 
of the company. As of January 1, 2011, the Board of Manage-
ment operates in the context of an Executive Committee. The 
members of the Executive Committee are the five members 
of the Board of Management, together with four senior execu-
tives who are delegated responsibilities for Human Resources 
and  Organizational  Development;  Legal;  Purchasing  and 
Supply  Chain;  and  Research,  Development  and  Innovation 
respectively. Among other responsibilities, the members of the 
Executive Committee define the strategic direction, establish 
the  policies  and  manage  the  company’s  day-to-day  opera-

tions.  The  members  of  the  Board  of  Management  remain 
jointly and individually accountable for all decisions made by 
the Executive Committee. All Executive Committee decisions 
require the consent of a majority of the members of the Board 
of  Management.  The  Board  of  Management  can  decide  to 
reserve decisions for the Board of Management.

chairs  the  Board  Committee  Pensions.  The  authority  of  the 
Business  Area  Boards  and  the  Board  Committee  Pensions 
is laid down in an internal authority schedule. Business Area 
Board meetings are held once a fortnight. The Business Area 
Boards provide a forum for a more in-depth discussion on all 
possible subjects relevant to that Business Area.

All major investments, all acquisitions and all major functional 
initiatives  are  discussed  and  decided,  if  applicable,  subject 
to  Supervisory  Board  approval.  In  performing  its  duties, 
the  Executive  Committee  is  guided  by  the  interests  of  the 
company and its affiliated enterprise, taking into consideration 
the relevant interests of the company’s stakeholders. Execu-
tive Committee meetings are held once a fortnight.

The  Chief  Executive  Officer  (CEO)  leads  the  Executive 
Committee  in  its  overall  management  of  the  company  to 
achieve its performance goals and ambitions. He is the main 
point of liaison with the Supervisory Board. The Chief Finan-
cial Officer (CFO) is specifically responsible for the company’s 
financial  affairs.  Members  also  have  specific  responsibilities 
for  the  company’s  main  Business  Areas:  Decorative  Paints, 
Performance Coatings and Specialty Chemicals.

The  Managing  Directors  of  our  businesses,  and  the  Staff 
Directors  in  charge  of  the  different  functions,  report  to  indi-
vidual Executive Committee members with specific responsi-
bility for their activities and performance. To safeguard consis-
tency and coherence for the total organization, the Executive 
Committee has established corporate directives. 

To  effectively  steer  the  strategy  of  our  businesses  and  their 
operations,  the  Executive  Committee  has  established  Busi-
ness Area Boards for each of our Business Areas: Decorative 
Paints,  Performance  Coatings  and  Specialty  Chemicals.  In 
addition, a Board Committee Pensions oversees the general 
pension  policies  (to  be)  implemented  in  the  various  pension 
plans of the company.

Business Area Boards are chaired by the member of the Exec-
utive Committee responsible for that Business Area. The CFO 

Representative authority, including the signing of documents, 
is vested in at least two members of the Executive Committee 
jointly.  Corporate  agents  may  be  appointed,  whose  powers 
of attorney will be determined by the Executive Committee.

The  tasks  and  responsibilities,  as  well  as  internal  procedur-
al  matters  for  the  Executive  Committee,  are  addressed  in 
the  Rules  of  Procedure  for  the  Board  of  Management  and 
Executive Committee. These Rules of Procedure have been 
approved by the Supervisory Board and are available on our 
corporate website.

Appointment, conflicts of interest
Board  of  Management  members  are  appointed  to,  and 
removed from, office by the Annual General Meeting of share-
holders.  The  remaining  members  of  the  Executive  Commit-
tee are appointed by the CEO subject to the approval of the 
Supervisory Board.

As  of  2004,  members  of  the  Board  of  Management  are 
appointed  for  four-year  terms,  with  the  possibility  of  reap-
pointment at the expiry of each term. This is in line with the 
Code’s provision II.1.1. However, the contract of Mr. Wijers – 
who was appointed before 2004 – was not renegotiated, as 
this was not felt to be in the interest of the company.

The Meeting of Holders of Priority Shares has the right to make 
binding  nominations  for  the  appointment  of  members  of  the 
Board of Management and the Supervisory Board. The priority 
shares are held by the Foundation Akzo Nobel. The Board of 
the Foundation Akzo Nobel consists of members of the Super-
visory Board who are not members of the Audit Committee.
According  to  the  Code’s  recommendation  (provision  IV.1.1), 
the  Annual  General  Meeting  of  shareholders  should  be  able 

64

Corporate governance statement  |  Governance and compliance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

to pass a resolution to cancel the binding nature of a nomi-
nation  for  the  appointment  of  the  Supervisory  Board  or  the 
Board of Management. Under the Articles of Association, the 
binding  nature  of  the  nominations  by  the  holders  of  priority 
shares  cannot  be  canceled  by  the  Annual  General  Meeting 
of shareholders.

The company subscribes to the Code’s principle in general. 
Therefore  (as  described  in  the  2004  Annual  Report  and 
discussed  at  the  Annual  General  Meeting  of  shareholders 
in  2005)  it  has  been  decided  that  in  normal  circumstances, 
Supervisory Board and Board of Management members will 
be appointed on the basis of a non-binding nomination by the 
Supervisory Board. The Board of the Foundation Akzo Nobel 
has confirmed its intention to use its binding nomination rights 
only in the case of exceptional circumstances, such as in the 
event  of  a  (threatened)  hostile  takeover.  (Reference  is  made 
to the description of anti-takeover provisions and control, see 
page 68). In normal circumstances, resolutions to appoint a 
member of the Supervisory Board or Board of Management 
will therefore require a simple majority of the votes cast. Share-
holders meeting the requirements laid down in the Articles of 
Association are also entitled to nominate Supervisory Board 
or Board of Management members. According to the Articles 
of  Association,  such  appointments  will  require  a  two-thirds 
majority, representing at least 50 percent of the outstanding 
share capital. 

Although  a  deviation  from  provision  IV.1.1.  of  the  Code,  the 
Supervisory Board and the Board of Management are of the 
opinion that these provisions will enhance the continuity of the 
company’s management and policies.

As  of  January  1,  2011,  members  of  the  Executive  Commit-
tee are allowed to hold not more than one supervisory board 
membership  or  non-executive  directorship  in  another  listed 
company.  This  is  more  stringent  than  the  Code  (provision 
II.1.8),  which  allows  two  such  supervisory  board  member-
ships  or  non-executive  directorships.  The  exception  to  this 
rule is that in the 18 months prior to their retirement, Execu-
tive Committee members are allowed to hold more than one 

supervisory board membership or non-executive directorship 
in  order  to  allow  them  to  prepare  for  retirement.  But  only  if 
this  does  not  interfere  with  the  performance  of  their  tasks 
as  members  of  the  Executive  Committee.  Furthermore,  an 
exception  can  be  made  for  an  executive  joining  the  Execu-
tive  Committee.  However,  a  maximum  of  two  supervisory 
board memberships or non-executive directorships will apply. 
Acceptance  of  external  supervisory  board  memberships  or 
non-executive  directorships  by  members  of  the  Executive 
Committee in other listed companies is subject to approval by 
the Supervisory Board, with authority having been delegated 
to the Chairman of the Supervisory Board. With respect to the 
members of the Board of Management, Mr. Wijers is a non-
executive Board Member of Royal Dutch Shell plc, while Mr. 
Frohn is a member of the Supervisory Board of Nutreco N.V.

The  main  elements  of  the  employment  contracts  of  Board 
of  Management  members  are  available  on  our  corporate 
website. For appointments starting from 2004, the maximum 
remuneration in the event of dismissal is in principle one year’s 
base salary. In the event of the dismissal of the Board member 
appointed before 2004, the Supervisory Board will determine 
a  severance  payment  upon  the  advice  of  the  Remuneration 
Committee. Since it is not believed to be in the interest of the 
company to renegotiate the existing contracts of the members 
of the Board of Management, the company decided in 2004 
not  to  follow  Code  provision  II.2.8  for  appointments  made 
before 2004. However, the Supervisory Board intends to take 
the provisions of the Code as guidance for establishing sever-
ance payments. The contracts of the members of the Board 
of Management do not contain change of control provisions.

The  handling  of  (potential)  conflicts  of  interest  between  the 
company and members of the Board of Management or Exec-
utive Committee is governed by the Rules of Procedure for the 
Board  of  Management  and  Executive  Committee.  Decisions 
to enter into transactions under which Board of Management 
members have conflicts of interest that are of material signifi-
cance to the company, and/or to the relevant Board of Manage-
ment member, require the approval of the Supervisory Board. 
Mention will also be made in the annual report for the relevant 
year.  In  2010,  no  transactions  were  reported  under  which  a 
member  of  the  Board  of  Management  has  had  a  conflict  of 
interest that is of material significance to the company.

Remuneration
In  line  with  the  remuneration  policy  adopted  by  the  Annual 
General  Meeting  of  shareholders,  the  remuneration  of  the 
members of the Board of Management is determined by the 
Supervisory Board on the advice of its Remuneration Commit-
tee. The Supervisory Board will also decide on the remunera-
tion of the remaining members of the Executive Committee on 
the proposal of the CEO. The composition of the remunera-
tion of Board of Management members, and the remunera-
tion policy itself, are described in the Remuneration report and 
the Financial statements (see note 23).

Risk management and (financial) reporting
Internal  risk  management  and  control  systems  are  in  place. 
Our risk management system is explained in more detail in the 
Risk management chapter, (see page 75).

We have strict procedures for internal and disclosure controls 
and auditor independence. The Disclosure Committee moni-
tors the procedures established by the company and advises 
the  Executive  Committee  to  ensure  adequate  and  timely 
disclosure of material financial and non-financial information. 

A  separate  internal  control  function  is  operational  to  secure 
compliance with the company’s internal control requirements. 
The further enhancement of the internal controls was one of 
the 2010 spearheads. The company-wide internal control self-
assessment was strengthened and aligned with a number of 
other  internal  representation  and  compliance  processes.  An 
extensive  training  and  communication  program  was  part  of 
this endeavor.

Reference is made to the Report of the Board of Management  
in  the  Strategy  section  for  the  statements  in  respect  of  the 
internal risk management and control systems.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Governance and compliance  |  Corporate governance statement

65

Supervisory Board
General
The  Supervisory  Board’s  overall  responsibility  is  to  exer-
cise  supervision  over  the  policies  adopted  by  the  Board  of 
Management  and  the  Executive  Committee  and  over  the 
general conduct of the business of the company. This specifi-
cally includes supervision of the achievement of the compa-
ny’s operational and financial objectives, the corporate strat-
egy designed to achieve the objectives and the main financial 
parameters  and  risk  factors.  The  Supervisory  Board  also 
provides the Board of Management and Executive Commit-
tee with advice. In fulfilling their duties, members are guided 
by  the  interests  of  AkzoNobel  and  its  affiliated  enterprise,  
taking into consideration the relevant interests of the compa-
ny’s stakeholders.

Appointment, independence, conflicts of interest  
and composition
Members of the Supervisory Board are nominated, appoint-
ed  and  dismissed  in  accordance  with  procedures  which 
are  the  same  as  those  previously  outlined  for  the  members 
of  the  Board  of  Management  (see  page  64).  As  a  general 
rule,  based  on  the  rotation  schedule,  a  Supervisory  Board 
member’s tenure is four years. In principle, members are eligi-
ble for re-election twice. However, in deviation from the Code 
(provision III.3.5), a member can be nominated for re-election 
more often if, in a specific case, this is considered to be in the  
company’s interest.

The  composition  of  the  Supervisory  Board  is  such  that 
members  are  able  to  act  with  due  objectivity  and  indepen-
dently of one another and of the Board of Management and 
Executive  Committee.  All  members  meet  the  independence 
requirements as stated in Code provisions III.2.1 and III.2.2, 
as confirmed in the Supervisory Board’s report in accordance 
with  provision  III.2.3.  No  member  of  the  Supervisory  Board 
holds more than five supervisory board memberships in Dutch 
listed companies.

The Supervisory Board is governed by its Rules of Procedure, 
which include detailed provisions on how to deal with conflicts 

of interest and potential conflicts of interest between members 
of the Supervisory Board and the company. In 2010, no trans-
actions were reported under which a member had a conflict 
of interest which was of material significance to the company. 
The  Supervisory  Board  Rules  of  Procedure,  encompassing 
the  Profile  and  the  Charters  of  the  Committees,  reflect  the 
tasks  and  responsibilities  of  the  Supervisory  Board  and  are 
available on our corporate website.

The  Chairman  of  the  Supervisory  Board  determines  the 
agenda, chairs the meetings of the Supervisory Board, moni-
tors the proper functioning of the Supervisory Board and its 
committees, arranges for the adequate provision of informa-
tion  to  its  members  and  acts  on  behalf  of  the  Supervisory 
Board as the main contact for the Board of Management. He 
also  initiates  the  evaluation  of  the  functioning  of  the  Super-
visory  Board  and  the  Board  of  Management  and  chairs  the 
Annual General Meeting of shareholders. The Chairman of the 
Supervisory Board is Mr. Vuursteen. 

The  Supervisory  Board  is  assisted  by  the  Secretary.  All 
members  have  access  to  the  advice  and  services  of  the 
Secretary, who is responsible for ensuring that procedures are 
followed and that the Supervisory Board acts in accordance 
with its statutory obligations under the Articles of Association.

Remuneration
Supervisory Board members receive a fixed annual remunera-
tion and attendance fee, which is determined by the Annual 
General  Meeting  of  shareholders.  More  information  on  the 
remuneration of the members of the Supervisory Board can 
be found in note 23 in the Financial statements.

Board appointments 2010:

•   Mr. Vuursteen (Chairman) was reappointed  

as a member of the Supervisory Board

•   Mr. Hughes was reappointed as a member  

of the Supervisory Board

•   Mr. Burgmans was reappointed as a member  

of the Supervisory Board

Committees
The Supervisory Board has established three committees: the 
Audit Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Remu-
neration Committee. Each committee has a charter describ-
ing  its  role  and  responsibilities  and  the  manner  in  which 
it  discharges  its  duties  and  reports  to  the  full  Supervisory 
Board. These charters are included in the Supervisory Board 
Rules of Procedure, published on our corporate website. The 
committees  report  on  their  deliberations  and  findings  to  the 
full Supervisory Board.

The  Audit  Committee  assists  the  Supervisory  Board  in  over-
seeing  the  quality  and  integrity  of  the  accounting,  auditing, 
reporting and risk management practices of the company, as 
well as on a number of other subjects, as included in its charter. 
The Chairman of the Audit Committee is Mr. Van den Brink. 

One  area  of  particular  focus  in  corporate  governance  is  the 
independence  of  the  auditors.  The  Audit  Committee  has 
been delegated direct responsibility for the compensation and 
monitoring  of  the  auditors  and  the  services  they  provide  to 
the company. The auditors are prohibited from providing the 
company with certain non-audit services. In order to anchor 
this  in  our  procedures,  the  Supervisory  Board  adopted  the 
“AkzoNobel  Auditors  Independence  Policy”  and  the  related 
“AkzoNobel  Audit  Committee  Pre-approval  Procedure  on 
Audit, Audit-Related and Non-Audit Services”. All these docu-
ments and policies are available on our corporate website.

The  Nomination  Committee,  chaired  by  Mr.  Vuursteen, 
focuses  on  drawing  up  selection  criteria  and  appointment 
procedures for Supervisory Board and Board of Management 
members.  The  committee  assesses  the  size  and  composi-
tion of both Boards, evaluates the functioning of the individual 
members, makes proposals for appointments and reappoint-
ments  and  supervises  the  Board  of  Management  on  the 
selection of senior management. When selecting candidates 
for appointment to the Supervisory Board, account is taken 
of  the  need  for  a  balanced  representation  of  knowledge  of 
the markets in which the company operates, as well as the 
need  for  insight  from  different  markets  and  non-operational 

66

Corporate governance statement  |  Governance and compliance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

areas. The Remuneration Committee is responsible for draft-
ing proposals to the Supervisory Board on the remuneration 
policy for the Board of Management, for overseeing the remu-
neration of its individual members, the remaining members of 
the Executive Committee and for the remuneration schemes 
for  AkzoNobel  executives  involving  the  company’s  shares. 
The  committee  also  prepares  Supervisory  Board  proposals 
to  the  Annual  General  Meeting  of  shareholders  concerning 
the remuneration of the members of the Supervisory Board. 
The  Remuneration  Committee  is  chaired  by  Mr.  Burgmans. 
Baroness Bottomley and Messrs. Vuursteen, Burgmans and 
Ellwood are all members of both the Nomination Committee 
and the Remuneration Committee.

Auditors
The  external  auditor  is  appointed  by  the  Annual  General 
Meeting  of  shareholders  on  the  proposal  of  the  Supervisory 
Board.  The  appointment  is  for  an  indefinite  period  of  time 
and  is  reviewed  every  four  years  by  the  Audit  Committee. 
The  same  committee  advises  the  Supervisory  Board,  which 
communicates  the  results  of  this  assessment  to  the  Annual 
General Meeting of shareholders. The Audit Committee and 
the Board of Management annually report their dealings with 
the  external  auditor  to  the  Supervisory  Board  and  discuss 
the auditor’s independence. The lead auditor in charge of the 
AkzoNobel  account  is  changed  every  seven  years.  KPMG’s 
current lead partner, Mr. Weusten, has held this position since 
July 2007. The lead auditor is present at the Annual General 
Meeting of shareholders and may be questioned with regard 
to  his  statement  on  the  fairness  of  the  financial  statements. 
The external auditor attends all meetings of the Audit Commit-
tee, as well as the meeting of the Supervisory Board at which 
the financial statements are approved. He receives the finan-
cial information underlying reports of the quarterly figures and 
is given the opportunity to respond to this information.

Inside information and insider trading,  
Code of Conduct, Code of Financial Ethics  
and complaints procedure
Members of the Board of Management, Executive Committee 
and  Supervisory  Board  are  subject  to  the  AkzoNobel  Code 

on Insider Trading, which limits their opportunities to trade in 
AkzoNobel  –  and  in  certain  circumstances  –  other  company 
shares. Transactions in AkzoNobel shares carried out by Board 
of Management or Supervisory Board members are notified to 
the Dutch Authority for Financial Markets in accordance with 
Dutch law and, if necessary, to other relevant authorities. 

The AkzoNobel Code on Insider Trading states that carrying 
out transactions in AkzoNobel securities – as well as securities 
other than AkzoNobel securities – is prohibited if the person 
concerned  has  inside  information  regarding  such  securities. 
Furthermore,  the  Compliance  Officer  may  determine  that 
Board of Management, Executive Committee and Superviso-
ry Board members, and certain designated employees, may 
not  carry  out  transactions  in  AkzoNobel  securities,  or  other 
securities, both during and outside a closed period. Shares in 
the company and the options of Board of Management and 
the other Executive Committee members, as well as certain 
senior executives, may be held in an account administered by 
the “Stichting Executive Management Beheer”. This founda-
tion acts as an independent portfolio manager for the relevant 
AkzoNobel participants. 

A comprehensive Code of Conduct, followed by officers and 
employees committed to individual and corporate integrity, is 
one of the critical foundations of good corporate governance. 
AkzoNobel’s Code of Conduct, which incorporates our busi-
ness  principles,  sets  out  the  company’s  position.  It  guides 
all  our  employees  in  their  daily  work.  We  have  established 
several  procedures  to  arrange  for  company-wide  dissemi-
nation  of  the  Code  of  Conduct  and  training.  We  have  also 
established  procedures  and  a  Compliance  Committee  to 
monitor compliance with the code in general, and certain of 
its provisions in particular, and to provide for its enforcement. 
A complaints procedure enables employees to file complaints 
concerning practices that violate any internal or external rules 
or  regulations.  This  so-called  Speak  Up!  procedure  ensures 
that employees have the opportunity to report alleged irregu-
larities without jeopardizing their legal position.

Relations with shareholders and other investors
AkzoNobel  has  three  classes  of  shares:  common  shares, 
cumulative  preferred  shares  and  priority  shares.  Common 
shares  are  traded  on  the  Euronext  Amsterdam  stock 
exchange. Common shares are also traded over-the-counter 
on OTCQX (organized by Pink Sheets) in the US in the form 
of American Depositary Receipts. On December 31, 2010, a 
total of 233,530,454 common shares and 48 priority shares 
had  been  issued,  amounting  to  99.996  percent  and  0.004 
percent  respectively  of  the  total  issued  and  outstanding 
capital. By December 31, 2010, AkzoNobel had been notified 
by Massachussetts Financial Services Company and Paulson 
&  Co  that  their  participation  in  the  company’s  share  capital 
was more than 5 percent. The priority shares are held by the 
Foundation  Akzo  Nobel.  The  Foundation’s  Board  consists 
of members of AkzoNobel’s Supervisory Board who are not 
members  of  the  Audit  Committee.  The  Meeting  of  Holders 
of Priority Shares has the nomination rights for the appoint-
ments of members of the Board of Management and of the 
Supervisory  Board  (see  page  60)  and  the  right  to  approve 
amendments  to  the  Articles  of  Association  of  the  company. 
No cumulative preferred shares have been issued to date. It 
has been communicated that the cumulative preferred shares 
merely have a financing function, which means that if neces-
sary,  they  will  be  issued  at  or  near  to  the  prevailing  quoted 
price  for  common  shares.  The  Annual  General  Meeting  of 
shareholders  held  on  April  27,  2010,  authorized  the  Board 
of  Management  for  a  period  of  18  months  after  that  date  – 
subject  to  approval  from  the  Supervisory  Board  –  to  issue 
shares  in  the  capital  of  the  company  up  to  a  maximum  of 
10 percent of the issued share capital, to restrict or exclude 
the  pre-emption  rights  for  existing  shareholders  for  those 
shares, and to purchase shares of the company. At the same 
meeting, the Board of Management was given a mandate to 
acquire up to a maximum of 10 percent of the issued share 
capital of the company. 

General Meetings of shareholders are held at least once a year. 
The Annual General Meeting of shareholders is convened by 
public notice. The agenda, the notes to the agenda and the 
procedure for attendance – including the record date and the 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Governance and compliance  |  Corporate governance statement

67

procedure for granting a proxy to a third party – are published 
in  advance  and  posted  on  our  corporate  website.  Holding 
shares  in  the  company  on  the  record  date  determines  the 
right to exercise voting rights and other rights relating to the 
Annual General Meeting of shareholders, notwithstanding the 
subsequent sale of shares thereafter. The notes to the agenda 
contain all relevant information with respect to the proposed 
resolutions. All resolutions are made on the basis of the “one 
share,  one  vote”  principle.  All  resolutions  are  adopted  by 
absolute majority, unless the law or the company’s Articles of 
Association stipulate otherwise. 

The  Annual  General  Meeting  of  shareholders  reviews  the 
annual report and decides on adoption of the financial state-
ments and the dividend proposal, as well as on the discharge 
of  the  members  of  the  Supervisory  Board  and  the  Board 
of  Management.  Holders  of  common  shares  in  aggregate 
representing at least 1 percent of the total issued capital may 
submit  proposals  for  the  Annual  General  Meeting  agenda. 
These proposals must be sent in writing, or electronically, to 
the  company’s  head  office  in  Amsterdam  at  least  60  calen-
dar  days  in  advance.  Such  requests  shall  be  granted  and 
shareholders  will  be  provided  with  all  relevant  information, 
unless  the  Supervisory  Board  and  the  Board  of  Manage-
ment  are  of  the  opinion  that  the  request  is  not  reasonable 
in  the  given  circumstances.  The  minutes  of  the  Annual 
General  Meeting  of  shareholders  (in  Dutch)  are  made  avail-
able  on  our  corporate  website  within  three  months  of  the  
meeting date.

The Annual General Meeting of shareholders approves or 
adopts, as the case may be, among other matters:

•   The annual accounts
•   Dividends (not interim dividends)
•   The election of Board members
•   Material changes to the remuneration policy  

of the Board of Management

•   Other important matters such as major acquisitions  

or the sale of a substantial part of the company

•   The issue of new shares.

The  company  attaches  great  value  to  shareholder  relations. 
We use the Shareholders’ Communication Channel to distrib-
ute the agenda of the Annual General Meeting, and to allow 
shareholders  who  hold  their  shares  through  an  associated 
bank participation in the proxy voting at the said meeting. In 
line with relevant laws and regulations, we provide all share-
holders and other parties in the financial markets with equal 
and simultaneous information about matters that could have 
a  significant  influence  on  the  price  of  our  listed  securities, 
thereby  taking  into  account  possible  exceptions  permitted 
by those laws and regulations. This information can be found 
on our corporate website, to the extent required by law. We 
actively  communicate  our  strategy  and  the  developments 
of  our  businesses  to  the  financial  markets.  Members  of  the 
Board  of  Management  and  business  managers  regularly 
attend analyst meetings in Europe and the US. The quarterly 
results, press conferences and the analysts’ conference calls 
– as well as the presentations at analyst meetings organized 
by the company – are all announced in advance and are avail-
able  as  webcasts  and  accessible  online.  Presentations  to 
(institutional) investors are held at regular intervals and, in prin-
ciple,  are  announced  on  our  corporate  website  or  via  press 
releases.  Other  meetings  with  analysts  or  investors  are  not 
normally announced in advance, nor can they be followed by 
webcast or any other means. Discussions at such meetings 
are always limited to information which is already in the public 
domain. This is in line with the requirement to ensure that all 
shareholders  and  other  parties  in  the  financial  market  have 
equal and simultaneous access to information that may influ-
ence the share price. In this respect, the company complies 
with  applicable  laws  and  regulations.  In  principle,  analyst 
meetings, presentations to (institutional) investors and direct 
meetings with investors are not held shortly before the publi-
cation of our quarterly or annual results. AkzoNobel’s outline 
policy on general and bilateral contacts with shareholders can 
be found on our corporate website.

Anti-takeover provisions and control
According  to  provision  IV.3.11  of  the  Code,  the  company  is 
required  to  provide  a  survey  of  its  actual  or  potential  anti-
takeover measures, and to indicate in what circumstances it 
is expected that they may be used. The priority shares may 
be considered to constitute a form of anti-takeover measure. 
In  relation  to  the  right  of  the  Meeting  of  Holders  of  Prior-
ity Shares to make binding nominations for appointments to 
the  Board  of  Management  and  the  Supervisory  Board  (see 
page  60),  the  Foundation  Akzo  Nobel  has  confirmed  that  it 
intends  to  make  use  of  such  rights  in  exceptional  circum-
stances only. These circumstances include situations where, 
in the opinion of the Board of the Foundation, the continuity 
of the company’s management and policies is at stake. This 
may  be  the  case  if  a  public  bid  for  the  common  shares  of 
the  company  has  been  announced,  or  has  been  made,  or 
the  justified  expectation  exists  that  such  a  bid  will  be  made 
without  any  agreement  having  been  reached  in  relation  to 
such  a  bid  with  the  company.  The  same  shall  apply  if  one 
shareholder, or more shareholders acting in a concerted way, 
hold a substantial percentage of the issued common shares 
of the company without making an offer. Or if, in the opinion of 
the Board of the Foundation Akzo Nobel, the exercise of the 
voting rights by one shareholder or more shareholders, acting 
in a concerted way, is materially in conflict with the interests 
of  the  company.  In  such  cases,  the  Supervisory  Board  and 
the Board of Management, in accordance with their statutory 
responsibility, will evaluate all available options with a view to 
serving  the  best  interests  of  the  company,  its  shareholders 
and  other  stakeholders.  In  order  to  allow  for  sufficient  time 
to conduct such an evaluation, the Board of the Foundation 
Akzo Nobel reserves the right to make use of its binding nomi-
nation rights for the appointment of members of the Supervi-
sory Board and of the Board of Management in such circum-
stances. In the event of a hostile takeover bid, in general the 
Supervisory Board and the Board of Management reserve the 
right to use all powers available to them in the interests of the 
company and its affiliated enterprise, taking into consideration 
the relevant interests of the company’s stakeholders. 

68

Corporate governance statement  |  Governance and compliance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Remuneration report

This report describes our remuneration policy and remuneration  
paid to individual members of the Board of Management in 2010, 
including amendments proposed for 2011.

The remuneration policy and the individual service contracts  
of the members of the Board of Management are determined 
by the Supervisory Board within the framework of the remu-
neration policy, as adopted by the Annual General Meeting of 
shareholders in 2005 and most recently amended in 2010. 

Our remuneration policy, including all structures and policies 
related to the remuneration and employment contracts of the 
Board  of  Management,  is  in  line  with  the  Dutch  Corporate 
Governance  Code.  In  valuing  our  incentive  plans,  we  are 
assisted by independent external advisors.

Remuneration policy
Our  remuneration  policy  has  a  clear  objective,  namely  to 
provide  remuneration  in  a  form  which  will  attract,  retain  and 
motivate  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Management  as  top 
managers  of  a  major  international  company,  while  protect-
ing  and  promoting  its  objectives.  Both  the  policy  itself,  and 
the checks and balances that are applied in its execution, are 
designed to avoid incidents where members of the Board of 
Management – and senior executives for whom similar incen-
tive plans apply – act in their own interest, take risks that are 
not in line with our strategy and risk appetite, or where remu-
neration levels cannot be justified in any given circumstance.

To  ensure  that  remuneration  is  linked  to  performance,  a  
significant proportion of the remuneration package is variable 
and  dependent  on  the  short  and  long-term  performance  of 
the individual Board member and the company. 

It is our policy to maintain overall remuneration levels that are 
at the median level of the external benchmark of a peer group 
of companies which, as of January 1, 2009, consists of: 

In 2010, the value of fixed and variable cash components at 
target levels breaks down as follows:

• Clariant
• Heineken
• Royal Philips
• Randstad
• Reed Elsevier
• Rhodia

• Royal Ahold
• Royal DSM
• Royal KPN
• Solvay
• Royal TNT
• Wolters Kluwer

CEO in %

A Base salary 

36

B Variable compensation  64

The  Remuneration  Committee  of  the  Supervisory  Board 
consults  professional  independent  remuneration  experts  to 
ensure an appropriate comparison. 

Remuneration elements
The total remuneration package of the members of the Board 
of Management consists of:

Board members in %

• Base salary
• Performance-related short-term incentive
• Performance-related shares
• Pension provisions.

A Base salary 

43

B Variable compensation  57

B

B

A

A

Furthermore,  all  members  of  the  Board  of  Management 
are  entitled  to  other  benefits  –  such  as  a  company  car  and  
representation allowance – which are needed for carrying out 
their duties and which are in line with market norms.

For communication purposes, the table on page 70 presents 
a  summarizing  overview  of  the  remuneration  of  the  current 
members of the Board of Management. Reference is made to 
note 23 of the Financial statements for more details.

Base salary
The objective of the base salary is to enable recruitment and 
retention of top managers of a major international company.

The base salaries of members of the Board of Management 
increased by 0.75 percent in 2010.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Governance and compliance  |  Remuneration report

69

Compensation overview members of the Board of Management 2008 – 2010

In € 

Year

Hans Wijers 
Chief Executive Officer

Leif Darner
Board member Performance Coatings

Rob Frohn  
Board member Specialty Chemicals

Tex Gunning 3  
Board member Decorative Paints

Keith Nichols 4  
Chief Financial Officer

2008

2009

2010

2008

2009

2010

2008

2009

2010

2008

2009

2010

2008

2009

2010

Base salary

760,000

760,000

765,700

570,000

570,000

574,300

570,000

570,000

574,300

Short-term incentive 1

700,000

464,000 1,284,200

340,000

339,300

513,000

340,000

339,300

513,000

Share awards 2

Option awards 2

485,900

678,400

981,900

325,500

481,500

724,500

325,500

481,500

724,500

161,500

99,200

25,100

105,900

65,100

16,500

105,900

65,100

16,500

Pension premium paid

565,600

458,400

722,500

291,400

208,600

272,200

156,200

146,000

206,900

Other emoluments

4,500

4,100

4,400

4,600

4,100

4,400

7,200

6,900

7,100

Other compensation

–

–

–

169,300

147,800

147,400

–

47,500

–

Total remuneration

2,677,500 2,464,100 3,783,800 1,806,700 1,816,400

2,252,300 1,504,800 1,656,300 2,042,300

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

380,000

574,300

380,000

570,000

574,300

226,200

513,000

226,700

339,300

513,000

277,600

628,700

131,300

382,500

704,200

–

–

25,000

18,200

4,800

88,900

277,200

57,600

124,700

204,400

2,700

4,400

45,200

112,700

162,200

–

–

36,900

58,700

51,100

975,400 1,997,600

902,700 1,606,100 2,214,000

1 Actual short-term incentive disclosed relates to the performance in the financial year and the deferred payments over 2009 (50 percent for the CEO and 25 percent for the other members). 
2 Costs are non-cash and relate to the expenses following IFRS 2.
3 As from May 1, 2009.
4 Other emoluments relate to employer’s contribution in the UK.

The table summarizes the remuneration package of the 
members of the Board of Management of AkzoNobel.  
The elements of the remuneration package are addressed  
in more detail in the paragraphs on the following pages.

Total remuneration package

Fixed

Variable

Base salary

Short-term incentive

Long-term incentive

Element

Vehicle

Cash

Cash

Performance measure

Not applicable

Pay-out at minimum 
performance

Target pay-out as % 
of base salary

Maximum pay-out as %  
of base salary

100%

100%

100%

EVA: 35%
EBITDA: 35%
Personal: 30%

0%

CEO: 100%
Member: 65%

CEO: 150%
Member: 100%

70

Remuneration report  |  Governance and compliance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Performance-related 
restricted shares

Relative total  
shareholder return: 50%
DJSI ranking: 50%

0%

CEO: 75%
Member: 69%

CEO: 113%
Member: 104%

Short-term incentive (annual bonus)
The  objectives  of  the  short-term  incentive  are  to  reward 
economic  value  creation  (EVA)  and  EBITDA  growth  for  our 
shareholders  and  other  stakeholders,  to  measure  individual 
and collective performance and to encourage progress in the 
achievement of long-term strategic objectives.

As  of  2009,  the  performance-related  short-term  incentive  is 
linked to the EBITDA of the company, in addition to EVA and 
the individual and qualitative personal targets of the members 
of  the  Board  of  Management.  More  specifically,  35  percent 
of  the  short-term  incentive  opportunity  is  linked  to  EBITDA,  
35  percent  is  linked  to  EVA  and  30  percent  remains  linked 
to  individual  and  qualitative  personal  targets,  including  non-
financial  targets.  EVA  and  EBITDA  are  based  on  the  finan-
cials of the company in constant currencies. EVA is seen as 
a  measure  for  creating  long-term  value.  The  variable  remu-
neration components of the remuneration policy (including the 
long-term  incentives)  will  therefore  continue  to  be  predomi-
nantly of a long-term nature.

On  the  outcome  of  the  three  short-term  incentive  elements 
(EVA,  EBITDA  and  personal  targets),  the  Supervisory  Board 
applies an overall rating based on the principles of the Perfor-
mance  and  Development  Dialog,  AkzoNobel’s  appraisal 
system.  For  the  Board  of  Management,  the  rating  includes 
a reasonableness test, in which the Supervisory Board criti-
cally  assesses  the  actual  ambition  level  of  the  performance 
targets in light of the assumptions made at the beginning of 
the year. It also includes an assessment of the progress made 
in  achieving  long-term  strategic  objectives.  This  method  for 
short-term  incentive  determination  is  also  the  basis  of  the 
compensation framework for executives in the company. 

The  EVA  performance  measure  is  used  in  order  to  encour-
age the Board of Management to create long-term value for 
the  company’s  shareholders  and  other  stakeholders.  EVA  is 
calculated by deducting from net operating profit after taxes 
(NOPAT)  a  capital  charge  representing  the  cost  of  capital 
calculated on the basis of an average return investors expect. 

Please  refer  to  the  Report  of  the  Board  of  Management 
chapter in the Strategy section for the actual 2010 EVA and 
EBITDA  performance  used  in  the  short-term  incentive.  The 
EVA of the sum of the business units is used as the basis for 
calculating the EVA element of the short-term incentive for the 
Board of Management. 

The  EVA  and  EBITDA  elements  of  the  short-term  incentive 
have  a  performance  threshold  level  of  80  percent  and  a 
maximum  performance  level  of  120  percent  of  the  targeted 
EVA and EBITDA respectively. The target EVA and EBITDA are 
determined annually by the Supervisory Board. The pay-out 
of the short-term incentive will never exceed 100 percent of 
base  salary  for  members  of  the  Board  of  Management  and 
150 percent of base salary for the CEO (see page 70). Quali-
tative  individual  and  collective  targets  are  set  in  the  context 
of  the  medium-term  objectives  of  the  company  and  qualify 
as  commercially  sensitive  information.  AkzoNobel  will  not 
disclose all the targets. However, the targets for 2010 includ-
ed goals set with respect to operational and functional excel-
lence,  delivering  on  the  strategic  plans,  talent  development 
and delivering on the ICI synergies.

The Supervisory Board assesses the progress made in achiev-
ing long-term strategic objectives and the actual ambition level 
of the performance targets in light of the assumptions made at 
the beginning of the year. The Supervisory Board ensures that 
targets are realistic and sufficiently stretching. In accordance 
with  the  requirements  of  the  Dutch  Corporate  Governance 
Code, the Remuneration Committee, before setting the targets 
to be proposed for approval by the Supervisory Board, carried 
out  a  scenario  analysis  of  the  possible  financial  outcome  of 
meeting target levels, as well as maximum performance levels.

In late 2009, the Board of Management and the Superviso-
ry  Board  considered  the  company’s  2009  results  in  light  of 
the economic climate and the need to find the right balance 
between  short  and  long-term  incentives.  As  a  result,  they 
decided  to  strengthen  the  link  between  the  remuneration  of 
the  Board  of  Management  and  the  medium  and  long-term 
targets of the company by deferring receipt of 50 percent of 
the  short-term  incentive  for  2009  in  the  case  of  Mr.  Wijers, 
CEO,  and  25  percent  of  the  short-term  incentive  for  2009 
in  the  case  of  the  other  members  of  the  Board  of  Manage-
ment.  Receipt  of  this  deferred  payment  was  made  subject 
to  the  company  achieving  its  medium-term  target  of  an 
EBITDA  margin  of  14  percent.  The  company  achieved  this 
EBITDA  margin  target  ahead  of  planning  in  mid-2010.  This 
was  shared  with  the  financial  markets  and  a  new  growth 
strategy was announced which focuses more on an absolute  
EBITDA  increase  than  an  EBITDA  margin  percentage.  As  a 
result,  the  Supervisory  Board  decided  that  this  justifies  the 
pay-out  of  the  deferred  short-term  incentive  for  2009  in 
February 2011. 

Long-term incentives
The objectives of our long-term incentive plan are to encour-
age  long-term  sustainable  economic  and  shareholder  value 
creation – both absolute and relative to our competitors – to 
align the interests of the Board of Management with those of 
shareholders and to ensure retention of the members of the 
Board of Management.

The  long-term  incentive  plan  consists  of  performance-relat-
ed  shares.  The  stock  option  plan  was  discontinued  as  of 
January 1, 2008. Performance-related shares are considered 
to provide a stronger alignment with shareholders’ interests.

Stock option plan 
Stock options were conditionally granted for the last time in 
2007 and vested for the last time in 2010. The actual number 
of options which the Board of Management received depend-
ed on the company’s performance during a three-year vesting 
period. The total option term is seven years.

The  performance  measure  used  to  determine  the  number 
of  options  that  vest  was  the  average  of  the  results  of  the 
comparison between planned and realized EVA on Invested 
Capital (EOI), or economic value created in relation to invest-
ed capital during the period of three consecutive years. This 
measure  was  used  to  encourage  EVA  performance  over  a 
longer period of time.

The exercise price of the stock options is the NYSE Euronext 
Amsterdam  opening  price  on  the  first  day  after  the  Annual 
General  Meeting  of  shareholders  that  the  AkzoNobel  share 
is quoted ex-dividend in the year in which the options were 
conditionally granted.

Based on the EOI performance over the period 2007 to 2009, 
100  percent  of  the  stock  options  (conditionally)  granted  to 
the members of the Board of Management in 2007 became 
unconditional:  (19,800  to  the  CEO  and  13,000  to  the  other 
Board members, except for Mr. Nichols, who was appointed 
to the Board of Management on May 1, 2008, and received 
3,750  stock  options  in  respect  of  the  conditional  grant  in 
2007).  Mr.  Gunning  did  not  receive  stock  options  as  he 
became an employee of the company after January 1, 2008.

Performance share plan
Under  the  performance  share  plan,  shares  are  condition-
ally  granted  to  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Management. 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Governance and compliance  |  Remuneration report

71

Vesting of these shares is conditional on the achievement of 
certain  performance  targets  during  a  three-year  period  and 
a  continuation  of  the  contract  of  employment.  Achievement 
of the performance targets is determined by the Supervisory 
Board in the first quarter of the year following the three-year 
period. The number of vested shares is increased by the divi-
dend paid over the three-year performance period.

Because  sustainability  is  considered  key  to  our  long-term 
future, 50 percent of the conditional grant of shares is linked 
to  the  average  ranking  of  the  company  in  the  relevant  Dow 
Jones Sustainability Index (DJSI) during the three-year perfor-
mance period. In respect of the conditional grant in 2009, the 
vesting  schedule  has  been  determined  by  the  Supervisory 
Board as follows:

Average position 
in DJSI during 
performance period

%

Number of vested shares (DJSI part)

1

2

3

4 – 6

7 – 10

11 – 15

Below 15

150%

(= 75% of total conditional grant)

125% (= 62.5% of total conditional grant)

100%

(= 50% of total conditional grant)

75% (= 37.5% of total conditional grant)

50% 

(= 25% of total conditional grant)

25% (= 12.5% of total conditional grant)

10 – 13

0%

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

The relative TSR performance is compared with the following 
peer group:

• Arkema group
• DuPont
• Kansai Paint
• Nippon Paint
• Rhodia

• Kemira OYJ
• PPG Industries
• RPM Industrial
• Sherwin-Williams
• Valspar Corporation

The  following  vesting  scheme  applies  as  of  2009  for  the 
conditional grants:

As from 2007

2009 onwards

Rank

Vesting (as % of  
conditional grant)

Rank

Vesting (as % of half 
of conditional grant)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8 – 11

150%

135%

120%

100%

75%

50%

25%

0%

150%

135%

120%

100%

85%

70%

55%

40%

25%

0%

It is noted that a takeover would not influence the ranking of 
the  company  on  the  DJSI  and  therefore  dilutes  any  share-
based  remuneration  to  be  received  by  the  Board  members 
as  a  result  of  a  takeover.  AkzoNobel  ranked  second  in  the 
relevant DJSI in 2010. 

The remaining 50 percent of the conditional grant of shares 
is  linked  to  AkzoNobel’s  Total  Shareholder  Return  (TSR) 
compared with the performance of the companies in our peer 
group. Independent external specialists will conduct an analy-
sis to calculate the number of shares that will vest according 
to the TSR ranking. The determination of the final ranking (and 
thus  the  vesting  of  shares)  will  be  reviewed  by  the  compa-
ny’s auditors at the end of the performance period. In order 
to adjust for changes in exchange rates, all local currencies 
are converted into euros. The retention period for the shares 
expires five years after the conditional grant.

AkzoNobel’s TSR performance over the period 2008 through 
2010 resulted in an 11th position within the ranking of the peer 
group companies. Consequently, the final vesting percentage 
of the 2008 grant equaled zero percent, resulting in no defini-
tive grant of shares. 

The  number  of  performance-related  shares  conditionally 
granted in 2010 amounted to 24,400 for the CEO and 18,300 
for the other members of the Board of Management.

In  accordance  with  provision  II.2.13d)  of  the  Dutch  Corpo-
rate Governance Code, the schedule on page 74 sets out for 
2005 onwards (i) the number of at target shares conditionally 
granted; (ii) the number of shares which have vested; (iii) the 
number of shares held by members of the Board of Manage-
ment at the end of the lock up period; (iv) the face value at the 
conditional share grant, at vesting and at the end of the lock 
up period respectively.

72

Remuneration report  |  Governance and compliance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

In  accordance  with  the  company’s  Articles  of  Association, 
the Dutch Corporate Governance Code and the rules of the 
performance share plan, the number of shares to be condi-
tionally granted to members of the Board of Management is 
determined  by  the  Supervisory  Board  using  the  face  value 
method. The number of shares is set within the limits of the 
remuneration policy as adopted by the shareholders. The face 
value method means that the number of conditionally granted 
shares is set by dividing the policy level of shares by the share 
price at the beginning of the year of the conditional grant.

The Supervisory Board has decided that where, in the event 
of a takeover, the pay-out under the performance share plan is 
between 100 percent and 150 percent, the Supervisory Board 
will,  taking  into  account  the  performance  of  the  company 
prior to the takeover bid, at its discretion decide whether the 
projected  outcome  is  fair  and  may  decide  to  adjust  the  pay 
upwards or downwards within the bandwidth mentioned. This 
undertaking  does  not  affect  the  discretion  the  Supervisory 
Board has to correct the variable remuneration of the Board of 
Management upwards or downwards as provided in provision 
II.2.10 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. 

The 2010 Annual General Meeting of shareholders approved 
a claw back provision in the remuneration policy for the Board 
of  Management.  This  provision  provides  the  Supervisory 
Board with the option to claw back variable pay components 
paid to members of the Board of Management in the event 
that such variable pay components were based on financial 
information which is shown within a certain period of time to 
be materially incorrect. 

During  the  course  of  2010,  the  Remuneration  Committee 
reflected  further  on  current  policy  and  the  balance  between 
short  and  long-term  compensation  and  the  company’s 
targets. As a result, the Supervisory Board will propose to the 
Annual General Meeting of shareholders for 2011 to amend 
the remuneration policy. 

As of 2011, the CEO of the company will be required to build 
up, over a five-year period from the date of appointment, and 
then  hold,  at  least  three  times  his  or  her  gross  base  salary 
in AkzoNobel shares for the duration of his or her tenure as 
CEO. The other members of the Board of Management will be 
required to build up, over a five-year period from the date of 
appointment, and then hold, at least one time their gross base 
salary  in  AkzoNobel  shares  for  the  duration  of  their  tenure. 

The CEO and other Board members are expected, for these 
purposes,  to  use  both  their  long-term  incentive  and  their 
short-term incentive in the manner set out below.

The proposed amendment to the remuneration policy entails 
introducing a requirement that Board members who have not 
yet  achieved  this  minimum  holding  requirement  invest  one 
third of the short-term incentive they receive (net after tax and 
other  deductions)  in  AkzoNobel  shares.  As  further  encour-
agement to build up the minimum holding requirement, Board 
members who invest a second third of their short-term incen-
tive in shares will have such shares matched by the company, 
one  on  one,  after  three  years  from  the  date  of  purchase  of 
the shares (up to a maximum of one third of the short-term 
incentive),  on  condition  that  the  Board  member  showed  a 
sustained  performance  during  the  three-year  period.  The 
Supervisory  Board  will  use  its  discretion  to  decide  whether 
this condition has been met. 

Board  members  who  continue  to  invest  their  short-term 
incentives  in  whole,  or  in  part,  in  shares  after  the  minimum 
holding requirement has been reached will have the opportu-
nity to have such shares matched subject to the same condi-
tions, except that such shares will be matched with one share 
to every two shares thus acquired up to a maximum of two 
thirds of the short-term incentive. 

The  Supervisory  Board  will  propose  a  further  amendment 
to the remuneration policy at the Annual General Meeting of 
shareholders for 2011. As a further improvement to the way 
in  which  the  sustainability  performance  of  the  company  is 
measured  for  the  purposes  of  the  performance  share  plan, 
the  proposal  is  to  use  the  percentile  score  of  the  company 
in the SAM ranking instead of the ranking in the Dow Jones 
Sustainability  Index.  This  change  will  increase  the  transpar-
ency and robustness of the system applied.

Pensions
The  pension  plan  for  all  members  of  the  Board  of  Manage-
ment is based on an income and age-related defined contri-
bution plan. The available premium is invested with a pension 
fund. The pension payment at pension age depends on the 
premiums  received  and  the  investment  results  during  the 
period.  The  premium  percentages  to  be  paid  for  the  Board 
member concerned are fixed by the Supervisory Board. The 
premiums are paid over the base salary in the current year and 
the short-term incentive of the previous year. The premiums 

will therefore vary depending on the performance during the 
previous year. External reference data can be used in deter-
mining  market  competitive  levels  of  pension  arrangements. 
If applicable, pension rights built up in the period preceding 
Board  membership  can  be  taken  into  account  to  limit  the 
premiums to be paid to the relevant Board member. In addi-
tion, members of the Board of Management pay a personal 
contribution.

Employment agreements
Employment  agreements  for  members  of  the  Board  of 
Management  appointed  in  2004  and  subsequent  years  are 
concluded for a period of four years in accordance with the 
Dutch  Corporate  Governance  Code.  After  this  initial  term, 
reappointments  may  take  place  for  consecutive  periods  of 
four years each or, if applicable, up until their date of retire-
ment if less than four years from their reappointment.

The notice period by the Board member is subject to a term 
of three months; notice by the company shall be subject to a 
six-month term.

If  reappointment  does  not  take  place  and  the  employment 
agreement  between  the  Board  member  concerned  and  
Akzo Nobel N.V. is not continued, the Board member will be 
entitled  to  a  severance  payment,  established  in  accordance 
with  the  Dutch  Corporate  Governance  Code.  The  employ-
ment  agreement  for  Mr.  Wijers,  who  was  appointed  before 
2004,  has  not  been  adjusted  in  this  respect  (see  page  65). 
However, the Supervisory Board has the intention to take the 
provisions of the Code as guidance for establishing severance 
payment if that were to occur.

Members of the Board of Management normally retire in the 
year that they reach the age of 62. The employment contracts 
allow the Supervisory Board to request a Board member to 
resign between the age of 60 and the regular retirement age 
for effective succession planning within the Board. In such an 
exceptional  situation,  the  Board  member  concerned  will  be 
entitled to fixed salary payments until the date of retirement.

Loans
The  company  does  not  grant  any  personal  loans  to  its  
Board members.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Governance and compliance  |  Remuneration report

73

Valuation 1 shares Board of Management

Unconditional shares, vested

Series 2005 – 2007

Series 2006 – 2008

Conditional share grant

Number of vested shares

End of lock up period (2010)

Conditional share grant

Number of vested shares

End of lock up period (2011)

Number of shares

Number

Value at grant

Number

Value at vesting

Hans Wijers

Leif Darner

Rob Frohn

Keith Nichols

33,000

22,000

22,000

–

1,035,540

690,360

690,360

–

35,898

23,932

23,932

–

1,966,851

1,311,234

1,311,234

–

Number

26,548

20,342

11,794

–

Value

Number

Value at grant

Number

Value at vesting

1,231,827

943,869

547,242

–

23,000

15,100

15,100

4,198

900,450

591,165

591,165

164,352

17,536

11,531

11,531

3,055

516,260

339,473

339,473

89,939

Number

8,656

7,470

11,531

1,943

Value

402,417

347,280

536,076

90,330

Series 2007 – 2009

Series 2008 – 2010

Conditional share grant

Number of vested shares

End of lock up period (2012)

Conditional share grant

Number of 
vested shares

Number of shares

Number

Value at grant

Number

Value at vesting

Hans Wijers

Leif Darner

Rob Frohn

Keith Nichols

Tex Gunning

23,000

15,100

15,100

4,250

–

1,062,140

697,318

697,318

196,265

–

34,680

22,768

22,768

6,408

–

1,609,152

1,056,435

1,056,435

297,331

–

Number

17,090

14,689

11,220

3,626

–

Value

NA

NA

NA

NA

–

Number

Value at grant

Number

16,800

11,600

11,600

8,733

3,867

920,472

635,564

635,564

478,481

211,873

–

–

–

–

–

Conditional shares, not vested

Series 2009 – 2011

Conditional share grant
at target

Series  2010 – 2012

Conditional share grant
at target

Number of shares

Number

Value at grant

Number of shares

Number

Value at grant

Hans Wijers

Leif Darner

Rob Frohn

Keith Nichols

Tex Gunning

36,600

27,400

27,400

27,400

27,400

1,077,504

806,656

806,656

806,656

806,656

Hans Wijers

Leif Darner

Rob Frohn

Keith Nichols

Tex Gunning

24,400

18,300

18,300

18,300

18,300

1,132,160

849,120

849,120

849,120

849,120

Overview performance-related stock options Board of Management

2006 – 2013

2007 – 2014

Conditional stock 
option grant

Fair value  
at grant

Number of vested 
stock options

Intrinsic value  
at vesting 2

Conditional stock 
option grant

Fair value  
at grant

Number of vested 
stock options

Intrinsic value  
at vesting 2

19,800

13,000

13,000

3,000

195,200

128,200

128,200

29,600

19,800

13,000

13,000

3,000

–

–

–

–

19,800

13,000

13,000

3,750

235,224

154,440

154,440

44,550

19,800

13,000

13,000

3,750

–

–

–

–

Number of shares

Hans Wijers

Leif Darner

Rob Frohn

Keith Nichols

1  Values based on the share price on January 1 of the relevant financial year (face value).  
2 Share price at moment of vesting minus exercise price.

74

Remuneration report  |  Governance and compliance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Risk management

Doing business inherently involves taking risks, and 
by taking measured risks we strive to be a sustainable 
company. Risk management is a key strategic process 
and an essential element of our corporate governance.

                  A k z oNobel Policy 

onitoring,
evelop m e nt
and supp ort

d

M

AkzoNobel
risk management
framework

e
c
n
a

r

u

s

s

A

R

eporting 

  A c c o u n t

a

 P
r

o

c

e

s

s

e
g
a
u
g
n
a

b ilitie s                 L

We  foster  a  high  awareness  of  business  risks  and  internal 
control, geared to safeguarding our risk appetite and providing 
transparency in our operations. The Board of Management (as 
of January 1, 2011, supported by the other members of the 
Executive Committee, see Stategy section) is responsible for 
managing the risks associated with our activities and, hence, 
for the establishment and adequate functioning of appropriate 
risk management and control systems (see Statement of the 
Board of Management in the Stategy section).

AkzoNobel risk management framework
Through  our  risk  management  framework,  shown  on  this 
page,  we  want  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  our 
business  objectives  can  be  achieved  and  our  obligations  to 
customers, shareholders, employees and society can be met. 
Our risk management framework is in line with the Enterprise 
Risk Management – Integrated Framework of COSO and the 
Dutch Corporate Governance Code. The Board of Manage-
ment reviews our risk management and control systems and 
our  major  business  risks,  which  are  also  discussed  by  the 
Supervisory Board.

Risk appetite
Clarity  on  risk  appetite  and  boundaries  that  determine  the 
freedom  of  action  or  choice  in  terms  of  risk  taking  and  risk 
acceptance is provided to all managers. Risk boundaries are 
set by our strategy, our Company Statement, business princi-
ples, Code of Conduct, company values, authority schedules, 
policies and corporate directives. Our risk appetite differs by 
objective area and type of risk:

•   Strategic: In the pursuit of our strategic ambitions we are 
prepared  to  take  considerable  risk  related  to  growth  and 
innovation.  Returns  on  investment  in  the  development  of 
innovative  products  and  solutions  are  never  certain.  Yet, 
considerable  amounts  and  efforts  are  spent  on  research, 
development and innovation, also in less certain economic 
circumstances.  Candidates  for  acquisitions  are  carefully 
selected and investigated while making sure that the price 
to be paid is reasonable and affordable.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Governance and compliance  |  Risk management

75

 
 
     
 
   
     
•   Operational: With respect to operational risks, we contin-
uously  strive  to  minimize  these  risks.  Our  risk  appetite  is 
very  limited,  governed  by  our  ambition  to  strive  for  top 
quartile  safety  performance,  top  quartile  performance  in 
diversity,  employee  engagement  and  talent  development, 
top quartile eco-efficiency rates and a top three position in 
the relevant Dow Jones Sustainability Index. 

was performed by the Board of Management, business unit 
Managing  Directors  and  Corporate  Directors,  in  association 
with  the  risk  management  function.  Besides  the  focus  on 
coverage of our organization, emphasis is put on organization-
al changes, key strategic projects and high growth regions. In 
2010, process improvements were made with respect to use 
of risk knowledge for trend detection and reporting. 

•	 	Financial:  With  respect  to  financial  risks  we  have  a 
prudent financing strategy and a strict cash management 
policy and are committed to maintaining strong investment 
grade  credit  ratings.  Our  financial  risk  management  and 
risk appetite for several financial risks are explained in more 
detail in note 24 in the Financial statements. 

•   Compliance: AkzoNobel has a “zero tolerance” policy in 

relation to breaches of our Code of Conduct.

Risk management in 2010
The Enterprise Risk Management process provides top-down 
coverage  of  the  organization  and  ensures  that  we  focus  on 
what  we  consider  to  be  the  areas  of  major  risk  exposure. 
Therefore,  scoping  of  our  2010  risk  management  activities 

During  2010,  we  held  more  than  120  facilitated  Enter-
prise  Risk  Management  workshops.  More  than  5,000  risk 
scenarios  were  identified  and  prioritized  by  the  responsible 
managers, their management teams and functional experts. 
In  addition,  in  selected  areas  with  low  risk  tolerance,  dedi-
cated  risk  assessments  were  performed  to  safeguard  our 
risk  appetite.  All  major  risks  were  responded  to  by  the  unit 
that  identified  them.  The  outcome  of  all  risk  assessments 
was  reported  to  the  next  higher  management  level  as  part 
of  our  Business  Planning  &  Review  cycle.  Risk  profiles  and 
trends were shared by managers across the company. In the 
bottom-up consolidation process, approximately 20 percent 
of the risks were taken to the next management level, where 
they  were  re-assessed,  either  because  of  the  materiality  of 
the risk exposure and/or because of the accumulated effect. 

The major risk factors for our company, identified through risk  
consolidation  and  the  subsequent  risk  assessment  by  the 
Board of Management, are presented in the following para-
graph.  As  a  result  of  market  conditions,  the  risk  related  to 
sourcing of raw materials increased in 2010. Furthermore, in 
view  of  our  accelerated  growth  ambitions  and  competitive 
conditions in the relevant labor markets, attraction and reten-
tion of talent has become a top five risk. 

Major risk factors
Under the explicit understanding that this is not an exhaus-
tive enumeration, the major risk factors that may prevent full 
achievement of our objectives are listed in detail from the next 
page onwards. There may be current risks that the company 
has not fully assessed, or that are currently identified as not 
having a significant impact on the business, but which could 
at  a  later  stage  develop  a  material  impact  on  our  business. 
The  company’s  risk  management  systems  endeavor  the 
timely discovery of such incidents.

An overview of our major risk factors is provided below, where 
the five risks that we do currently assess as the most signifi-
cant for the forthcoming five years are indicated.

Major risk factors assessed by AkzoNobel (top five risks indicated) 

Strategic

Operational

Financial

Compliance

Internal
• Implementation of strategic agenda
•  Identification of major transforming 

technologies

Internal
• Attraction and retention of talent
• Management of change
• Production process risks

External
• Adapting to economic conditions
• International operations
• Ensuring stakeholder support

External
• Sourcing of raw materials
•  Energy pricing and emission trading rights
• Product liability
• Environmental liabilities

External
• Access to funding
• Contribution to pension funds
• Decline of asset values
• Fluctuations in exchange rates

External
• Complying with laws and regulations

All of the risks listed above are explained in more detail in the following pages.

76

Risk management  |  Governance and compliance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

 
 
Internal risks

Strategic

Strategic

Operational Top five risk

Implementation of 
strategic agenda

Identification of major 
transforming technologies

Attraction and  
retention of talent

A failure to properly and fully implement our strategic agenda could 
adversely affect our company and its businesses.

We may not be able to identify major transforming technologies in a timely 
manner, which could lead to loss of our leadership positions.

Our ambitious growth plans may not be achieved if we fail to attract 
and retain the right people.

Risk corrective actions
The appropriateness of our strategic agenda, our performance against this 
agenda and our governance structure is continuously monitored by the 
Executive Committee and the Supervisory Board. Specific attention is paid 
to areas such as macro-economic developments, general and financial 
market developments, competitive situation, performance improvement 
potential, sustainability, geographical spread, emerging markets, political 
risks, acquisition and divestment opportunities. Risks are minimized as 
we operate in attractive industries, have global leading positions and 
have strong executive leadership in place. As per January 2011, we 
strengthened our decision-making process and implementation monitoring 
by implementing an Executive Committee structure which allows us to 
better manage the strategic agenda. Remuneration systems are tied to 
performance against key strategic agenda items. For example, our long-
term executive remuneration is partly linked to the relevant Dow Jones 
Sustainability Index (see Remuneration report chapter in this section).

Risk corrective actions
The risk of missing relevant technology developments is mitigated in three 
ways.  Firstly,  we  adequately  support  research  and  development  with  a 
spend level at 2.3 percent of revenue, with more than 45 percent spent on 
major  projects  and  technology  developments.  Secondly,  our  key  projects 
have  detailed  technology  roadmaps  which  assess  the  most  appropriate 
routes.  Thirdly,  we  are  actively  developing  our  open  (external)  innovation 
capability to identify and utilize the most promising external technologies.

Risk corrective actions
Growing our business calls for the need to grow our people. Therefore, 
AkzoNobel – in the context of the company’s Talent Factory initiative – 
puts emphasis on attracting, retaining, motivating and educating staff. 
These efforts are supported by a strong Human Resources function 
and HR instruments such as performance appraisals, the employee 
survey and leadership identification and review, as well as leadership 
development, to optimize support to our business. We provide clarity 
in the working environment through information and communication 
programs. Special focus is dedicated to high growth markets. 
Remuneration packages may include long and short-term incentives. 
However, the Excecutive Committee ensures that employees are not 
incited to act in their own interest and take risks that are not in keeping 
with the company’s strategy and risk appetite. 

Operational 

Operational 

Management of change

Production process risks

If our management of change is not adequate, this could have a  
negative impact on productivity and customer focus.

Risks in production processes can adversely affect our  
results of operations.

Risk corrective actions
We undertake various restructuring and investment projects that require 
significant change management and project management expertise. 
Risk management is an integral part of project management excellence. 
Senior management is involved in the management of critical projects that 
are prioritized and supervised by the Executive Committee to ensure an 
aligned and integrated vision and thrust from the top for the company’s 
change agenda. To drive human resources/organizational development 
and supply chain/sourcing operational excellence, two dedicated 
members were appointed on the newly established Executive Committee.

Risk corrective actions
We mitigate production risks by spreading out production and operating 
an adequate inventory policy. This is combined with business continuity 
planning and appropriate risk transfer arrangements (for example 
insurances). To achieve our sustainability ambitions, during 2010 we 
carried out a comprehensive global operational eco-efficiency review at 75 
sites. This represented more than 80 percent of the AkzoNobel ecological 
footprint and focused on four crucial areas: waste management, water 
consumption, volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and energy. We also 
raised our safety ambitions in 2010 and want to achieve top quartile safety 
performance. To achieve this target, we have increased management 
attention on safety, implemented enhanced process safety, asset integrity 
and occupational health standards and improved the Health, Safety, 
Environment & Security audit process.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Governance and compliance  |  Risk management

77

External risks

Strategic Top five risk

Strategic Top five risk

Strategic 

Adapting to 
economic conditions 

Failure to adapt adequately and in time to economic conditions can 
have a harmful impact on our business and results of operations.

Risk corrective actions
One of the principal uncertainties facing our company is the 
development of the global economy. Economic recovery remains 
fragile and it continues to be difficult to predict customer demand. 
Construction and housing markets might remain soft in mature markets, 
while in high growth markets there is potential for bubble formation. On 
the positive side, we have seen evidence of sustained industrial demand 
beyond re-stocking in 2010. For planning and budgeting we apply 
various scenarios to be best prepared for further changes in economic 
conditions. We have a strong balance sheet to fund growth. To help 
drive our growth agenda, we are focusing on EVA and cash, delivering 
further operating working capital improvement, disciplined capital 
allocation for organic growth, selective acquisitions, building capabilities 
and processes to support our “leading” ambition and a prudent 
financing policy in still challenging capital markets.

International operations 

Because AkzoNobel conducts international operations, we are  
exposed to a variety of risks, many of them beyond our control,  
which could adversely affect our business.

Risk corrective actions
We spread our activities geographically and serve many sectors 
to benefit from opportunities and reduce the risk of instability. Our 
aspirations to fuel growth in high growth markets – double revenue  
in China, create a significant footprint in India, outgrow competition  
in Brazil and expand in the Middle East and sub-Saharan Africa –  
will further expose us to this risk. Unfavorable political, social or 
economic developments and developments in laws, regulations 
and standards could adversely affect our businesses and results of 
operations. Political, economic and legislative conditions are carefully 
monitored. The Executive Committee decides on all significant 
investments and the countries and industry segments in which 
AkzoNobel conducts its business.

Ensuring 
stakeholder support

Failure to maintain the support of our stakeholders for our strategy and its 
execution could adversely affect our company and its businesses.

Risk corrective actions
We endeavor to define and implement a clear strategy and continuously 
seek dialog with stakeholders. As an organization we are committed 
to helping our customers make their business a success, enhancing 
relationships with our suppliers, providing competitive returns to our 
investors by paying a stable to rising dividend, creating an attractive 
working environment for our people and conducting all our activities  
in the most socially responsible manner.

   Operational Top five risk

Operational

Operational

Sourcing of raw materials 

Inability to access sufficient raw materials, growth in cost and expenses 
for raw materials, energy and changes in product mix may adversely 
influence the future results and growth of our company.

Risk corrective actions
We may be impacted by business interruption or product 
discontinuation at some of our key suppliers. We aim to use our 
purchasing power and long-term relationships with suppliers to acquire 
raw materials and safeguard their constant delivery in a sustainable 
manner, to secure volumes and to cooperate on innovation and 
sustainability. We have inventoried single and sole sourced raw materials 
and are actively pursuing plans to improve this situation. We have 
diversified contract length and supplier base. Our strengthened global 
sourcing strategy enables us to bundle the purchasing power both in 
product related and non-product related requirements. We continuously 
monitor the markets in which we operate for developments and 
opportunities and adapt our purchasing strategy accordingly.

Energy pricing and 
emission trading rights 

Differences in energy prices pose a risk to the  
competitiveness of several of our chemical businesses.

Risk corrective actions
We operate some energy intensive businesses. A non-level playing field 
for energy and emission trading rights can affect the competitive position 
of these businesses. We are pro-actively managing energy usage and 
costs. We operate several cogeneration units which enable us to make 
efficient use of combined heat and power. We are implementing our 
carbon policy, working on energy efficiency programs and investing in 
energy from waste and biomass. Carbon management plans are closely 
monitored and strategically managed. We have policies for energy 
contracts and have long-term purchase contracts in place (see note 24  
in the Financial statements).

Product liability

Product liability claims could adversely affect our company’s business and 
results of operations.

Risk corrective actions
Currently, we are involved in a number of product liability cases. However, 
we believe that any unexpected costs and liabilities will not have a material 
adverse effect on our consolidated financial position. We have a central 
policy to optimize insurance coverage.

78

Risk management  |  Governance and compliance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

External risks

Operational 

Financial Top five risk

Financial 

Environmental liabilities

Access to funding

We continue to be exposed to the risk of environmental liabilities  
from past and current businesses.

Risk corrective actions
We use, and have used in the past, hazardous materials and biological 
compounds in several product development programs and manufacturing 
processes, including waste thereof. We have been, and can be, exposed 
to risks of accidental contamination or past practices that give rise to 
current liabilities. We could be exposed to events of non-compliance with 
environmental laws, regulatory enforcement, property damage and possible 
personal injury and damage claims resulting therefrom. Regulations and 
standards are becoming increasingly stringent. We are committed to 
conducting all our activities in the safest and most responsible manner. 
Contingency plans and assignment arrangements are in place to mitigate 
known risks and regular reviews are conducted to monitor progress 
and assess financial and reputational exposure. Our policy is to accrue 
and charge against earnings environmental clean-up costs, damages or 
indemnifications when it is probable that a liability has materialized and an 
amount can be estimated (see also note 21 in the Financial statements).

Inability to have access, control and visibility of liquidity by AkzoNobel 
and/or its partners in the value chain may limit our growth rate and 
have an adverse affect on our business and results.

Risk corrective actions
Our balance sheet and debt profile are strong. We are monitoring 
financial markets, critical suppliers and customers closely. We have 
a prudent financing strategy and a strict cash management policy, 
which are managed by our centralized treasury function (see note 24 
in the Financial statements). We are committed to maintaining strong 
investment grade credit ratings. Ratings at year-end were Standard & 
Poor’s BBB+ (stable outlook) and Moody’s Baa1 (stable outlook).

Contributions to  
pension funds 

Various external developments may affect assets and liabilities of  
pension funds, causing higher post-retirement charges and pension 
premiums payable.

Risk corrective actions
We practice pro-active pension risk management. Our pension policy 
is to offer defined contribution schemes to new employees and, where 
appropriate, to existing employees. Our biggest defined benefit schemes 
have been closed to new entrants since 2001 for ICI, and 2004 for 
AkzoNobel. We measure and monitor our pension risks frequently and 
adopt investment strategies designed to reduce financial risks. In 2010, 
cash pension top-ups were around €375 million and a similar amount 
is expected for 2011. We are committed to further de-risking over time. 
Pension activities are overseen by the Board Committee Pensions (see 
note 17 in the Financial statements).

Financial 

Financial 

Compliance 

Decline of asset values

Impairments and book losses could adversely affect  
our financial results. 

Fluctuations in  
exchange rates

Complying with laws  
and regulations

Risk corrective actions
In view of the current financial market conditions, asset value decline 
offers both opportunities and threats to our company. We are actively 
participating in industry consolidation. As such we may perform selective 
acquisitions and may hold assets for sale. Acquisition and divestment 
opportunities and the management of assets held for sale are continuously 
monitored by the Executive Committee. We do impairment tests for 
intangibles with indefinite lives (goodwill, some brands) every year and 
whenever an impairment trigger exists. For tangibles and other fixed 
assets, we do impairment tests whenever an impairment trigger exists (see 
note 1 in the Financial statements).

Exchange rate fluctuations can have a harmful impact  
on our financial results.

We may be held responsible for any liabilities arising out of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations.

Risk corrective actions
We have operations in more than 80 countries and report in euros. We are 
particularly sensitive to the relation between the euro and US dollar, pound 
sterling, Swedish krona and Latin American and Asian currencies. We have 
centralized treasury and a hedging policy is in place for certain currency 
exchange rate risks (see note 24 in the Financial statements). At a more 
operational level, risks are reduced by the prevalence of local-for-local 
production, which is the norm in many of our businesses.

Risk corrective actions
We are monitoring and adapting to significant and rapid changes in the legal 
systems, regulatory controls and customs and practices in the countries in 
which we operate. These affect a wide range of areas. For instance, with 
respect to antitrust laws, we are defending civil damage claims in relation to 
alleged antitrust violations in the European Union and the US (see note 21 
in the Financial statements). We are dedicated to minimizing such risks with 
special emphasis on the application of our Code of Conduct. We operate 
under a comprehensive competition law compliance program including 
training, monitoring and assessment. We advertise the use of our company-
wide corporate complaints procedure called Speak Up!, which enables all 
our employees to report irregularities in relation to our Code of Conduct.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Governance and compliance  |  Risk management

79

AkzoNobel on the  
capital market

•  Proposed dividend of €1.40 per share,  

a 4 percent increase

•  Net income per share €3.23,  

up 163 percent

•  Two Capital Market Days were  

held during 2010

Close dialog with the capital markets
We attach great value to maintaining an open dialog with the 
financial community in order to promote transparency.

Management  gave  presentations  at  a  number  of  industry 
conferences,  as  well  as  during  meetings  with  investors  and 
analysts.  In  2010,  we  organized  two  Capital  Market  Days. 
In  September  we  presented  the  Value  and  Values  medium-
term growth ambitions for AkzoNobel, followed by the Perfor-
mance Coatings Teach-in in November.

In  the  Netherlands,  AkzoNobel  uses  the  Shareholders’ 
Communication  Channel  to  distribute  the  agenda  of  the 
Annual General Meeting of shareholders and to allow share-
holders who hold their shares through an associated bank to 
participate in proxy voting at the AGM.

Dividend policy
AkzoNobel’s  dividend  policy  changed  in  2010.  Subject  to 
shareholder approval, we want to pay a stable to rising dividend 
each year, following our expected growth in cash generation.

Proposed dividend of €1.40 per share
The Board of Management proposes a dividend of €1.40 per 
common share. AkzoNobel’s shares will be trading ex-dividend 
as  of  April  29,  2011.  In  compliance  with  the  listing  require-
ments  of  Euronext  Amsterdam,  the  record  date  will  be 
May 3, 2011.

The  dividend  as  proposed  to  the  2011  Annual  General 
Meeting of shareholders will be payable as of May 10, 2011. 

The  dividend  paid  over  the  last  five  years  is  shown  in  the 
graph below. 

Dividend paid in € per share

Interim dividend

Final dividend

1.40

1.40

1.05

1.08

0.40

2007

0.40

2008

0.30

2009

0.32

2010

0.90

0.30

2006

Share price performance
Our share price increased 0.2 percent in 2010, underperform-
ing both the DJ Stoxx Chemicals and AEX indices. The share 
price performance relative to these indices for a one-year and 
a five-year period is shown in the graphs on the opposite page.

Analyst recommendations
At year-end 2010, AkzoNobel was covered by 31 equity brokers 
and the following analyst recommendations were applicable:

Analyst recommendations in % 

A Buy 

B Hold 

C Sell 

55

26

19

C

B

A

Listings
listed  on  the  stock 
AkzoNobel’s  common  shares  are 
exchange of Euronext Amsterdam. AkzoNobel is included in 
the AEX Index, which consists of the top 25 listed companies 
in  the  Netherlands,  ranked  on  the  basis  of  their  turnover  in 
the stock market and free float. The AkzoNobel weight in the 
AEX index was 3.7 percent at year-end 2010. In 2010, 311 
million  AkzoNobel  shares  were  traded  on  Euronext  Amster-
dam  (2009:  312  million).  In  2007,  the  company  decided  to 
delist from the NASDAQ stock exchange and deregister from 
the SEC. AkzoNobel has a sponsored level 1 ADR program 
and ADRs can be traded on the international OTCQX platform 
in the US.

See the table below for stock codes and ticker symbols:

Euronext ticker symbol 

AKZA

ISIN common share 

OTC ticker symbol 

ISIN ADR 

NL0000009132

AKZOY

US0101993055

80

AkzoNobel on the capital market  |  Governance and compliance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Share price performance 2010 AkzoNobel share price in €

Key share data

AkzoNobel 

AEX index

DJ Stoxx Chemicals index

60

55

50

45

40

35

9
0

c
e
D
1
3

0
1

n
a
J

0
1
b
e
F

0
1

r
a
M

0
1

r
p
A

0
1

y
a
M

0
1

n
u
J

0
1

l

u
J

0
1

g
u
A

0
1

t
p
e
S

0
1

t
c
O

0
1

v
o
N

 Year-end (share price in €)  

 Year-high (share price in €)  

 Year-low (share price in €)  

 Year-average (share price in €)  

 Average daily trade (in € millions)

 Average daily trade (in millions of shares)

 Number of shares outstanding at year-end (in millions)

 Market capitalization at year-end (in € billions)  

 Net income per share (in €)  

 Dividend per share (in €)  

 Dividend yield (in %)  

 Price-earnings ratio (P/E ratio)  

0
1

c
e
D
1
3

1  The 2008 net income per share includes the non-cash impairment of ICI 
intangibles of €1.2 billion after tax and incidental charges of €0.6 billion.

2008

2009

2010

 29.44  

 57.11  

 22.85  

 42.57  

 94.0  

 2.2  

231.7

 6.8  

 (4.38) 1  

 1.80  

 4.2  

 (6.7) 1  

46.40

46.52

26.01

35.92

43.4

1.2

232.2

10.8

1.23

1.35

3.8

37.7

Share price performance 2006 – 2010 
AkzoNobel share price in €

AkzoNobel 

AEX index

DJ Stoxx Chemicals index

65

55

45

35

25

15

5
0

c
e
D
1
3

6
0

n
u
J

0
3

6
0

c
e
D
1
3

7
0

n
u
J

0
3

7
0

c
e
D
1
3

8
0

n
u
J

0
3

8
0

c
e
D
1
3

9
0

n
u
J

0
3

9
0

c
e
D
1
3

0
1

n
u
J

0
3

0
1

c
e
D
1
3

Distribution of shares 2009 at year-end in %

Distribution of shares 2010 at year-end in %

A North America  

B UK/Ireland  

C The Netherlands  

D Rest of Europe  

E Rest of world 

F Undisclosed 

44.6

19.9

12.1

11.4

1.4

10.6

E

D

C

F

B

A North America  

B UK/Ireland  

A

C The Netherlands  

D Rest of Europe  

E Rest of world 

F Undisclosed 

45.4

17.2

11.9

10.6

1.2

13.7

E

F

D

C

B

46.49

47.70

37.18

43.39

52.1

1.2

233.5

10.9

3.23

1.40

3.2

14.4

A

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Governance and compliance  |  AkzoNobel on the capital market

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Broad base of international shareholders
AkzoNobel, which has a 100 percent free float, has a broad 
base of international shareholders. An analysis of the share-
holder structure carried out in August 2010 showed that at 
45 percent, the US and Canada make up the largest regional 
group  of  institutional  investors,  followed  by  investors  from 
the UK and Ireland, with 17 percent. Shareholders from the 
Netherlands  hold  12  percent  of  AkzoNobel  shares,  while  a 
further 11 percent are held by institutional investors from the 
rest of Europe.

Around  7  percent  of  the  company’s  share  capital  is  held  
by  private  investors,  most  of  whom  are  resident  in  the  
Netherlands.

Major shareholders
Both Paulson & Co. and MFS Investment Management noti-
fied the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets (AFM) 
that  they  held  more  than  5  percent  of  the  issued  shares  in 
Akzo Nobel N.V. by December 31, 2010.

This  information  was  provided  in  line  with  the  Netherlands 
Financial  Markets  Supervision  Act  (“Wet  op  het  financieel 
toezicht”).  The  most  recent  information  can  be  found  on 
the website of the AFM under notifications substantial hold-
ings. The Financial Markets Supervision Act imposes a duty 
to  disclose  percentage  holdings  in  the  capital  and/or  voting 
rights in the company when such holding reaches, exceeds 
or  falls  below  5,  10,  15,  20,  25,  30,  40,  50,  60,  75  and  95 
percent. Such disclosure must be made to the AFM without 
delay, which then notifies the company.

Credit rating and outlook
AkzoNobel is committed to maintaining a strong investment 
grade rating. Regular review meetings are held between rating 

agencies and AkzoNobel senior management. See table for 
present rating and outlook.

Rating agency

Long-term rating

Outlook

Moody’s 1

Baaa1

Standard & Poor’s 2

BBB+

stable

stable

1 Rating affirmed September 3, 2010; outlook changed from negative to stable.
2 Rating affirmed August 27, 2010, outlook changed from negative to stable.

Bonds
During  2010,  no  new  bonds  were  issued.  We  redeemed 
$40  million  in  floating  rate  loan  notes  that  matured  during 
the  year.  For  a  full  overview  of  our  bonds,  please  visit  the 
Bond & Credit information section of our corporate website:   
www.akzonobel.com/investor_relations

Debt maturity in millions

€ Bonds

$ Bonds

£ Bonds

1,000

975

648

99

2011

2012

55

375

41

2013

290

2014

2015

2016

Investor relations policy
We  provide  shareholders  and  other  parties  in  the  financial 
markets  with  equal  and  simultaneous  information  about 
matters  that  may  influence  our  share  price.  The  contacts 
between  the  Board  of  Management  on  the  one  hand,  and 
investors and analysts on the other, are carefully handled and 

structured, and the company will not engage in any acts that 
compromise  the  independence  of  analysts  in  relation  to  the 
company or vice-versa.

AkzoNobel communicates with its investors and analysts by 
organizing or attending meetings such as the Annual General 
Meetings of shareholders, its Capital Market Days, roadshows 
and broker conferences. More information on these meetings, 
as  well  as  the  presentation  materials,  can  be  found  on  our 
corporate  website.  Furthermore,  AkzoNobel  publishes  an 
annual report, quarterly reports, the AkzoNobel Fact File and 
press  releases,  which  are  also  available  on  the  company’s 
corporate website.

Briefings are given to update the market after each quarterly 
announcement  via  group  meetings  or  teleconferences,  and 
are  accessible  by  telephone  or  via  the  corporate  website. 
Meetings  with  investors  (bilateral  and  general)  are  held  to 
ensure  that  the  investment  community  receives  a  balanced 
and  complete  view  of  the  company’s  performance  and  the 
issues faced by the business, while always observing appli-
cable  rules  concerning  selective  disclosure,  equal  treatment 
of shareholders and insider trading.

In the period preceding the publication of the results of that 
quarter,  AkzoNobel  will  be  in  a  so-called  “closed  period”. 
During  this  time,  we  will  not  hold  meetings  with  analysts  or 
investors, make presentations at broker conferences, or hold 
discussions/conference  calls  with  investors  and  analysts. 
These  “closed  periods”  are  published  in  our  event  calendar 
available on www.akzonobel.com/investor_relations

Analysts’ reports and valuations are not assessed, comment-
ed upon or corrected, other than factually, by the company. 
AkzoNobel  does  not  pay  any  fee(s)  to  parties  for  carrying  

82

AkzoNobel on the capital market  |  Governance and compliance  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

out  research  for  analysts’  reports,  or  for  the  production  or 
publication  of  analysts’  reports,  with  the  exception  of  credit 
rating  agencies.  Contacts  with  the  capital  markets  are  
dealt  with  by  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Management, 
AkzoNobel’s investor relations professionals and, from time to 
time, other AkzoNobel personnel specially mandated by the 
Board of Management.

Contact information
Our corporate website www.akzonobel.com provides all infor-
mation which is required to be published. If you have ques-
tions or comments about investor relations matters, please
contact us:

AkzoNobel Investor Relations
Strawinskylaan 2555
1077 ZZ Amsterdam
The Netherlands
www.akzonobel.com/investor_relations
T +31 20 502 7854
F +31 20 502 7605
E investor.relations@akzonobel.com

Holders of ADRs in the US can contact our Transfer and 
Register Agent:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
c/o American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
Peck Slip Station
P.O. Box 2050
New York, NY 10272-2050
www.adr.db.com
T +1 800 749 1873 (toll-free number)
T +1 718 921 8137
E DB@amstock.com

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Governance and compliance  |  AkzoNobel on the capital market

83

Consolidated statement of income  

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  

Consolidated balance sheet  

Consolidated statement of cash flows  

Consolidated statement of changes in equity  

Segment information  

Notes to the consolidated financial statements  

Note 1   Summary of significant accounting policies  

Note 2   Acquisitions and divestments  

Note 3  

Incidentals  

Note 4   Other operating income/(expenses)  

Note 5   Financing income and expenses  

Note 6  

Income tax  

Note 7   Discontinued operations  

Note 8   Employee benefits  

Note 9  

Intangible assets  

Note 10   Property, plant and equipment  

86

87

87

88

89

90

91

98

99

99

99

100

102

103

105

107

Note 11   Investments in associates and joint ventures   108

Note 12   Other financial non-current assets  

Note 13   Inventories  

Note 14   Trade and other receivables  

Note 15  Cash and cash equivalents  

Note 16   Equity  

Note 17   Provisions  

Note 18   Long-term borrowings  

Note 19   Short-term borrowings  

109

109

109

110

110

112

116

117

Note 20   Trade and other payables  

Note 21   Contingent liabilities and commitments  

Note 22   Related party transactions  

Note 23   Remuneration of the Supervisory Board 
and the Board of Management  

Note 24   Financial risk management and 
financial instruments 

Company financial statements  

Note a  General information  

Note b   Net income from subsidiaries, 
associates and joint ventures  

Note c   Financial non-current assets  
and provision for subsidiaries  

Note d   Trade and other receivables  

Note e   Cash and cash equivalents  

Note f  

Long-term borrowings  

Note g   Short-term debt  

Note h   Financial instruments  

Note i   Contingent liabilities  

Note j 

Auditor’s fees  

Other information  

Independent auditor’s report  

Profit allocation and distributions 

117

118

119

120

124 

129

131

131

131

132

132

132

132

132

132

133

134

135

 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of income
for the year ended December 31

(3,341)

(1,103)

(334)

29 

In € millions

Note

2009 1

2010 

Continuing operations

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Selling expenses

General and administrative expenses

Research and development expenses

Other operating income/(expenses)

Operating income

Financing income

Financing expenses related to pensions

Other financing expenses

Results from associates and joint ventures 

Profit before tax

Income tax 

Profit for the period from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Profit for the period from discontinued operations

 Profit for the period

Attributable to

Shareholders of the company

Non-controlling interests

 Profit for the period

Earnings per share, in €

Continuing operations:

– Basic

– Diluted

Discontinued operations:

– Basic

– Diluted 

Total operations:

– Basic

– Diluted

1 Restated to present National Starch as a discontinued operation.

4 

5 

5 

5 

11 

6 

7 

16 

16 

16 

16 

16 

16 

(3,086)

(1,024)

(327)

52 

13,028 

(7,788)

5,240 

(4,385)

855 

58 

(171)

(292)

21 

471 

(141)

330 

32 

362 

285 

77 

362 

1.09 

1.08 

0.14 

0.13 

1.23 

1.21 

14,640 

(8,672)

5,968 

(4,749)

1,219 

51 

(100)

(278)

25 

917 

(170)

747 

90 

837 

754 

83 

837 

2.85 

2.83 

0.38 

0.38 

3.23 

3.21 

86

Consolidated statement of income  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended December 31

Consolidated balance sheet
at end of year, before allocation of profit

In € millions

Profit for the period

2009 

2010 

In € millions

Note

2009 

2010 

362 

837 

Assets

Other comprehensive income

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations

Cash flow hedge reserve

Revaluation reserve related to step acquisitions

Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income for the period (net of tax)

 Comprehensive income for the period

Comprehensive income attributable to

Shareholders of the company

Non-controlling interests

 Comprehensive income for the period

383 

48 

7 

(38)

400 

762 

688 

74 

762 

827 

50 

–

(35)

842 

1,679 

1,523 

156 

1,679 

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Investment in associates and joint 
ventures

Other financial non-current assets 

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Current tax assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

 Total assets

Equity and liabilities

Equity

Shareholders’ equity

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Non-current liabilities

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Long-term borrowings

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Short-term borrowings

Current tax liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current portion of provisions

Total current liabilities

 Total equity and liabilities

9 

10 

6 

11 

12 

13 

6 

14 

15 

16 

17 

6 

18 

19 

6 

20 

17 

7,388 

3,474 

793 

175 

815 

1,441 

102 

2,564 

2,128 

7,775 

470 

1,919 

674 

3,488 

384 

507 

2,866 

797 

7,308 

3,384 

794 

175 

1,008 

12,645 

12,669 

6,235 

18,880 

8,245 

6,081 

1,678 

108 

2,788 

2,851 

8,984 

525 

1,855 

589 

2,880 

907 

456 

3,305 

593 

7,425 

20,094 

9,509 

5,324 

4,554 

18,880 

5,261 

20,094 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

87

Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year ended December 31

In € millions

Profit for the period

Income from discontinued operations

Adjustments to reconcile earnings to cash generated from operating activities

Amortization/depreciation

Impairment losses

Financing income and expenses

Results from associates and joint ventures

Pre-tax result on divestments

Income tax

Changes in working capital 2

Changes in provisions

Interest paid 

Income tax paid

Net cash from operating activities

Capital expenditures

Interest received 

Dividends from associates and joint ventures

Acquisition of consolidated companies 3

Proceeds from sale of interests 3

Other changes

Net cash from investing activities

Proceeds from borrowings

Borrowings repaid

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

Issue of shares for stock option plan

Dividends

Net cash from financing activities

 Net cash used for continuing operations

Cash flows from discontinued operations

 Net change in cash and cash equivalents of continued and discontinued operations

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 Cash and cash equivalents year-end 4

1 Restated to present National Starch as a discontinued operation.
2  Comprises an increase of €216 million in trade and other receivables (2009: decrease of €355 million), an increase of  €256 million in inventories 

(2009: decrease €356 million) and an increase of €377 million in trade and other payables (2009: decrease of €61 million).

3 Net of cash and cash equivalents acquired or disposed of.
4 Consists of €2,851 million cash and cash equivalents (2009:  €2,128 million) and €168 million debt to credit institutions (2009: €209 million).

88

Consolidated statement of cash flows  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

2009 1

2010

362 

(32)

559 

63 

405 

(21)

(48)

141 

650 

(493)

(170)

(196)

(513)

52 

17 

(78)

23 

(30)

1,391 

(1,216)

–

4 

(454)

837 

(90)

590 

50 

327 

(25)

(52)

170 

(95)

(651)

(265)

(277)

(534)

81 

19 

(143)

145 

(47)

179 

(212)

(54)

9 

(403)

519 

(479)

(481)

(441)

1,095 

654 

1,919 

110 

2,683 

1,220 

(529)

(275)

416 

19 

435 

1,449 

35 

1,919 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Attributable to shareholders of the company

In € millions

Subscribed 
share capital

Additional 
paid-in 
capital

Cash flow 
hedge 
reserve

Revaluation 
reserve

Cumulative 
translation 
reserve

Share-
holders’ 
equity

Other 
(statutory) 
reserves and 
undistributed 
profit

Non-control-
ling  interests

Total equity

Balance at January 1, 2009 

Profit for the period 

Other comprehensive income

Reclassification into the statement of income

Tax on other comprehensive income

Comprehensive income

Dividend paid

Equity-settled transactions

Issue of common shares

Acquisitions and divestments

463 

–

–

–

–

– 

–

–

2 

–

 Balance at December 31, 2009

465 

Profit for the period 

Other comprehensive income

Reclassification into the statement of income

Tax on other comprehensive income

Comprehensive income

Dividend paid

Equity-settled transactions

Issue of common shares

Acquisitions and divestments

–

–

–

–

– 

–

–

2 

–

 Balance at December 31, 2010

467 

–

–

–

–

–

– 

–

–

2 

–

2 

–

–

–

–

– 

–

–

7 

–

9 

(49)

–

8 

40 

(5)

43 

–

–

–

–

(6)

–

47 

3

(15)

35 

–

–

–

–

29 

–

–

7 

–

–

7 

–

–

–

–

7 

–

–

–

–

– 

–

–

–

–

7 

(1,130)

–

388 

(2)

(33)

353 

–

–

–

–

8,179 

285 

–

–

–

285 

(395)

15 

–

–

7,463 

285 

403 

38 

(38)

688 

(395)

15 

4 

– 

450 

77 

(3)

–

–

74 

(59)

–

–

5 

7,913 

362 

400 

38 

(38)

762 

(454)

15 

4 

5 

(777)

8,084 

7,775 

470 

8,245 

–

774 

(20)

(20)

734 

–

–

–

–

754 

–

–

–

754 

(320)

27 

–

(30)

754 

821 

(17)

(35)

1,523 

(320)

27 

9 

(30)

(43)

8,515 

8,984 

83 

73 

–

–

156 

(83)

–

–

(18)

525 

837 

894 

(17)

(35) 

1,679 

(403)

27 

9 

(48)

9,509 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Consolidated statement of changes in equity

89

Segment information

Our Decorative Paints businesses supply a full range of interior 
and exterior decoration and protection products for both the 
professional  and  do-it-yourself  markets.  Our  Performance 
Coatings  businesses  are  represented  in  most  markets 

of  this  industry  and  we  serve  a  large  range  of  customers 
including  ship  and  yacht  builders  and  architects,  consumer 
electronics  and  appliance  companies,  steel  manufacturers, 
the construction industry, furniture makers, aircraft, bus and 

truck producers, bodyshops and can makers. Our Specialty 
Chemicals  products  are  used  in  a  wide  variety  of  everyday 
products  such  as  ice  cream,  soups,  disinfectants,  plastics, 
soaps, detergents, cosmetics, paper and asphalt.

Information per Business Area

In € millions

Revenue from third parties

Group revenue

EBITDA 1

Amortization and 
depreciation

Incidentals

Operating income

2009 2

133 

433 

422 

(133)

855 

2010

275 

487 

604 

(147)

1,219 

2010

(68)

(53)

(75)

41 

(155)

2010

19 

5 

16 

10 

50 

Decorative Paints

Performance Coatings

Specialty Chemicals

Corporate and other

 Total

2009 2

4,546 

4,082 

4,336 

64 

2010

4,931 

4,752 

4,915 

42 

2009 2

4,573 

4,112 

4,359 

(16)

2010

4,968 

4,786 

4,943 

(57)

2009 2

487 

594 

738 

(129)

13,028 

14,640 

13,028 

14,640 

1,690 

2010

548 

647 

939 

(170)

1,964 

2009 2

(189)

(102)

(248)

(20)

(559)

2010

(205)

(107)

(260)

(18)

(590)

2009 2

(165)

(59)

(68)

16 

(276)

In € millions

Invested capital

Total assets

Total liabilities

Capital expenditures

Impairment

Decorative Paints

Performance Coatings

Specialty Chemicals

Corporate and other  

 Total

Regional information

In € millions

The Netherlands

Germany

Sweden

UK

Other European countries

US and Canada

Latin America

China

Other Asian countries

Other regions

 Total

2009 2

6,206 

1,817 

3,106 

603 

2010

6,404 

2,122 

3,457

735 

2009 2

7,630 

2,969 

4,100 

4,181

2010

8,167

3,550 

4,618 

3,759 

11,732 

12,718 

18,880 

20,094 

2009 2

2,042 

993 

953 

6,647 

10,635 

2010

2,222 

1,242 

1,110 

6,011 

10,585 

2009 2

112 

61 

319 

21 

513 

2010

154 

87 

273 

20 

534 

2009 2

13 

4 

37 

9 

63 

Revenue by region 
of destination

Intangible assets 
and property, 
plant and equipment

Capital expenditures

2009 2

792 

1,088 

423 

768 

3,095 

2,600 

1,147 

997 

1,585 

533 

2010

803 

1,160 

468 

798 

3,398 

2,954 

1,394 

1,249 

1,780 

636 

2009 

1,079 

885 

422 

1,242 

2,174 

2,265 

765 

1,013 

905 

112 

2010

1,035 

710 

461 

1,250 

2,290 

1,993 

778 

1,238 

821 

116 

13,028 

14,640 

10,862 

10,692 

2009 2

104 

19 

37 

22 

69 

55 

30 

143 

27 

7 

513 

2010

84 

22 

19 

28 

83 

63 

30 

147 

48 

10 

534 

1 EBITDA is operating income before incidentals and amortization/depreciation. 
2 Restated to present National Starch as a discontinued operation.

90

Segment information  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies

General information
Akzo Nobel N.V. is a company headquartered in the Nether-
lands. The address of our registered office is Strawinskylaan 
2555,  Amsterdam.  We  have  filed  a  list  of  subsidiaries  and 
associated companies, drawn up in conformity with sections 
379 and 414 of Book 2 of the Netherlands Civil Code, with the 
Trade Registry of Amsterdam. 

We  have  prepared  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of 
 Akzo Nobel N.V.  in  accordance  with  International  Financial 
Reporting  Standards  (IFRS)  as  adopted  by  the  European 
Union. They also comply with the financial reporting require-
ments included in Section 9 of Book 2 of the Netherlands Civil 
Code, as far as applicable. 

On February 16, 2011, the Board of Management authorized 
the financial statements for issue. The financial statements as 
presented  in  this  report  are  subject  to  the  adoption  by  the 
Annual General Meeting of shareholders. 

Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of 
 Akzo Nobel N.V. and its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are compa-
nies over which  Akzo Nobel N.V. has directly and/or indirectly 
the power to control the financial and operating policies so as 
to obtain benefits. In assessing control, potential voting rights 
that  are  presently  exercisable  or  convertible  are  taken  into 
account. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included 
in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  from  the  date  that 
control commences until the date that control ceases. Non-
controlling  interests  in  equity  and  in  results  are  presented 
separately.  Transactions  between  consolidated  companies 
and intercompany balances are eliminated. Accounting poli-
cies, as set out below, have been applied consistently for all 
periods presented in these consolidated financial statements 
and by all subsidiaries. 

Change in accounting policies and reclassification
We  adopted  the  IFRS  3  (revised)  “Business  Combinations” 
and the consequential amendment to IAS 27 “Consolidated 
and Separate Financial Statements”, IAS 28 “Investments in 
Associates” and IAS 31 “Interests in Joint Ventures” prospec-
tively for business combinations for which the acquisition date 
is  on  or  after  January  1,  2010.  These  standards  introduced 

changes  in  the  accounting  for  business  combinations  that 
will impact the amount of goodwill recognized and the results 
reported in the period of acquisition and thereafter: 

consequence, the statements of income and cash flows have 
been restated. 

•	 Acquisition related costs are expensed as incidental 

item on the line other operating income/(expenses) in 
the statement of income and no longer form part of the 
acquisition cost

•	  For each business combination, the non-controlling 
interest is now measured either at fair value or at 
the proportionate share in the identifiable assets of 
the acquired company. Under the old IFRS 3, the 
non-controlling interest (formerly known as minority 
interest) was measured at the proportionate share in the 
identifiable assets of the acquired company 

•	 If a business combination is achieved in stages, the 

acquisition date fair value of the previously held equity 
interest in the acquired company (still an associate or 
joint venture before this acquisition date) is remeasured 
to fair value at the acquisition date through the statement 
of income. Previously, business combinations achieved 
in stages were accounted for as separate steps. Any 
additional acquired share of interest did not affect earlier 
recognized goodwill

•	  Any contingent consideration to be transferred will 
be recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. 
Subsequent changes to the fair value of the consideration, 
which is deemed to be an asset or a liability, will be 
recognized in accordance with IAS 39, generally in the 
statement of income. Under the old IFRS 3, contingent 
consideration was recognized, if and only if, the company 
had a present obligation and the economic outflow  
was probable and a reliable estimate was determinable. 
Subsequent adjustments were recognized as part  
of goodwill 

•	 The effects of all transactions with non-controlling interests 

are recorded in equity if there is no change in control; 
these transactions will no longer result in goodwill.

We  made  reclassifications  in  the  2009  figures  to  align  to 
our 2010 structure and presentation. This resulted in limited 
reclassifications  between  the  Business  Areas  which  did  not 
impact  profit  for  the  period.  We  divested  National  Starch 
and reclassified its results into discontinued operations. As a 

Discontinued operations (note 7)
A discontinued operation is a component of our business that 
represents a separate major line of business or geographical 
area  of  operations  that  has  been  disposed  of  or  is  held  for 
sale,  or  is  a  subsidiary  acquired  exclusively  with  a  view  to 
resale. Classification as a discontinued operation occurs upon 
disposal  or  when  the  operation  meets  the  criteria  to  be 
classified  as  held  for  sale,  if  earlier.  When  an  operation  is 
classified  as  a  discontinued  operation,  the  comparative 
statement  of  income  and  the  statement  of  cash  flows  are 
reclassified as if the operation had been discontinued from the 
start of the comparative period. 

Assets and liabilities are classified as held for sale if it is highly 
probable that the carrying value will be recovered through a 
sale transaction within one year rather than through continuing 
use. When reclassifying assets and liabilities as held for sale, 
we  recognize  the  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  lower  of  their 
carrying value or fair value less selling costs. Assets held for 
sale are not depreciated but tested for impairment. Impairment 
losses on assets and liabilities held for sale are recognized in 
the statement of income. 

Use of estimates
The preparation of the financial statements in compliance with 
IFRS  requires  management  to  make  judgments,  estimates 
and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the financial 
statements.  The  estimates  and  assumptions  are  based  on 
experience and various other factors that are believed to be 
reasonable  under  the  circumstances  and  are  used  to  judge 
the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily 
apparent  from  other  sources.  The  estimates  and  underlying 
assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to 
accounting  estimates  are  recognized  in  the  period  in  which 
the  estimate  is  revised  or  in  the  revision  period  and  future 
periods,  if  the  changed  estimates  affect  both  current  and 
future periods.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

91

 
The most critical accounting policies involving a higher degree 
of  judgment  and  complexity  in  applying  principles  of  valua-
tion  are  described  below.  Changes  in  the  assumptions  and 
estimates  as  described  could  result  in  significantly  different 
results than those recorded in the financial statements. 

Business combinations (note 2)
In  business  combinations,  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities, 
and contingent liabilities are recognized at their fair values at 
the acquisition date. Determining the fair value requires signifi-
cant judgments on future cash flows to be generated. The fair 
value of brands, patents and customer lists acquired in a busi-
ness combination is estimated on generally accepted valua-
tion  methods.  These  include  the  relief-from-royalty  method, 
the  incremental  cash  flow  method  and  the  multi-period 
excess earnings method. The fair value of property, plant and 
equipment  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is  based  on 
estimated market values. The fair value of inventories acquired 
in  a  business  combination  is  determined  based  on  its  esti-
mated  selling  price  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  less 
the estimated costs of completion and sale and a reasonable 
profit  margin,  based  on  the  effort  required  to  complete  and 
sell the inventories. 

Impairment of intangible assets and property, plant 
and equipment (notes 9, 10)
We  assess  whether  the  carrying  values  of  intangible  assets 
and  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  recoverable.  In  this 
assessment, we make significant judgments and estimates to 
determine if the future cash flows expected to be generated 
by those assets are less than their carrying value (value in use). 
The data necessary for the impairment tests are based on our 
strategic plans and our estimates of future cash flows, which 
require  estimating  revenue  growth  rates  and  profit  margins. 
The estimated cash flows are discounted using a net present 
value technique with business-specific discount rates. 

Accounting for income tax (note 6)
As  part  of  the  process  of  preparing  consolidated  financial 
statements,  we  estimate  income  tax  in  each  of  the  jurisdic-
tions  in  which  we  operate.  This  process  involves  estimating 
actual current tax expense and temporary differences between 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for tax and financial 
reporting purposes. Temporary differences result in deferred 

tax  assets  and  liabilities,  which  are  included  in  the  consoli-
dated balance sheet. We assess the likelihood that deferred 
tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. 

Provisions (note 17)
By their nature, provisions and contingent liabilities are depen-
dent  upon  estimates  and  assessments  as  to  whether  the 
criteria for recognition have been met, including estimates of 
the  probability  of  cash  outflows.  Estimates  related  to  provi-
sions for environmental matters are based on the nature and 
seriousness of the contamination, as well as on the technolo-
gy required for clean-up. The provisions for antitrust cases are 
based on an estimate of the costs, fines, and civil damages, 
taking  into  account  legal  advice  and  the  current  facts  and 
circumstances.  Provisions  for  other  litigation  are  also  based 
on an estimate of the costs, taking into account legal advice 
and  information  currently  available.  Provisions  for  termina-
tion benefits and exit costs also involve management’s judg-
ment in estimating the expected cash outflows for severance 
payments and site closures or other exit costs. 

Accounting for pensions and other post-retirement 
benefits (note 17)
Post-retirement  benefits  represent  obligations  that  will  be 
settled in the future and require assumptions to project obli-
gations and fair values of plan assets. The accounting requires 
us to make assumptions regarding variables such as discount 
rate,  rate  of  compensation  increase,  return  on  assets, 
mortality  rates  and  future  healthcare  costs.  Periodically,  we 
consult with external actuaries regarding these assumptions. 
Changes in key assumptions can have a significant impact on 
the  projected  benefit  obligations,  funding  requirements  and 
periodic costs incurred. 

Statement of cash flows
We have used the indirect method to prepare the statement of 
cash flows. Cash flows in foreign currencies have been trans-
lated  at  transaction  rates.  Exchange  rate  differences  affect-
ing cash items are presented separately in the statement of 
cash  flows.  Receipts  and  payments  with  respect  to  income 
tax  are  included  in  cash  from  operating  activities.  Interest 
payments are included in cash from operating activities while 
interest receipts are included in cash from investing activities. 
The costs of acquisition of subsidiaries, associates and joint 

ventures,  and  other  investments,  as  long  as  paid  in  cash, 
are included in cash from investing activities. Acquisitions or 
divestments  of  subsidiaries  are  presented  net  of  cash  and 
cash equivalents acquired or disposed of, respectively. Acqui-
sition  of  non-controlling  interests  are  reported  in  cash  from 
financing  activities.  Cash  flows  from  derivatives  are  recog-
nized in the statement of cash flows in the same category as 
those of the hedged items.

Earnings per share
We  present  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  (EPS)  for 
our  common  shares.  Basic  EPS  is  calculated  by  divid-
ing  the  profit  or  loss  attributable  to  holders  of  our  common 
shares by the weighted average number of common shares 
outstanding  during  the  period.  Diluted  EPS  is  calculated 
by  dividing  the  profit  or  loss  attributable  to  shareholders  of 
common shares by the weighted average number of common 
shares  outstanding,  including  the  effects  for  potentially  dilu-
tive  common  shares,  which  comprise  of  stock  options  and 
performance-related shares granted to employees.

Operating segments
We  determine  and  present  operating  segments  (“Business 
Areas”)  on  the  information  that  internally  is  provided  to  the 
Board of Management, the body that was our chief operating 
decision maker during 2010. A Business Area is a component 
that  engages  in  business  activities  from  which  it  may  earn 
revenue and incur expenses, including revenue and expenses 
that  relate  to  transactions  with  other  Business  Areas  within 
the company. Operating results of a Business Area have been 
reviewed regularly by the Board of Management to make deci-
sions  about  resources  to  be  allocated  to  the  Business  Area 
and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial 
information is available. Business Area results reported to the 
Board of Management include items directly attributable to a 
Business  Area  as  well  as  those  items  that  can  be  allocated 
on  a  reasonable  basis.  Unallocated  items  comprise  mainly 
corporate  assets  and  corporate  costs  and  are  reported  in 
Business Area “Corporate and other”. 

Translation of foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the func-
tional currency using the foreign exchange rate at transaction 
date.  Monetary  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign 

92

Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

currencies are translated into the functional currency using the 
exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Resulting foreign 
currency differences are included in the statement of income. 
Non-monetary  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign 
currencies  are  translated  into  the  functional  currency  at  the 
exchange rate at acquisition date.

The  assets  and  liabilities  of  entities  with  other  functional 
currencies  are  translated  into  the  functional  currency  of  the 
parent entity, using the exchange rates at the balance sheet 
date. The income and expenses of entities with other functional 
currencies  are  translated  into  the   functional  currency,  using 
the  exchange  rates  at  transaction  date.   Foreign   exchange 
differences  resulting  from  translation  into  the  functional 
 currency of investments in subsidiaries and of intercompany 
loans of a permanent nature with other functional currencies 
are recorded as a separate component (cumulative translation 
reserves)  within 
income.  These 
 other  comprehensive 
cumulative translation adjustments are  reclassified (either fully 
or  partly)  to  the  statement  of  income  upon  disposal  (either 
fully or partly) or liquidation of the  foreign subsidiary to which 
the  investment  or  the  intercompany  loan  with  a  per manent 
nature  relates  to.  Before  being  consolidated,  the  financial 
statements  of  subsidiaries  established  in  hyperinflationary 
countries  are  adjusted  for  the  effects  of  changing  prices  of 
the local currency. 

Foreign  currency  differences  arising  on  the  re-translation  of 
a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment 
in  a  foreign  operation  are  recognized  in  the  cumulative 
translation reserves (in other comprehensive income), to the 
extent that the hedge is effective. To the extent that the hedge 
is ineffective, such differences are recognized in the statement 
of  income.  When  the  hedged  part  of  a  net  investment  is 
disposed  of,  the  associated  cumulative  amount  in  other 
comprehensive  income  is  reclassified  to  the  statement  of 
income as an adjustment to the transaction result. 

Exchange rates of key currencies
The  principal  exchange  rates  against  the  euro  used  in 
preparing the balance sheet and the statement of income are:

Balance sheet

Statement of income

US dollar

Pound sterling

Swedish krona

CNY

2009

1.440 

0.893 

10.268 

9.832

2010

1.333 

0.861 

8.972 

8.785

2009

1.394 

0.890 

10.608 

9.526

2010

1.328 

0.858 

9.537 

8.982

Revenue recognition
Revenue  is  defined  as  the  revenue  from  the  sale  and 
delivery  of  goods  and  services  and  royalty  income,  net  of 
rebates,  discounts  and  similar  allowances,  and  net  of  sales 
tax.  Revenue  is  recognized  when  the  significant  risks  and 
rewards have been transferred to a third party, recovery of the 
consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible 
return  of  goods  can  be  estimated  reliably  and  there  is  no 
continuing  management  involvement  with  the  goods.  For 
revenue  from  sales  of  goods  these  conditions  are  generally 
met at the time the product is shipped and delivered to the 
customer,  depending  on  the  delivery  conditions.  Service 
revenue is generally recognized as services are rendered. 

Pensions and other post-retirement benefits (note 17)
Contributions  to  defined  contribution  plans  are  recognized 
in the statement of income as incurred. Most of our defined 
benefit pension plans are funded with plan assets that have 
been segregated in a trust or foundation. Valuations of both 
funded  and  unfunded  plans  are  carried  out  by  independent 
actuaries based on the projected unit credit method. Pension 
costs primarily represent the increase in the actuarial present 
value  of  the  obligation  for  projected  pension  benefits  based 
on employee service during the year and the interest on this 
obligation with respect to employee service in previous years, 
net of the expected return on plan assets. The discount rate 
used  in  determining  the  present  value  of  the  obligations  is 
the yield at reporting date of AA corporate bonds that have 
maturity dates approximating the terms of our obligations.

consideration is given to any minimum funding requirements 
that apply to any plan. An economic benefit is available if it is 
realizable  during  the  life  of  the  plan,  or  on  the  settlement  of 
the plan liabilities.

In certain countries we also provide post-retirement benefits 
other  than  pensions  to  our  employees.  These  plans  are 
generally  not  funded.  Valuations  of  the  obligations  under 
these plans are carried out by independent actuaries based 
on the projected unit credit method. The costs related to such 
plans  primarily  consist  of  the  present  value  of  the  benefits 
attributed on an equal basis to each year of service and the 
interest on this obligation with reference to employee service 
in previous years.

Actuarial  gains  and  losses  that  arise  in  calculating  our 
obligation  with  reference  to  a  plan,  are  recognized  to  the 
extent that any cumulative unrecognized actuarial gain or loss 
exceed 10 percent of the greater of the present value of the 
defined  benefit  obligation  and  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets. 
That portion of the actuarial gains and losses is recognized in 
the statement of income over the expected average remaining 
working lives of the employees participating in the plan. When 
the  benefits  of  a  plan  improve,  the  portion  of  the  increased 
benefits related to past service by employees is recognized as 
an expense in the statement of income on a straight-line basis 
over the average period until the benefits become vested. To 
the extent that the benefits vest immediately, the expense is 
recognized immediately in the statement of income.

We  recognize  gains  and  losses  on  the  curtailment  or 
settlement of a defined benefit plan when the curtailment or 
settlement occurs. The gain or loss on curtailment comprises 
any resulting change in the fair value of plan assets, change in 
the present value of defined benefit obligation and any related 
actuarial gains and losses and past service cost that had not 
previously been recognized.

When  the  calculation  results  in  a  benefit  to  AkzoNobel,  the 
recognized  asset  is  limited  to  the  total  of  any  unrecognized 
past  service  costs  and  the  present  value  of  economic 
benefits  available  in  the  form  of  any  future  refunds  from 
the  plan  or  reductions  in  future  contributions  to  the  plan.  In 
order  to  calculate  the  present  value  of  economic  benefits, 

Other long-term employee benefits (note 17)
Other  long-term  employee  benefits  include  long-service  or 
sabbatical  leave,  jubilee  or  other  long-service  benefits,  and 
other  employee  benefits  payable  more  than  12  months 
after  the  related  service  is  rendered.  These  provisions  are 
measured at present value, using actuarial assumptions. The 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

93

discount  rate  is  the  yield  at  reporting  date  of  AA  corporate 
bonds  that  have  maturity  dates  approximating  the  terms 
of  our  obligations.  The  calculation  is  performed  using  the 
projected unit credit method. Any actuarial gains and losses 
are  recognized  in  the  statement  of  income  in  the  period  in 
which they arise. 

An accrual is recognized for the amounts expected to be paid 
under  short-term  bonus  or  profit  sharing  plans  if  a  present 
legal  or  constructive  obligation  as  a  result  of  past  services 
provided exists and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

Share-based compensation (note 8)
We  have  a  performance-related  share  plan,  under  which 
shares are conditionally granted to certain employees. These 
performance-related shares vest in three years. The number 
of  shares  which  the  employees  will  receive  depends  on  our 
relative  Total  Shareholder  Return  (TSR)  performance  over  a 
three-year  period  compared  with  the  peer  group.  As  from 
2009, the conditional grant of shares is linked 50 percent to 
the ranking of the company in the Dow Jones Sustainability 
Indexes (DJSI) and 50 percent to the relative TSR performance 
of the company.

The  fair  value  of  the  performance-related  shares  granted  is 
recognized as an expense  with a  corresponding increase in 
shareholders’ equity. The fair value is measured at grant date 
and  amortized  over  the  period  during  which  the  employees 
become  unconditionally  entitled  to  the  performance-related 
shares. The fair value for the TSR-linked vesting condition is 
measured  using  the  Monte  Carlo  simulation  model.  The  fair 
value of the performance-related shares for which vesting is 
based on the company’s ranking in the DJSI, is the value of the 
Akzo Nobel N.V. common share on the date of the grant. This 
Monte  Carlo  model  takes  into  account  expected  dividends, 
as  well  as  the  market  conditions  expected  to  impact  our 
TSR  performance  in  relation  to  selected  peers.  The  amount 
recognized  as  an  expense  is  adjusted  to  reflect  the  actual 
number  of  performance-related  shares  that  vest,  except 
when forfeiture or extra vesting of performance-related shares 
is due to a TSR performance that differs from the performance 
anticipated  at  the  grant  of  the  performance-related  shares, 
because this is a market performance condition.

Income tax (note 6)
Income  tax  expense  comprises  both  current  and  deferred 
tax,  including  effects  of  changes  in  tax  rates.  Income  tax  is 
recognized  in  the  statement  of  income,  unless  it  relates  to 
items recognized in other comprehensive income. 
In  the  balance  sheet,  current  tax  includes  the  expected  tax 
payable  and  receivable  on  the  taxable  income  for  the  year, 
using tax rates enacted or substantially enacted at reporting 
date, as well as any adjustments to tax payable and receivable 
with respect to previous years. 

Current  tax  assets  and  liabilities  have  been  offset  in  cases 
where there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax 
assets  against  current  tax  liabilities  and  when  the  intention 
exists  to  settle  on  a  net  basis  or  to  realize  the  assets  and 
liabilities simultaneously.

Deferred tax is recognized using the balance sheet method, 
providing  for  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and the 
amount  used  for  taxation  purposes.  A  deferred  tax  asset  is 
recognized for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible 
temporary  differences,  to  the  extent  that  it  is  probable  that 
future  taxable  profits  will  be  available  against  which  they 
can  be  utilized.  We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets,  including 
assets arising from losses carried forward, to the extent that 
future  probable  taxable  profit  will  be  available  against  which 
the deferred tax asset can be utilized. We do not recognize 
deferred tax for the following temporary differences: the initial 
recognition  of  goodwill;  the  initial  recognition  of  assets  or 
liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit; and 
differences related to investments in subsidiaries to the extent 
that  they  will  probably  not  reverse  in  the  foreseeable  future. 
The  income  tax  consequences  of  dividends  are  recognized 
when a liability to pay the dividend is recognized. Deferred tax 
assets are offset only when there is a legally enforceable right 
to offset tax assets against tax liabilities and when the deferred 
tax assets and liabilities relate to the same tax authority. 

Measurement  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  is  based 
upon the enacted or substantially enacted tax rates expected 
to  apply  to  taxable  income  in  the  years  in  which  temporary 
differences  are  expected  to  be  reversed.  Non-refundable 
dividend  tax  is  taken  into  account  in  the  determination  of 

deferred  tax  liabilities  to  the  extent  of  earnings  expected  
to  be  distributed  by  subsidiaries  in  the  foreseeable  future. 
If  separate  tax  rates  exist  for  distributed  and  undistributed 
profit,  the  current  and  deferred  taxes  are  measured  at  
the tax rate applicable to undistributed profit. Deferred tax is 
not discounted.

Research cost and preparation and start-up expenses
Research  cost  and  preparation  and  start-up  expenses  are 
charged to the statement of income as incurred.

Government grants
Government  grants  related  to  costs  are  deducted  from  the 
relevant cost to be compensated in the same period. Emission 
rights  granted  by  the  government  are  recorded  at  cost.  A 
provision is recorded if the actual emission is higher than the 
emission rights granted. Government grants to compensate 
for  the  cost  of  an  asset  are  deducted  from  the  cost  of  the 
related asset.

Intangible assets (note 9)
Intangible  assets  are  valued  at  cost  less  accumulated 
amortization  and  impairment  charges.  All  intangibles  assets 
are tested for impairment whenever there is an indication that 
the  intangible  asset  may  be  impaired.  In  addition,  intangible 
assets  with  an  indefinite  useful  life,  such  as  goodwill  and 
certain brands, are not amortized, but tested for impairment 
annually. In cases where the carrying value of the intangibles 
exceeds  the  recoverable  amount,  an  impairment  charge  is 
recognized in the statement of income. 

Goodwill in a business combination represents the excess of 
the consideration paid over the net fair value of the acquired 
identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. The cost 
of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets 
given,  equity  instruments  issued  and  liabilities  incurred  or 
assumed  at  the  date  of  exchange.  For  acquisitions  before 
January  1,  2010,  the  cost  of  an  acquisition  also  included 
expenses  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition.  Contingent 
consideration  was  recognized  only  if  the  company  had  a 
present  obligation  and  the  economic  outflow  was  probable 
and  a  reliable  estimate  was  determinable.  For  acquisitions 
made  on  or  after  January  1,  2010,  acquisition  related 
costs  are  expensed  as  incidental  items  on  the  line  other 

94

Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

operating income/(expenses) in the statement of income. Any 
contingent consideration to be transferred will be recognized 
at fair value at the acquisition date. In addition, the effects of 
all transactions with non-controlling interests are recorded in 
equity if there is no change in control; these transactions will 
no longer result in goodwill. 

If the cost of an acquisition is less than the fair value of the net 
assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognized 
directly  in  the  statement  of  income.  Goodwill  related  to  an 
investment in associates and joint ventures is included in the 
carrying value of that investment. 

Intangible  assets  with  a  finite  useful  life,  such  as  certain 
licenses,  know-how  and  brands,  customer  relationships  and 
intellectual property rights, are capitalized at historical cost and 
amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  estimated  useful 
life of the assets, which generally ranges from 10 to 40 years. 
Development costs are capitalized if the costs can be measured 
reliably,  the  related  product  or  process  is  technically  and 
commercially  feasible,  sufficient  future  economic  benefits  will 
be generated and sufficient resources are available to complete 
the  development.  The  expenditures  capitalized  include  the 
cost  of  materials,  direct  labor  and  overhead  costs  that  are 
directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use. 
Capitalized development costs are amortized on a straight-line 
basis  over  the  estimated  useful  life  of  related  assets,  which 
generally is up to five years. Amortization methods, useful lives 
and residual values are reassessed annually. 

Property, plant and equipment (note 10)
Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  valued  at  cost  less 
accumulated  depreciation  and  impairment  charges.  Costs 
include  expenditures  that  are  directly  attributable  to  the 
acquisition  of  the  asset,  including  financing  expenses  of 
capital  investment  projects  under  construction.  Government 
grants to compensate for the cost of an asset are deducted 
from the cost of the related asset.

Depreciation  is  calculated  using  the  straight-line  method, 
based  on  the  estimated  useful  life.  In  the  majority  of  cases 
the  useful  life  of  plant  equipment  and  machinery  is  ten 
years,  and  for  buildings  ranges  from  20  to  30  years.  Land 
is  not  depreciated.  In  the  majority  of  cases  residual  value  is 

assumed  to  be  insignificant.  Depreciation  methods,  useful 
lives and residual values are reassessed annually. 

goodwill and then to the carrying amount of the other assets 
on a pro rata basis. 

Parts  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  that  have  different 
useful lives are accounted for as separate items of property, 
plant and equipment. Cost of major maintenance activities is 
capitalized  as  a  separate  component  of  property,  plant  and 
equipment,  and  depreciated  over  the  estimated  useful  life. 
Maintenance costs which cannot be separately defined as a 
component of property, plant and equipment are expensed in 
the period in which they occur. Gains and losses on the sale of 
property, plant and equipment are included in the statement 
of income. 

We  have  identified  conditional  asset  retirement  obligations 
at  a  number  of  our  facilities  that  are  mainly  related  to  plant 
decommissioning.  We  recognize  these  conditional  asset 
retirement  obligations  in  the  periods  in  which  sufficient 
information  becomes  available  to  reasonably  estimate  the 
cash outflow. 

Impairments  of  intangible  assets  and  property,  plant 
and equipment (notes 9, 10)
We  assess  the  carrying  value  of  intangible  assets  and 
property, plant and equipment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset 
may  not  be  recoverable.  In  addition,  for  goodwill  and  other 
intangible  assets  with  an  indefinite  useful  life,  we  review  the 
carrying value annually in the fourth quarter. 

The  recoverable  amount  of  an  asset  or  its  cash-generating 
unit is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs 
to sell, whereby estimated future cash flows are discounted 
to their present value. The discount rate used reflects current 
market  assessments  of  the  time  value  of  money  and,  if 
appropriate, the risks specific to the assets. If the carrying value 
of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its estimated 
recoverable  amount,  an  impairment  loss  is  recognized  in 
the  statement  of  income.  The  assessment  for  impairment 
is performed at the lowest level of assets generating largely 
independent  cash  inflows.  For  goodwill  and  other  intangible 
assets  with  an  indefinite  life,  we  have  determined  this  to  be 
at business unit level (one level below segment). We allocate 
impairment losses in respect of cash-generating units first to 

Except  for  goodwill,  we  reverse  impairment  losses  if  and  to 
the extent we have identified a change in estimates used to 
determine  the  recoverable  amount.  We  only  reverse  to  the 
extent  that  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset  does  not  exceed 
the  carrying  value  that  would  have  been  determined,  net  of 
amortization or depreciation, if no impairment loss had been 
recognized.  Reversals  of  impairment  are  recognized  in  the 
statement of income.

Leases (notes 10, 21)
Lease contracts in which we have substantially all the risks and 
rewards  of  ownership  are  classified  as  finance  leases.  Upon 
initial recognition, the leased asset is measured at the lower of 
its fair value and the present value of minimum lease payments. 
Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  the  asset  is  accounted  for 
in  accordance  with  the  accounting  policy  applicable  to  the 
asset.  Minimum  lease  payments  made  under  finance  leases 
are  apportioned  between  the  financing  expenses  and  the 
reduction  of  the  outstanding  liability.  The  financing  expenses 
are recognized as interest over the lease term. 

Payments made under operating leases are recognized in the 
statement of income on a straight-line basis over the term of 
the lease. Lease incentives received are recognized over the 
term of the lease. 

Inventories (note 13)
Inventories  are  measured  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net 
realizable  value.  Costs  of  inventories  comprise  all  costs  of 
purchase,  costs  of  conversion  and  other  costs  incurred  in 
bringing the inventories to the present location and condition. 
The  costs  of  conversion  of  inventories  include  direct  labor 
and  fixed  and  variable  production  overheads,  and  take  into 
account the stage of completion. The costs of inventories are 
determined  using  the  weighted  average  cost  formula.  Net 
realizable  value  is  the  estimated  selling  price  in  the  ordinary 
course of business, less the estimated cost of completion and 
selling expenses.

Equity (note 16)
When share capital recognized as equity is repurchased, the 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

95

amount  of  the  consideration  paid,  which  includes  directly 
attributable cost, is net of any tax effects, and is recognized 
as  a  deduction  from  equity.  Dividends  are  recognized  as  a 
liability in the period in which they are declared. 

Provisions (note 17)
We recognize provisions when a present legal or constructive 
obligation as a result of a past event exists, and it is probable 
that  an  outflow  of  economic  benefits  is  required  to  settle  
the obligation. Provisions are measured at net present value 
and take into account legal fees. The expected future cash 
outflows are discounted at appropriate pre-tax interest rates, 
reflecting  current  market  assessments  of  the  time  value  
of  money  and,  if  applicable,  the  risks  specific  to  the  
liability. The increase of provisions as a result of the passage 
of  time  is  recognized  in  the  statement  of  income  under 
financing expenses.

Provisions  for  restructuring  are  recognized  when  a  detailed 
and  formal  restructuring  plan  has  been  approved,  and  the 
restructuring has either commenced or has been announced 
publicly.  We  do  not  provide  for  future  operating  costs. 
Termination benefits for voluntary redundancy are recognized 
if we have made an offer encouraging voluntary redundancy, 
it is probable that the offer will be accepted and the number 
of acceptances can be estimated reliably.

A provision for warranties is recognized when the underlying 
products  or  services  are  sold.  The  provision  is  based  on 
historical  warranty  data  and  a  weighting  of  all  possible 
outcomes against their associated probabilities. 

In  accordance  with  our  environmental  policy  and  applicable 
legal requirements, we recognize a provision for environmental 
clean-up cost when it is probable that a liability has materialized 
and the amount of cash outflow can be reasonably estimated.

Financial instruments
Regular purchases and sales of financial assets and liabilities 
are recognized on trade date, which is the date we commit 
to  purchase  or  sell  the  asset.  The  initial  measurement  of  all 
financial  instruments  is  fair  value.  Except  for  derivatives,  the 
initial  measurement  of  financial  instruments  is  adjusted  for 
directly attributable transaction costs. Below, the accounting 

policies for financial instruments are explained, relating to the 
following categories: 

•	 Derivative financial instruments
•	 Associates and joint ventures
•	 Other financial non-current assets
•	 Trade and other receivables
•	 Cash and cash equivalents
•	 Long-term and short-term borrowings
•	 Trade and other payables.

Derivative financial instruments (note 24)
Derivative  financial  instruments  include  forward  exchange 
contracts, interest rate derivatives and commodity contracts, 
as well as embedded derivatives included in normal business 
contracts.  All  derivative  financial  instruments  are  recognized 
at fair value on the balance sheet.

Fair  values  are  derived  from  market  prices  and  quotes  from 
dealers  and  brokers,  or  are  estimated  using  observable 
market inputs. Forward exchange and commodity contracts 
are reported under trade and other receivables, or under trade 
and other payables.

Changes in the fair value of forward exchange and commodity 
contracts are recognized in the statement of income, unless 
cash  flow  hedge  accounting  or  net  investment  hedge 
accounting  is  applied.  In  that  case,  the  effective  part  of  the 
fair value changes is deferred in other comprehensive income 
and released to the related specific lines in the statement of 
income or balance sheet at the same time as the hedged item. 

Interest  rate  derivatives  are  reported  under  other  financial 
non-current  assets  or  long-term  borrowings.  The  changes 
in fair value of interest derivatives are recognized in financing 
income  and  expenses,  where  the  effective  part  is  offset  by 
the fair value changes of the underlying fixed rate bond, in the 
event fair value hedge accounting is applied.

Both  at  the  hedge  inception  and  at  each  reporting  date, 
we  assess  whether  the  derivatives  used  are  highly  effective 
in  offsetting  changes  in  fair  values  or  cash  flows  of  hedged 
items. When a derivative is not highly effective, we discontinue 
hedge accounting prospectively. In the event a fair value hedge 

relationship  is  terminated,  amortization  of  fair  value  hedge 
adjustments  is  included  in  financing  income  and  expense. 
When  a  cash  flow  hedge  relationship  is  terminated,  the  fair 
value  changes  deferred  in  other  comprehensive  income  (in 
equity) are released to the statement of income only when the 
hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur. Otherwise 
these will be released to the statement of income at the same 
time as the hedged item. 

Associates and joint ventures (note 11)
Associates  are  those  entities  in  which  we  have  significant 
influence,  but  no  control,  over  the  financial  and  operational 
policies. Joint ventures are those entities over whose activities 
we have joint control, established by contractual agreement 
and requiring unanimous consent for strategic, financial and 
operating decisions. 

Associates  and  joint  ventures  are  accounted  for  using 
the  equity  method  and  are  initially  recognized  at  cost.  The 
consolidated  financial  statements  include  our  share  of  the 
income and expenses of the associates and joint ventures for 
the period that we have significant influence or joint control, 
whereby  the  result  is  determined  using  our  accounting 
principles.  When  the  share  of  losses  exceeds  the  interest 
in  the  investee,  the  carrying  amount  is  reduced  to  nil  and 
recognition of further losses is discontinued, unless we have 
incurred  legal  or  constructive  obligations  on  behalf  of  the 
investee. Loans to associates and joint ventures are carried at 
amortized cost less impairment losses.

The results from associates and joint ventures consist of our 
share  in  the  results  of  these  companies,  interest  on  loans 
granted  to  them  and  the  transaction  results  on  divestments 
of associates and joint ventures. Unrealized gains and losses 
arising  from  transactions  with  associates  and  joint  ventures 
are eliminated to the extent of our interest in the investee.

Other financial non-current assets (note 12)
Loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using 
the  effective  interest  method,  less  any  impairment  losses. 
Long-term  receivables  are  discounted  to  their  net  present 
value. Interest receivable is included in financing income. 

96

Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Trade and other receivables (note 14)
Trade and other receivables are measured at amortized cost, 
using the effective interest method, less any impairment loss. 
An allowance for impairment of trade and other receivables is 
established if the collection of a receivable becomes doubtful. 
Such  receivable  becomes  doubtful  when  there  is  objective 
evidence that we will not be able to collect all amounts due 
according to the original terms of the receivables. Significant 
financial  difficulties  of  the  debtor,  probability  that  the  debtor 
will  enter  into  bankruptcy  or  financial  reorganization,  and 
default or delinquency in payments are considered indicators 
that the receivable is impaired. The amount of the allowance 
is  the  difference  between  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  and 
the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted 
at  the  original  effective  interest  rate.  An  impairment  loss  is 
recognized  in  the  statement  of  income,  as  are  subsequent 
recoveries of previous impairments.

Cash and cash equivalents (note 15)
Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and short-
term highly liquid investments that are directly convertible into 
cash. Cash and cash equivalents are measured at fair value. 

Long-term and short-term borrowings 
(notes 18, 19, 24)
Long-term  borrowings  are  measured  at  amortized  cost, 
applying  the  effective  interest  rate  method  unless  fair  value 
interest  rate  hedging  is  applied.  In  that  case  the  carrying 
amount is adjusted for the fair value changes caused by the 
hedged risk. Short-term borrowings are measured at amortized 
cost, using the effective interest method. The interest payable 
on borrowings is included in other financing expenses. 

The fair value of borrowings, used for disclosure purposes, is 
determined on the basis of listed market price, if available. If a 
listed market price is not available, the fair value is calculated 
based on the present value of principal and interest cash flows, 
discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. 

Trade and other payables (note 20)
Trade  and  other  payables  are  measured  at  amortized  cost, 
using the effective interest method.

New IFRS accounting standards
Several  new  accounting  pronouncements  were  issued.  We 
assessed  whether  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for 
2010 and beyond may be affected.

•	 An amendment to IFRS 2, “Share-based Payment” which 
clarifies how an individual subsidiary in a group should 
account for share-based payment arrangements in  
its own financial statements became effective in 2010.  
This amendment is not applicable to our consolidated 
financial statements

•	 IFRS 3, “Business Combinations” and IAS 27, 

“Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements” were 
revised and are effective as from 2010. For information 
on the effect of this adoption, reference is made to the 
section Change in accounting policies and reclassifications 
in this note

•	 IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments” (replacement of IAS 39) 

will become effective as from 2013, with earlier adoption 
permitted. IFRS 9 introduced new requirements for 
classifying and measuring financial assets and liabilities. 
This standard encompasses an overall change of 
accounting principles for financial instruments and will 
eventually replace IAS 39 – the current standard on 
financial instruments. As its scope will be further expanded 
during 2011, we will review the effects of a comprehensive 
standard on financial instruments and consider adoption 
when appropriate

•	 IASB’s annual improvements project 2009 resulted in 
many smaller amendments to several IFRSs effective 
as from 2010. They did not materially impact our 
consolidated financial statements 

•	 IASB’s annual improvements project 2010 will result in 
many smaller amendments to several IFRSs, mostly 
effective as from 2011. They are not expected to materially 
impact our consolidated financial statements.

•	 An amendment to IAS 24, “Related Party Disclosures” 
clarifies the definition of a related party and provides a 
partial exemption from the disclosure requirements for 
government-related entities. The revised standard also 
clarifies that disclosure is required for any commitments of 
a related party to do something if a particular event occurs 
or does not occur in the future. The revised standard is 
effective as from 2011, with earlier application permitted. 
We do not expect that our financial statements will be 
materially affected by this amendment 

•	 An amendment to IAS 32, “Financial Instruments: 
Presentation” addressing the accounting for rights 
issues such as options and warrants, denominated in a 
currency other than the functional currency of the issuer 
became effective in 2010. Our financial statements are not 
affected by the amendment as we have not issued such 
financial instruments.An amendment to IAS 39, “Financial 
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” addresses 
two separate hedge accounting issues. It clarifies the 
requirements when options are used for hedging and 
it regulates inflation-linked hedge relationships. The 
amendment to IAS 39 is effective as from 2010. As we 
commonly use forward contracts for hedges and do 
not have inflation-linked hedge relationships, there is no 
material impact from adopting this amendment 
•	 An amendment to IFRIC 14 on minimum funding 

requirements corrects an unintended consequence of the 
originally issued interpretation. The amendment is effective 
as from 2011, with earlier application permitted. As we 
currently have no pension asset on our balance sheet that 
falls in the scope of this amendment, we do not expect 
that our financial statements will be materially affected
•	 IFRIC 17 “Distribution of Non-cash Assets to Owners” 

will apply prospectively as from 2010. There is no impact 
on our financial statements as no proposal to distribute 
non-cash assets to shareholders has been made

•	 IFRIC 19, “Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity 
Instruments” applies when a debtor extinguishes a 
liability fully or partly by issuing equity instruments to 
the creditor. The interpretation will be effective as from 
2011. As there currently do not exist such agreements 
within our businesses, we do not expect that our financial 
statements will be affected.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

97

Note 2 Acquisitions and divestments

In 2010, we completed several acquisitions, mainly in Perfor-
mance  Coatings.  The  largest  acquisition  was  related  to  the 
powder  coatings  activities  of  the  Dow  Chemical  Company. 
We  also  acquired  the  Lindgens  Metal  Decorating  Coatings 
and  Inks  business  and  Changzhou  Prime  Automotive  Paint 
Co., Ltd to grow our Car Refinishes business in China. 

During  2010,  National  Starch  was  classified  as  a  discontin-
ued operation and was sold on October 1, 2010, at a gain of  
€53 million. For more information, see note 7. 

The acquisitions in 2010, both individually and in total, were 
deemed immaterial in respect of the IFRS 3 disclosure require-
ments. Pre-acquisition carrying amounts were not gathered. 
The acquisitions in 2010 contributed €155 million to revenue.

Recognized values at acquisition

In € millions

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Other non-current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Long-term borrowings

Trade and other payables

Net identifiable assets and liabilities

Recognized in the statement of income

 Consideration paid

Cash and cash equivalents acquired

To be paid in 2011 and later years

 Net cash outflow

Powder 
coatings 
activities

Other 
acquisitions

Total

–

9 

38 

2 

32 

43 

2 

(3)

(3)

–

(6)

114 

(16)

98

(2)

–

96

7 

50 

1 

–

5 

8 

1 

–

(6)

(1)

(9)

56 

–

56

(1)

(8)

47

7 

59 

39 

2 

37 

51 

3 

(3)

(9)

(1)

(15)

170 

(16)

154

(3)

(8)

143

98

Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Note 3 Incidentals

Note 4 Other operating income/(expenses)

Note 5 Financing income and expenses

Incidental gains and losses included in  
operating income

In € millions

2009

2010

Restructuring costs

Results on acquisitions and 
divestments

Results related to major legal, antitrust 
and environmental cases

Other incidental results

 Total

(349)

48 

(38)

63 

(276)

(120)

33 

(49)

(19)

(155)

During 2010, we continued to restructure:

•	 In Decorative Paints, mainly in Continental Europe  

and the US 

In € millions

2009

2010

In € millions

2009

2010

Incidental gains and losses

Results on sale of redundant assets

Currency exchange differences:

– Derivatives

– Loans and receivables

– Other financial liabilities

Other items

 Total

42 

2 

37 

(43)

6 

8 

52 

19 

3 

55 

(82)

(4)

38 

29 

In  2010,  the  incidental  gains  and  losses  relate  to  the  
acquired  powder  coatings  activities,  the  divestment  of  a 
captive insurance company and environmental costs for a site 
in Sweden. 

Interest income:

Loans and receivables 

Interest expenses:

–  Net financing expenses on pensions 
 and other post-retirement benefits

– Interest rate derivatives

– Other financial liabilities

– Interest on provisions

Fair value changes:

– Interest rate derivatives

– Other financial liabilities

– Other

 Total

58 

51 

(171)

10 

(245)

(54)

(14)

12 

(1)

(405)

(100)

14 

(253)

(39)

16 

(15)

(1)

(327)

The  net  financing  charges  for  the  year  decreased  by  
€78 million from €405 million to €327 million, due to decreased 
financing  expenses  on  pensions  (€71  million  mainly  due  to 
higher returns on plan assets). In addition:

•	 Interest on provisions decreased by €15 million due  

to lower discount rates

•	 Interest on other financial liabilities increased by €8 million 

due to higher cost of bonds refinanced in 2009.

A reduction of €10 million (2009: €6 million) was included in 
the  interest  expenses  due  to  the  capitalization  of  financing 
expenses  of  capital  investment  projects  under  construction. 
The average interest rate, used for capitalization of borrowing 
cost was 6.4 percent.

•	 In Performance Coatings, we closed several sites in 

connection with the acquired powder coatings activities

•	 In Specialty Chemicals, we closed an incinerator  

In  2009,  the  incidental  gains  reported  in  other  operating 
income/(expenses) related mainly to results from acquisitions 
and divestments (PTA Pakistan, LII Europe). 

in Rotterdam.  

Apart  from  restructuring  costs,  we  incurred  €32  million 
environmental costs for a site in Sweden. We reported gains in 
connection with  the acquired powder coatings activities and 
the divestment of a captive insurance company. 

Restructuring costs

In € millions

2009

2010

Decorative Paints

Performance Coatings

Specialty Chemicals

Other

 Total

(158)

(55)

(99)

(37)

(349)

Incidentals per cost category

In € millions

2009

2010

Cost of sales

Selling expenses

Research and development expenses

General and administrative expenses

Other operating income/(expenses)

(144)

(94)

(8)

(63)

33 

(65)

(37)

(24)

6 

(120)

(126)

(43)

(1)

(13)

28 

Total

(276)

(155)

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

99

Note 6 Income tax

Pre-tax income (including the share in profit of associates and 
joint  ventures)  amounted  to  a  profit  of  €917  million  (2009: 
profit €471 million). Tax benefits/(charges) are included in the 
statement of income as follows:

The 2010 net tax charge of €170 million (2009: €141 million) 
related  to  continuing  operations  only.  The  total  tax  charge, 
including  discontinued  operations  was  €193  million  (2009: 
€140 million).

Classification of current and deferred tax result

In € millions

2009

2010

Current tax expense for:

– The year

– Adjustments for prior years

Deferred tax expense for:

–  Origination and reversal of  

temporary differences

– Changes in tax rates

–  Tax losses recognized 

or unrecognized 

 Total

(188)

23 

(165)

16 

14 

(6)

24 

(141)

(245)

59 

(186)

(12)

6 

22 

16 

(170)

The impact of the non-refundable withholding tax is depen-
dent on the relative share of our profit from countries that levy 
withholding tax on dividends. This relative share is expected 
to  increase  in  the  coming  years.    Based  on  the  Dutch  tax 
system there is only a limited credit for such taxes.

Income tax recognized directly in equity

In € millions

2009

2010

Current tax for:

–  Currency exchange differences  
on intercompany loans of a  
permanent nature

Deferred tax for:

– Share-based compensation

– Hedge accounting

– Other

 Total

(33)

(16)

(33)

(8)

(5)

(1)

(14)

(47)

(16)

(3)

(15)

(4)

(22)

(38)

Effective consolidated tax rate

in %

2009

2010

Corporate tax rate in the Netherlands

Effect of lower tax rates in certain 
countries

Tax exempt income/non-deductible 
expenses

Non-taxable income from investment 
in associates and joint ventures

Changes in enacted tax rates 
(reductions in tax rate)

Recognition of previously 
unrecognized tax losses

Current year losses for which no 
deferred tax asset was recognized

Current year profits compensated with 
losses for which no deferred tax asset 
was recognized

Under/(over)-provided in prior years

Non-refundable withholding taxes

Other

 Effective consolidated tax rate

25.5 

(0.2)

9.3 

(1.1)

(3.1)

– 

1.7 

(0.3)

(5.0)

3.7 

(0.6)

29.9 

25.5 

(1.0)

2.7 

(0.7)

(0.7)

(1.0)

0.5 

(2.0)

(6.4)

2.0 

(0.4)

18.5 

In 2010 the effective tax rate was 18.5 percent (2009: 29.9 
percent). The tax rate is low because of several adjustments 
to  previous  years,  partly  related  to  settlements  with  tax 
authorities.  Furthermore, there were tax-exempt gains related 
to acquisitions and divestments and part of a not recognized 
capital loss was used.

In 2009, the tax rate was impacted by several adjustments  
on  previous  years,  tax  exempt  income  items  and  non-
deductible expenses.

The worldwide trend of decreasing tax rates has a diminish-
ing  impact  on  the  long-term  tax  burden.  Decreases  in  tax 
rates, however, also have a direct impact on the tax burden, 
because of a change in the measurement of the deferred tax 
positions.  The  relevant  changes  in  this  respect  included  the 
decrease of the tax rate in several countries as of 2011 and/or 
later. In addition, changes in the geographical mix of taxable 
income affected the tax burden.

100 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Tax in the balance sheet
Current tax assets of €108 million (2009: €102 million) repre-
sent  the  amount  of  income  taxes  recoverable  in  respect  of 
current and prior periods. Current tax liabilities of €456 million 
(2009: €507 million) relate to the amount of taxes payable for 
current and prior periods.

In  the  deferred  tax  asset  for  other  provisions  (€360  million), 
an amount of €210 million (2009: €194 million) is related to 
interest expense carried forward.

In  assessing  the  recognition  of  the  deferred  tax  assets, 
management  considers  whether  it  is  probable  that  some 
portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The 
ultimate  realization  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  is  dependent 
upon  the  generation  of  future  taxable  income  during  the 
periods in which unused tax losses can be carried forward, 
unused  tax  credits  can  be  used  and  temporary  differences 
become  deductible.  The  nature  of  the  evidence  supporting 
the  recognition  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  is  the  scheduled 
reversal  of  deferred  tax  liabilities,  projected  future  taxable 
income, and tax planning strategies. The amount of deferred 
tax  assets  considered  realizable,  however,  could  change  in 
the near term if future estimates of projected taxable income 
during the carry forward period are revised.

From  the  total  amount  of  recognized  deferred  tax  assets, 
€515  million  (2009:  €652  million)  is  related  to  entities  
that  have  suffered  a  loss  in  either  2010  or  2009  in  the  tax 
jurisdiction to which a deferred tax asset relates, and where 
utilization  is  dependent  on  future  taxable  profit  in  excess  of 
the profit arising from the reversal of existing taxable tempo-
rary differences.

At December 31, 2010, the loss carryforwards expire as follows:

Loss carryforwards recognized in the balance sheet

Breakdown of deferred tax assets and liabilities

In € millions

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Share-based compensation

Provisions: 

–  Pensions and other post-retirement 

benefits

– Restructuring

– Other provisions

Other items

Net loss carryforwards 

Deferred tax assets not recognized

Tax assets/liabilities

Set-off of tax 

 Net deferred taxes

 51 

 72 

 33 

 29 

 15 

 346 

 30 

 457 

 156 

 685 

 (376)

 1,498 

 (705)

 793 

2009

 755 

 261 

 8 

 21 

 – 

 103 

 2 

 175 

 54 

 – 

 – 

 1,379 

 (705)

 674 

 68 

 64 

 33 

 22 

 11 

 292 

 17 

 360 

 143 

 809 

 (408)

 1,411 

 (617)

 794 

2010

 781 

 160 

 5 

 20 

 – 

 158 

 3 

 29 

 50 

 – 

 – 

 1,206 

 (617)

 589 

The deferred tax assets not recognized in the balance sheet 
are related to the following items:

Unrecognized deferred tax assets

In € millions

Capital losses

Tax losses

Deductible temporary differences

 Total

2009

2010

220 

43

113 

376 

257 

29

122 

408

In € millions

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Later

Unlimited

Total

Total loss carryforwards 

Loss carryforwards not recognized in 
deferred tax assets

 Total

16 

(7)

9 

15 

(8)

7 

787 

(746)

41 

36 

(16)

20 

29 

(18)

11 

461 

(14)

447 

1,330 

(27)

2,674 

(836)

1,303 

1,838 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

101

Note 7 Discontinued operations

On October 1, 2010, we completed the divestment of National 
Starch at a gain of €53 million. The operating results for 2010 
were €74 million. For 2010, we also incurred €37 million related 
to  further  settlements  and  tax-related  costs  from  the  divest-
ments of the businesses sold to Henkel in 2009. In total, we 
reported a gain from discontinued operations of €90 million. 

Profit from discontinued operations

In € millions

Revenue

Expenses

Results from operating activities

Income tax

Results from operating activities 
after tax

Gain on the sale of National Starch

Income tax on the sale

Results related to discontinued 
operations in previous years

Tax on results related to discontinued 
operations in previous years

 Profit for the period 1

Net cash form operating activities

Net cash from investing activities 2

Net cash from financing activities

  Net cash from discontinued 
operations

2009

2010

878 

(866)

12 

13 

25 

–

–

41 

(34)

32 

777 

(667)

110 

(36)

74 

56 

(3)

(53)

16 

90 

2009

2010

19 

–

–

19 

40 

1,051 

4 

1,095 

1 All attributable to the shareholders of the company.
2 Proceeds divestment National Starch included for €1,076 million.

Deferred tax assets not recognized on the balance sheet are 
partly related to capital losses which cannot be offset against 
operational taxable profits.

Movement in deferred tax in 2009

In € millions

Net balance 
January 1, 
2009

Changes in 
exchange 
rates

Acquisitions/
divestments

Recognized 
in income

Recognized 
in equity

Net balance 
December 
31, 2009

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Share-based payments

Provisions: 

–  Pension liabilities and other  

post-retirement benefits

– Restructuring

– Other provisions

Other items

Net operating loss carryforwards 

Deferred tax assets not recognized

 Tax assets/liabilities

(810)

(184)

29 

16 

15 

448 

31 

388 

102 

517 

(377)

175 

(33)

(10)

–

(2)

–

12 

1 

10 

(1)

(7)

9 

(21)

5 

6 

(2)

–

–

–

–

1 

(1)

1 

1 

11 

134 

(1)

(2)

(1)

8 

(217)

(4)

(117)

3 

174 

(9)

(32)

–

–

–

(5)

(8)

–

–

–

(1)

–

–

(14)

(704)

(189)

25 

8 

15 

243 

28 

282 

102 

685 

(376)

119 

Movement in deferred tax in 2010

In € millions

Net balance 
January 1, 
2010

Changes in 
exchange 
rates

Acquisitions/
divestments

Recognized 
in income

Recognized 
in equity

Net balance 
December 
31, 2010

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Share-based payments

Provisions: 

–  Pension liabilities and other  

post-retirement benefits

– Restructuring

– Other provisions

Other items

Net operating loss carryforwards 

Deferred tax assets not recognized

 Tax assets/liabilities

(704)

(189)

25 

8 

15 

243 

28 

282 

102 

685 

(376)

119 

(64)

(15)

1 

–

–

16 

1 

23 

7 

36 

(31)

(26)

85 

9 

2 

–

–

(1)

–

23 

–

–

–

118 

(30)

99 

–

(2)

(1)

(124)

(15)

3 

(1)

88 

(1)

16 

–

–

–

(4)

(3)

–

–

–

(15)

–

–

(22)

(713)

(96)

28 

2 

11 

134 

14 

331 

93 

809 

(408)

205 

102 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Note 8 Employee benefits

Balance National Starch at divestment date

Salaries, wages and other employee benefits

In € millions

2010

In € millions

2009

2010

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Financial non-current assets

Inventories

Receivables

Non-current liabilities and provisions

Current liabilities

Net assets and liabilities

Cash received

Cash disposed of

 Net cash inflow

Deal result National Starch

In € millions

2010

Net cash inflow

Net assets and liabilities

Liabilities assumed and costs allocated to the deal

Realization cumulative translation reserves

 Deal result

563 

401

8 

157

198 

(189)

(169)

969

1,133 

(57)

1,076 

1,076 

(969) 

(73) 

19 

53 

Salaries and wages

Pension and other post-
retirement cost

Other social charges

Total

Employees

(2,176)

(320)

(459)

(2,955)

(2,204)

(316)

(460)

(2,980)

Average number during the year

2009

2010

Decorative Paints

Performance Coatings

Specialty Chemicals

Corporate and other

 Total

22,900 

20,200 

11,400 

1,800 

56,300 

21,800 

20,600 

11,100 

1,600 

55,100 

At  year-end  2010,  we  employed  55,590  staff  for  ongoing 
activities  (year-end  2009:  54,740  employees).  The  net 
increase was due to: 

•	 A net increase of 870 due to acquisitions and divestments, 

mainly from the acquired powder coatings activities  
(670 employees)

•	 A decrease of 1,770 employees due to ongoing 

restructuring

•	 An increase of 1,750 employees due to new hires and 

other changes 

The  average  number  of  employees  working  outside  the  
Netherlands was 50,100 (2009: 51,200). 

Performance-related shares

Salaries, wages and other employee benefits  
per cost category

In € millions

2009

2010

Cost of sales

Selling expenses

Research and development expenses

General and administrative expenses

Net financing expenses related to 
pensions and other post-retirement 
benefits

(850)

(1,035)

(201)

(698)

(171)

(978)

(1,109)

(206)

(587)

(100)

 Total

(2,955)

(2,980)

Share-based compensation
Share-based  compensation  relates  to  the  performance-
related  share  plan  as  well  as  the  performance-related  stock 
option  plan.  Charges  recognized  in  the  2010  statement 
of  income  for  share-based  compensation  amounted  to  
€30  million  and  are  included  in  salaries  and  wages  (2009:  
€23 million).

Performance-related share plan
Under  the  performance-related  share  plan,  a  number  of 
conditional shares are granted to the members of the Board 
of  Management  and  executives  each  year.  The  number  of 
participants  of  the  performance-related  share  plan  at  year-
end 2010 was 589 (2009: 579). The actual number of shares 
that will vest depends on our Total Shareholder Return (TSR) 
performance  over  a  three-year  period,  compared  with  the 
TSR performance of a specified peer group. Our TSR perfor-
mance  over  the  period  January  1,  2008,  until  December 
31,  2010,  resulted  in  an  11th  position  within  the  ranking  of 

Series

2007 – 2009

2008 – 2010

2009 – 2011

2010 – 2012

 Total

Balance at 
January 1, 
2010

Granted in 
2010

Vested in 
2010

Forfeited in 
2010 

Dividend in 
2010 1 

Balance at 
December 
31, 2010

Vested on 
January 1, 
2011

943,654 

554,640 

1,172,691 

–

2,670,985 

–

–

–

742,274 

742,274 

(943,654)

–

–

–

–

(554,640)

(30,728)

(9,441)

–

–

–

–

33,270 

1,175,233 

22,351 

755,184 

(943,654)

(594,809)

55,621 

1,930,417 

–

–

–

–

–

1 Equivalent in shares related to accumulated dividend, which is included in the balances on balance sheet date. 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

103

the  peer  group  companies.  The  vesting  percentage  of  the  
2008  grant  amounted  to  zero  percent  (series  2007-2009: 
150,78 percent including dividend shares).

As  from  2009  the  conditional  grant  of  shares  is  linked  for 
50 percent to the ranking of the company in the Dow Jones 
Sustainability  Indexes  and  the  remaining  50  percent  to  the 
relative TSR performance of the company compared with the 
peer group.

The fair value of the performance-related share plan at grant 
date is amortized as a charge against income over the three-
year  vesting  period.  The  average  fair  value  was  calculated 
by  external  specialists  and  amounted  to  €46.24  per  perfor-
mance-related  shares  conditionally  granted  in  2010  (2009: 
€26.39). The 2010 charge recognized for performance-relat-
ed shares aggregated €29 million (2009: €21 million).

The shares of the series 2007 – 2009 have vested and were 
delivered  to  the  participants  in  2010.  The  share  price  of  a 
common  AkzoNobel share at December 31, 2010, amounted 
to €46.49 (2009: €46.40).

For  further  details  on  our  performance-related  share  plan,  
see page 71.

Outstanding unconditional stock options 1

Year of issue

Exercise 
price in €

Outstanding 
per January 
1, 2010

Exercised in 
2010

Forfeited in 
2010

Expiry date

Outstanding 
at December 
31, 2010

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

 Total

46.75

46.53

19.51

31.45

31.98

46.46

58.89

51,322 

107,250 

91,751 

279,900 

406,487 

458,771 

502,369 

–

–

(91,751)

(77,700)

(109,531)

(450)

–

–

–

–

–

(375)

(6,862)

51,322 

April 30, 2011

107,250 

April 25, 2012

–

April 22, 2010

202,200 

April 25, 2011

296,581 

April 24, 2012

451,459 

April 26, 2013

–

502,369 

April 26, 2014

1,897,850 

(279,432)

(7,237)

1,611,181 

Number and weighted average exercise  
price stock options

Number of 
options

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price in €

Balance at January 1, 2009 

2,259,618 

Forfeited during the period

Expired

Exercised during the period

(29,155)

(196,040)

(136,573)

Balance at December 31, 2009

1,897,850 

Forfeited during the period

Exercised during the period

(7,237)

(279,432)

 Balance at December 31, 2010

1,611,181 

42.37

43.93

46.53

25.37

43.14

45.71

27.76

45.80

1 Including the Board of Management.

Stock option plans
Prior  to  2008,  performance-related  stock  options  were 
granted to members of the Board of Management and exec-
utives.  2007  was  the  last  year  in  which  stock  options  were 
granted. We currently do not purchase own shares in connec-
tion with the stock option plan. No financing facilities exist for 
option rights or tax payable thereon. One option entitles the 
holder thereof to buy one Akzo Nobel N.V. common share with 
the  nominal  value  of  €2.  The  exercise  price  is  the  Euronext 
Amsterdam opening price on the first day that the AkzoNobel 
share was quoted ex-dividend in the year of conditional grant. 
For  American  Depositary  Receipts  (ADR’s)  a  total  of  23,000 
option rights, to exchange for Akzo Nobel N.V. shares, remain 
outstanding  at  year-end  (2009:  51,540).  The  stock  options 
are  equity-settled  and  all  exercisable.  The  employee  buys 
the  shares  upon  exercise  of  the  options.  The  fair  value  is 
measured at grant date and amortized over the period during 
which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the 
options.  The  total  cost  in  2010  for  the  stock  options  was  
€ 1 million (2009: €2 million).

For  stock  options  exercised  during  2010,  the  weighted 
average of the actual share price at date of exercise amounted 
to €44.00 (2009: €38.59). A number of 1.1 million outstanding 
stock options are antidilutive and could potentially dilute basic 
earnings per share in the future.

104 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Note 9 Intangible assets

In € millions

Goodwill

Brands

Customer 
lists

Other 
intangibles

Total

Balance at January 1, 2009

Acquisition cost

Cost of internally developed intangibles

Accumulated amortization/impairment

 Carrying value

Movements in 2009

Acquisitions through business combinations

Other investments – including internally developed 
intangibles

Amortization 1

Impairments 1

Changes in exchange rates

Total changes

Balance at December 31, 2009

Acquisition cost

Cost of internally developed intangibles

Accumulated amortization/impairment

 Carrying value at year-end 2009

Movements in 2010

Acquisitions through business combinations

Other investments – including internally developed 
intangibles

Divestments 2

Amortization 1

Changes in exchange rates

Total changes

Balance at December 31, 2010

Acquisition cost

Cost of internally developed intangibles

Accumulated amortization/impairment 

 Carrying value at year-end 2010

1 Including amortization of National Starch.
2 Mainly National Starch.

4,822 

2,247 

1,253 

–

(1,258)

3,564 

–

(100)

2,147 

–

(139)

1,114 

33 

–

–

–

106 

139 

4 

–

(16)

–

91 

79 

47 

1 

(106)

–

28 

(30)

5,063 

2,338 

1,334 

–

(1,360)

3,703 

–

(112)

2,226 

7 

–

(84)

–

193 

116 

3 

1 

(60)

(20)

173 

97 

–

(250)

1,084 

40 

1 

(313)

(102)

109 

(265)

4,834 

2,465 

1,168 

–

(1,015)

3,819

–

(142)

2,323 

–

(349)

819 

345 

32 

(30)

347 

10 

41 

(37)

(9)

23 

28 

473 

39 

(137)

375 

16 

64

(107)

(39)

38 

(28)

452 

46 

(151)

347 

8,667 

32 

(1,527)

7,172 

94 

42 

(159)

(9)

248 

216 

9,208 

39 

(1,859)

7,388 

66 

66 

(564)

(161)

513 

(80)

8,919 

46 

(1,657)

7,308 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

105

Other  intangibles  include  licenses,  know-how,  intellectual 
property rights and development cost. Both at year-end 2010 
and 2009, there were no purchase commitments for individ-
ual intangible assets. No intangible assets were registered as 
security for bank loans.

Impairment
Goodwill  and  other  intangibles  with  indefinite  useful  lives 
are tested for impairment per business unit (one level below 
segment  level)  in  the  fourth  quarter  or  whenever  an  impair-
ment trigger exists. In 2010, no impairment was recorded for 
any business unit (2009: no impairment).

Amortization and impairment charges per cost category

In € millions

Amortization

Impairment

Total

Cost of sales

Selling expenses

General and administrative expenses

Research and development expenses

Other operating income/(expenses)

Discontinued operations

 Total

2009 

(6)

(99)

(24)

(6)

–

(24)

(159)

2010

(7)

(106)

(36)

(6)

–

(6)

(161)

2009

2010

–

–

–

–

(8)

(1)

(9)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2009

(6)

(99)

(24)

(6)

(8)

(25)

(168)

2010 

(7)

(106)

(36)

(6)

– 

(6) 

(161)

The  impairment  test  is  based  on  cash  flow  projections  of  
the five-year plan. The key assumptions used in the projec-
tions are: 

Goodwill and other intangibles per segment

In € millions

Goodwill

Brands with indefinite  
useful lives 1

Other intangibles with finite 
useful lives

•	 Revenue growth: based on actual experience, an analysis 

of market growth and the expected development of  
market share

•	 Margin development: based on actual experience and 

management’s long-term projections.

Decorative Paints

Performance Coatings

Specialty Chemicals

Discontinued operations

 Total

2009

2,515 

529 

581 

78

2010

2,556 

621 

642 

–

2009

1,760 

–

– 

56

2010

1,874 

–

26 

–

2009

798 

213 

464 

394

2010

783 

295 

511 

–

3,703 

3,819 

1,816 

1,900 

1,869 

1,589 

1 Mainly Dulux. Due to its global presence, high recognition and strategic nature, we have determined that the useful life of the Dulux brand is indefinite.

Average revenue growth rates per forecast  
period per Business Area

In %/year

2011 – 2015 2016 – 2020

Decorative Paints

Performance Coatings

Specialty Chemicals

7.7

5.8

3.6

5.1

3.6

2.7

Revenue  growth  and  margin  development  projections  are 
extrapolated beyond this five-year explicit forecast period for 
another five years with reduced growth rates.

For  virtually  all  business  units,  a  terminal  value  was  calcu-
lated using a long-term average market growth rate that did 
not exceed 2 percent. The estimated pre-tax cash flows are 
discounted  to  their  present  value  using  a  pre-tax  weighted 
average  cost  of  capital.  The  discount  rates  are  determined 
for  each  business  unit  and  range  from  8.5  percent  to  
20.4 percent, with an average of 10.5 percent.

The  outcome  of  a  sensitivity  analysis  of  a  100  basis  points 
adverse  change  in  key  assumptions  (lower  growth  rates  
or higher discount rates respectively) did not result in a differ-
ent  outcome  of  the  impairment  test  for  the  vast  majority  of 
our businesses.

106 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Note 10 Property, plant and equipment

In € millions

Buildings 
and land

Other 
equipment

Plant, 
equipment 
and 
machinery

Total

Construction 
in progress 
and 
prepayments 
on projects

Assets not 
used in the 
production 
process

Balance at January 1, 2009 

Cost of acquisition

Accumulated depreciation/impairment

 Carrying value

Movements in 2009

Acquisitions through business combinations 

Divestments

Capital expenditures 1

Transfer between categories

Depreciation 1

Impairment 1

Changes in exchange rates

Total changes

Balance at December 31, 2009

Cost of acquisition

Accumulated depreciation/impairment

 Carrying value at year-end 2009

Movements in 2010

Acquisitions through business combinations  

Divestments 2

Capital expenditures 1

Transfer between categories

Depreciation 1

Impairment 1

Changes in exchange rates

Total changes

Balance at December 31, 2010

Cost of acquisition

Accumulated depreciation/impairment

 Carrying value at year-end 2010

2,146 

(909)

1,237 

4,875 

(3,181)

1,694 

15 

(6)

65 

13 

(82)

(18)

24 

11 

35 

(19)

400 

9 

(327)

(36)

40 

102 

2,243 

(995)

1,248 

5,303 

(3,507)

1,796 

19 

(184)

114 

(11)

(81)

(2)

92 

(53)

19 

(252)

381 

11 

(311)

(26)

128 

(50)

2,254 

(1,059)

1,195 

5,654 

(3,908)

1,746 

627 

(458)

169 

3 

(3)

46 

(26)

(48)

–

5 

(23)

623 

(477)

146 

–

(3)

54 

3 

(50)

(1)

7 

10 

664 

(508)

156 

250 

–

250 

–

(2)

22 

–

–

–

4 

24 

274 

–

274 

–

(10)

7 

(2)

–

–

10 

5 

279 

– 

279 

22 

(15)

7 

–

(1)

1 

4 

(1)

–

–

3 

32 

(22)

10 

–

(1)

–

(1)

–

–

–

(2)

33 

(25)

8 

7,920 

(4,563)

3,357 

53 

(31)

534 

– 

(458)

(54)

73 

117 

8,475 

(5,001)

3,474 

38 

(450)

556 

– 

(442)

(29)

237 

(90)

8,884 

(5,500)

3,384 

1 Including National Starch.
 2 Mainly National Starch.                                                                                                                                                                                .

In  2010,  impairment  charges  have  been  recognized  for  an 
amount  of  €29  million  (2009:  €54  million).  The  impairment 
charges  have  been  recognized  in  the  cost  of  sales.  The 
impairment  charges  related  to  restructuring  activities  in, 
among others, the US, the Netherlands, Germany, France and 
Sweden. The carrying value of the property, plant and equip-
ment  financed  by  hire  purchase  and  leasing  and  not  legally 
owned by the company was €13 million (2009: €17 million),  
€9 million of which related to buildings and land, €1 million to 
plant and equipment and machinery and €3 million to other 
equipment.  Purchase  commitments  for  property,  plant  and 
equipment totaled €47 million (2009: € 60 million).

Depreciation per cost category

In € millions

2009

2010

Cost of sales

Selling expenses

General and administrative expenses

Research and development expenses

Discontinued operations

 Total

(290)

(67)

(53)

(14)

(34)

(306)

(68)

(48)

(13)

(7)

(458)

(442)

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

107

Note 11 Investments in associates and joint ventures

At year-end 2010, the carrying value of investments in associ-
ates amounted to €74 million (2009: €79 million) and in joint 
ventures €98 million (2009: €96 million).

Summary of financial information on a 100 percent basis

In € millions

Associates

Joint ventures

In  2010,  the  results  from  associates  and  joint  ventures 
amounted to a profit of €25 million (2009: €21 million). 

The  most  significant  associates  and  joint  ventures  of  
AkzoNobel  are:  Metlac  Holdings  Brl  (49  percent),  Metlac 
Spa (44 percent), Delesto B.V. (50 percent), Eka Chile SA (50 
percent), Fort Amanda Specialties LLC (50 percent) and I.C. 
Insurance Holdings Ltd (49 percent).

Information on the statement of income:

2009

2010

2009

2010

Revenue 

Income before tax

Net income

Condensed balance sheet:

Current assets

Non-current assets

 Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Shareholders’ equity

 Total liabilities and equity

95

17

6

185

25

210

71

29

110

210

121

17

11

113

124

237

44

29

164

237

600

43

32

60

205

265

–

74

191

265

594

47

34

182

218

400

115

88

197

400

108 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Note 12 Other financial non-current assets

Note 13 Inventories

Note 14 Trade and other receivables

In € millions

2009

2010

In € millions

2009

2010

In € millions

2009 

2010 

Loans and receivables

Interest rate derivatives 

Other than financial instruments

 Total

374

27

414

815

368

–

640

1,008

Raw materials and supplies

Work in progress

Finished products and goods 
for resale

Inventory prepayments

 Total

The  loans  and  receivables  include  the  subordinated  loan  of 
€83 million  granted  to  the    AkzoNobel  Pension  Fund  (APF) 
in  the  Netherlands  and  the  non-current  part  of  an  escrow 
account  of  the    AkzoNobel  (CPS)  pension  scheme  in  the 
UK  amounting  to  €158 million,  invested  in  bonds  and  cash. 
Under certain conditions, the minimum annual funding of this 
pension fund is £25 million (€28 million). 

Other  financial  non-current  assets  include  an  amount  of  
€448  million  related  to  pension  plans  in  an  asset  position 
(2009: €218 million).

Of  the  total  carrying  value  of  inventories  at  year-end  2010, 
€53 million  is  measured  at  net  realizable  value  (2009: 
€83 million).  In 2010,  €22 million  was  recognized  in  the 
statement  of  income  for  the  write-down  of  inventories 
(2009:  €32 million),  while  €8 million  of  write-downs  was 
reversed (2009: €10 million). There are no inventories subject 
to  retention  of  title  clauses.  During  2010,  an  amount  of  
€8.4  billion  including  direct  employee  benefits,  depreciation 
and amortization was recognized as costs of goods sold, out 
of finished goods (2009: €7.6 billion).

407 

73 

957 

4 

1,441 

481 

80 

Trade receivables

Prepaid expenses

1,113 

Tax receivables other than income tax

4 

1,678 

Receivables from associates and 
joint ventures

Forward exchange and commodity 
contracts

Other receivables

Discounted portion

 Total

1,890 

2,105 

130 

116 

36 

28 

382 

2,582 

(18)

2,564 

122 

135 

43 

34 

349 

2,788 

–

2,788 

Trade receivables are presented net of an allowance for impair-
ment of €114 million (2009: €133 million). In 2010, €33 million 
of impairment  losses  were  recognized  in  the  statement  of 
income (2009: €46 million).

Ageing of trade receivables

In € millions

2009

2010

Performing accounts receivable

1,592 

1,843 

Past due accounts receivable and not 
impaired:

< 3 months

3 – 6 months

6 – 9 months

9 – 12 months

> 12 months

Impaired accounts receivables

Allowance for impairment 

 Total trade receivables

262 

19 

6 

2 

6 

136 

(133)

1,890 

226 

14 

4 

2 

2 

128 

(114)

2,105

With respect to the trade and other receivables that are neither 
impaired nor past due, there are no indications as of reporting 
date that the debtors will not meet their payment obligations.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

109

Note 15 Cash and cash equivalents

Note 16 Equity

Allowance for impairment of trade receivables

In € millions

2009

2010

In € millions

2009

2010

Opening balance 

Additions charged to income

Release of unused amounts

Utilization

Acquisitions/divestments

Currency exchange differences

 Closing balance

137 

46 

(17)

(39)

1 

5 

133 

133 

33 

(22)

(40)

–

10 

114 

The  additions  to  and  release  of  the  allowance  for  impair-
ment  have  been  included  in  the  statement  of  income  under  
selling expenses.

The  maximum  exposure  to  credit  risk  at  the  reporting  date 
is the carrying value of each class of receivables mentioned 
above. We do not hold any collateral for impaired trade receiv-
ables. We do not have a significant customer concentration.

Short-term investments

Cash on hand and in banks

Included under cash and cash 
equivalents in the balance sheet

Debt to credit institutions

 Total per cash flow statement

1,171 

957 

2,128 

(209)

1,919 

1,302 

1,549 

2,851 

(168)

2,683 

Short-term investments almost entirely consist of cash loans, 
time deposits, marketable private borrowings and marketable 
securities  immediately  convertible  into  cash.  For  more  infor-
mation on credit risk management, see note 24.

At December 31, 2010, an amount of €143 million in cash and 
cash equivalents was restricted. Restricted cash is defined as 
cash that cannot be accessed centrally due to regulatory or 
contractual restrictions and mainly related to insurance. 

Subscribed share capital
The  holders  of  common  shares  are  entitled  to  receive  divi-
dends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one 
vote per share at the Annual General Meeting of shareholders. 
The holders of the priority shares are entitled to dividend of  
6  percent  per  share  or  the  statutory  interest  in  the  Nether-
lands, whichever is lower, plus any accrued and unpaid divi-
dends.  They  are  entitled  to  200  votes  per  share  (in  accor-
dance with the 200 times higher nominal value per share) at 
the Annual General Meeting of shareholders. In addition, the 
holders  of  priority  shares  have  the  right  to  draw  up  binding 
lists  of  nominees  for  appoint ment  to  the  Supervisory  Board 
and the Board of Management; amendments to the Articles 
of Association are subject to the approval of the Meeting of 
Holders of Priority Shares.

Priority shares may only be transferred to a transferee desig-
nated by a Meeting of Holders of Priority Shares and against 
payment  of  the  par  value  of  the  shares,  plus  interest  at  the 
rate  of  6  percent  per  annum  or  the  statutory  interest  in  the 
Netherlands,  whichever  is  lower.  There  are  no  restrictions 
on  voting  rights  of  holders  of  common  or  priority  shares. 
The  Articles  of  Association  set  out  procedures  for  exercis-
ing voting rights. The Annual General Meeting of shareholders 
has in 2010 resolved to authorize the Board of Management 
for a period of 18 months (i) to issue shares (or grant rights 
to  shares)  in  the  capital  of  the  company  up  to  a  maximum 
of 10 percent, which in case of mergers or acquisitions can 
be increased by up to a maximum of 10 percent, of the total 
number of shares outstanding (and to restrict or exclude the 
pre-emptive rights to those shares) and (ii) to acquire shares in 
the capital of the company, provided that the shares that will 
at any time be held will not exceed 10 percent of the issued 
share capital. The issue or repurchase of shares requires the 
approval of the Supervisory Board.

110 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Cumulative translation reserves comprise all foreign exchange 
differences arising from the translation of the financial state-
ments  of  foreign  operations,  as  well  as  from  the  translation 
of intercompany loans with a permanent nature and liabilities 
and  derivatives  that  hedge  the  net  investments  in  a  foreign 
subsidiary.  Tax  related  to  exchange  differences  arising  on 
translation  of  foreign  operations  were  €20  million  negative 
(2009: €33 million negative).

Equity-settled transactions include the stock option program 
and the performance-related share plan whereby options or 
shares  are  granted  to  the  Board  of  Management  and  other 
executives.  For  details  of  the  performance-related  stock 
option  plan  and  the  performance-related  share  plan  for  the 
Board of Management and other executives, see note 8.

Dividend
We  have  announced  a  simplified  dividend  policy  and  intend 
to  pay  a  stable  to  rising  dividend,  whereby  a  cash  interim 
and final dividend will be paid. We will propose to the Annual 
General Meeting on April 27, 2011, a 2010 final dividend of 
€1.08 per share, which would make a total 2010 dividend of 
€1.40 per share (2009:€1.35). During 2010, we paid the 2009 
final dividend of €1.05 and the 2010 interim dividend of €0.32.

Composition of share capital at year-end

In €

Authorized 
share capital

Subscribed 
share capital

Of  the  shareholders’  equity  of  €9.0 billion,  an  amount  of  
€8.2 billion (2009: €7.1 billion) was unrestricted and available 
for distribution – subject to the relevant provisions of our Arti-
cles of Association and Dutch law.

19,200 

19,200 

Unrestricted reserves at year-end

400,000,000 

– 

In € millions

2009

2010

Priority shares (48 with nominal 
value of €400)

Cumulative preferred shares (200 
million with nominal value of €2)

Common shares (600 million with 
nominal value of €2)

1,200,000,000  467,060,908 

 Total

1,600,019,200 467,080,108

Outstanding common shares

Number of shares

2009

2010

Outstanding at January 1

231,664,187  232,253,633 

Issued in connection to stock options 
exercised and performance-related 
shares granted

589,446 

1,276,821 

 Balance at year-end

232,253,633 233,530,454

We held no common shares at year-end 2010 or 2009. 

Earnings  per  common  share  are  calculated  by  dividing  net 
income by the weighted average number of common shares 
outstanding during the year. 

Weighted average number of shares

Number of shares

2009

2010

Issued common shares at January 1

231,664,187  232,253,633 

Effect of: 

Issued common shares during 
the year

Shares for basic earnings per share 
for the year

Effect of dilutive shares:

For stock options

405,258 

974,699 

232,069,445  233,228,332 

264,013 

191,601 

For performance-related shares

2,484,787 

1,189,146 

  Shares for diluted earnings 
per share

234,818,245  234,609,079 

Shareholders’ equity at year-end

Subscribed share capital

Subsidiaries’ restrictions to transfer 
funds

Statutory reserve due to capital 
reduction

Revaluation reserve for step 
acquisitions

Reserve for development costs

Cash flow hedge reserve

 Unrestricted reserves 

7,775 

(465)

(152)

(77)

(7)

(8)

–

8,984 

(467)

(149)

(77)

(7)

(16)

(29)

7,066 

8,239 

At  the  Annual  General  Meeting  of  shareholders  of  April  26, 
2001,  an  amendment  to  the  Articles  of  Association  was 
approved  whereby  the  par  value  of  the  priority  shares  was 
decreased to €400 and of the common shares and the cumu-
lative  preferred  shares  to  €2.  As  the  revised  nominal  values 
are  somewhat  lower  than  the  original  par  values,  in accor-
dance  with  section  67a  of  Book  2  of  the  Netherlands  Civil 
Code,  we  recognized  a  statutory  reserve  of  €77 million  for 
this reduction in subscribed share capital. Statutory reserves 
also include €16 million for capitalized development costs, as 
well as the reserves relating to earnings retained by subsidiar-
ies,  associates,  and  joint  ventures  after  1983.  In  2009,  we 
acquired 70 percent equity interest in a company which we 
already  owned  for  30  percent.  The  revaluation  of  the  initital 
interest of 30 percent was recorded on a revaluation reserve. 
Statutory and revaluation reserves are non-distributable.

Other components of shareholders’ equity
Changes  in  fair  value  of  derivatives  comprise  the  effective 
portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash 
flow hedging instruments related to hedged transactions that 
have not yet occurred. Tax related to cash flow hedges was 
€15 million negative (2009: €5 million negative).

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

111

Note 17 Provisions

Movements in provisions

In € millions

Pensions and 
other post-
retirement 
benefits

Restructuring 
of activities

Environmental 
costs

Other

Total

Balance at January 1, 2010

Additions made during the year

Utilization

Amounts reversed during the year

Unwind of discount

Acquisitions/divestments

Pension plans changing to net asset position

Changes in exchange rates

 Balance at December 31, 2010

Non-current portion of provisions

Current portion of provisions 

 Balance at December 31, 2010

1,439 

187 

(555)

– 

– 

(59)

229 

40 

1,281 

1,066 

215 

1,281 

226 

94 

(178)

(15)

2 

(1)

–

9 

137 

23 

114 

137 

352 

59 

(35)

(4)

21 

(1)

–

27 

419 

374 

45 

419 

699 

70 

(155)

(42)

19 

(6)

–

26 

611 

392 

219 

611 

2,716 

410 

(923)

(61)

42 

(67)

229 

102 

2,448 

1,855 

593 

2,448 

Provisions for pensions and other  
post-retirement benefits
We  have  a  number  of  defined  benefit  pension  plans.  The 
largest  pension  plans  are  the  ICI  Pension  Fund  and  the 
AkzoNobel (CPS) Pension Scheme in the UK which together 
account for 78 percent of our pension plan obligations. The 
benefits of these and other plans are based primarily on years 
of service and employees’ compensation. The funding policy 
for the plans is consistent with local requirements in the coun-
tries  of  establishment.  Obligations  under  the  defined  benefit 
plans are systematically provided for by depositing funds with 
trustees or separate foundations, under insurance policies, or 
by balance sheet provisions. Plan assets principally consist of 
long-term interest-earning investments, quoted equity securi-
ties  and  real  estate.  Valuations  of  the  obligations  under  the 
pension and other post-retirement plans are carried out regu-
larly by independent qualified actuaries.

We also provide certain healthcare and life insurance benefits 
to retired employees, mainly in the US and the Netherlands. 
We  accrue  for  the  expected  costs  of  providing  such  post-
retirement benefits during the service years of the employees.

The  main  change  in  2010  related  to  our  pension  and  other 
post-retirement  obligations  was  the  divestment  of  National 
Starch,  which  is  included  within  the  acquisition/divestment/
transfers  line  of  the  table  on  the  next  page.  The  figures 
included  in  relation  to  National  Starch  divestment  were  a  
€179 million reduction in the pension defined benefit obliga-
tion,  a  €90  million  reduction  in  pension  plan  assets  and  an  
€11  million  reduction  in  the  other  post-retirement  benefit 
defined benefit obligation. Together with €40 million of unrec-
ognized  actuarial  losses  that  were  recognized  as  part  of 
the  divestment,  the  net  balance  sheet  liability  reduction  for 
pensions  and  other  post-retirement  benefits  was  therefore 
€60 million.

112 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Movements in defined benefit obligation and plan 
assets of pensions and other post-retirement benefits

In € millions

Pensions

Other post- retirement 
benefits

Defined benefit obligation

Balance at beginning of year

Acquisitions/divestments/transfers

Curtailments

Settlements

Past service costs

Current service costs

Contribution by employees

Interest costs

Benefits paid

Actuarial gains/(losses)

Changes in exchange rates

2009

2010

2009

2010

(11,468)

(13,688)

(441)

(32)

25 

197 

(28)

(50)

(5)

(746)

943 

(1,703)

(821)

192

6 

15 

(8)

(52)

(3)

(773)

936 

(250)

(546)

–

–

–

48 

(7)

(3)

(24)

40 

(7)

1 

(393)

16 

–

–

3 

(7)

(3)

(20)

34 

4 

(28)

Defined benefit obligation at year-end

(13,688)

(14,171)

(393)

(394)

Plan assets

Balance at beginning of year

Acquisitions/divestments/transfers

Settlements

Contribution by employer

Contribution by employees

Benefits paid

Expected return on plan assets

Actuarial gains/(losses)

Changes in exchange rates

Plan assets at year-end 

 Funded status

Unrecognized net loss/(gain)

Unrecognized past service costs

Restriction on asset recognition

Medicare receivable

 Net balance sheet provision

Recorded under:

Provisions for pensions and other 
post-retirement benefits

Other financial non-current assets

 Total

10,480 

11,821 

31 

(217)

414 

5 

(943)

596 

614 

841 

(105)

(14)

524 

3 

(936)

691 

652 

486 

11,821 

(1,867)

13,122 

(1,049)

1,065 

637 

4 

–

–

4 

–

–

–

–

–

37 

3 

(40)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

31 

3 

(34)

–

–

–

– 

(393)

(394)

(4)

(20)

–

(5)

(6)

(19)

–

(6)

(798)

(408)

(422)

(425)

(1,017)

219 

(798)

(856)

448 

(408)

(422)

–

(422)

 (425)

–

(425)

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

113

Funded and unfunded pension plans

In € millions

2009

2010

Wholly or partly funded plans

Unfunded plans

 Total

13,347

341

13,688

 13,792 

 379 

14,171

Funded status in earlier years at December 31

In € millions

Pensions

Other post-retirement benefits

Defined benefit obligation

Plan assets

 Funded status

2006

(5,760)

3,942 

(1,818)

2007

(4,628)

3,502 

(1,126)

2008

(11,468)

10,480 

(988)

2006

(292)

–

(292)

2007

(286)

–

(286)

2008

(441)

–

(441)

The actuarial gains and losses on the defined benefit obligation and 
plan assets over the period 2006 – 2010 break down as follows:

Actuarial gains and losses

In € millions

Pensions

Other post-retirement benefits

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2 

(199)

214 

17 

90 

166 

(29)

227 

(147)

1,624 

(1,445)

32 

331 

(2,034)

614 

(1,089)

(92)

(158)

652 

402 

74 

19 

–

93 

(3)

6 

–

3 

(5)

5 

–

– 

5 

(12)

–

(7)

23 

(19)

–

4 

Defined benefit obligations:

Due to experience

Due to change in assumptions

Plan assets:

Due to experience

 Total

Net periodic cost

In € millions

Service costs for benefits earned during the period

Interest costs on defined benefit obligations

Expected return on plan assets

Amortization of unrecognized gains/losses

Amortization of past service costs

Change of restriction of asset recognition

Settlement/curtailment result

 Total

Pensions

Other post-retirement 
benefits

2009

 (50)

 (746)

 596 

 (12)

 (23)

(1)

 21 

(215)

2010

 (52)

 (773)

 691 

 (36)

 (7)

–

 6 

(171)

2009

 (7)

 (24)

–

–

 41 

–

–

10 

2010

 (7)

 (20)

–

–

 5 

–

–

(22)

The  remaining  plans  primarily  represent  defined  contribution 
plans.  This  includes,  among  others,  the  AkzoNobel  Pension 
Fund in the Netherlands. The ITP2 plan in Sweden is financed 
through insurance with the Alecta insurance company and is 
classified as a multi-employer defined benefit plan. AkzoNobel 
does not have access to sufficient information from Alecta to 
enable a defined benefit accounting treatment and hence it is 
accounted for as a defined contribution plan. Contributions in 
2010  were  €10  million.  Alecta’s  target  funding  ratio  in  2010 
was 140 percent. The expenses of plans classified as defined 
contribution plans in AkzoNobel totaled €136 million in 2010 
(2009: €118 million).

114 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Weighted average assumptions

In %

Pensions

Pension benefit obligation at 
December 31:

– Discount rate

– Rate of compensation increase

Net periodic pension costs:

– Discount rate

– Rate of compensation increase

– Expected return on plan assets

Other post-retirement 
benefits

2009

2010

2009

2010

5.6 

4.6 

6.3 

3.5 

5.2 

5.4 

4.6 

5.6 

4.6 

5.7 

5.3 

4.9 

6.0 

5.3 

The  table  below  illustrates  the  weighted  average  life  expec-
tancy  of  the  persons  participating  in  the  defined  benefit 
pension plans.

on the basis of the outcome of these ALM studies, taking into 
account the national rules and regulations. 

Life expectancy

In years

At December 31

Currently aged 60: 

Male

Female

Currently aged 45, at age 60:

Male

Female

2009

2010

25.3 

27.8 

26.8 

29.1 

25.5 

27.9 

27.0 

29.2 

Plan assets
The  assumptions  for  the  expected  return  on  plan  assets 
were based on a review of the historical returns of the asset 
classes in which the assets of the pension plans are invested. 
The historical returns on these asset classes were weighted 
based on the expected long-term allocation of the assets of 
the pension plans. The primary objective with regard to the 
investment of pension plan assets is ensuring that each indi-
vidual scheme has sufficient funds available to satisfy future 
benefit obligations. For this purpose so-called asset and liabil-
ity management (ALM) studies are made periodically at each 
pension fund under responsibility of the fund managers. For 
each of the pension plans an appropriate mix is determined 

Pension plan assets principally consist of long-term interest-
earning investments, quoted equity securities and real estate. 
At year-end 2010 and 2009, plan assets did not include finan-
cial  instruments  issued  by  the  company,  nor  any  property 
occupied or other assets used by it. The weighted average 
pension plan asset allocation at year-end 2010 and 2009 and 
the target allocation for 2011 for the pension plans by asset 
category are as follows:

At  year-end  2010,  an  amount  of  £160  million  (€186  million; 
2009:  £174  million  or  €195  million)  remained  in  an  escrow 
account on behalf of the AkzoNobel (CPS) Pension Scheme in 
the UK. The present minimum annual funding of this pension 
fund  from  the  escrow  account  is  £25  million.  The  current 
portion  is  included  in  trade  and  other  receivables,  and  the 
non-current part in other financial non-current assets. For the 
latter see also note 12.

Weighted average assumptions for the other post-retirement 
benefit plans were as follows:

Plan asset allocation

Assumed healthcare cost trend rates at year-end

In %

Plan assets 
 at December 31

Target 

In %/year

2009

2010

Equity securities

Long-term interest 
earning investments

Real estate

Other

 Total

2009

17

72

2

9

100

2010

16

73

2

9

100

2011

15 – 18

72 – 75

0 – 3

6 – 9

100

Healthcare cost trend rate  
assumed for next year

Rate to which the cost trend rate  
is assumed to decline  
(the ultimate trend rate)

Year that the rate reaches  
the ultimate trend rate

5.8 

3.8 

6.7 

3.8 

2015 – 2024 2019 – 2024

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

115

Note 18 Long-term borrowings

Provisions for restructuring of activities
Provisions  for  restructuring  of  activities  comprise  accruals 
for certain employee benefits and for costs which are directly 
associated with plans to exit or cease specific activities and 
closing  down  of facilities.  For  all  restructuring  provisions  a 
detailed  formal  plan  exists  and  the  implementation  of  the 
plan has started or the plan has been announced before the 
balance sheet date. Most restructuring plans are expected to 
be completed within two years from the balance sheet date. 
For more information, see note 3.

In € millions

Debt issued

Debt to credit institutions

Other borrowings

 Total

2009

2010

3,276

7

205

3,488

2,684

6

190

2,880

The amounts due within one year are presented under short-
term borrowings. For details on the exposure to interest rate 
and foreign currency risk, see note 24. 

Provisions for environmental costs
For details on environmental exposures, see note 21.

During  2010,  the  average  effective  interest  rate  was  6.14 
percent (2009: 5.87 percent).

Other provisions
Other provisions relate to a great variety of risks and commit-
ments, including provisions for antitrust cases, claims, other 
long-term employee benefits such as long-service leave and 
jubilee payments. At year-end 2010, the provision for antitrust 
cases  amounted  to  €158 million  (2009:  €188 million),  see 
note 21. 

The majority of the cash outflows related to other provisions 
are  expected  to  be  within  one  to  five  years.  In  calculating 
the  other  provisions,  a  pre-tax  discount  rate  of  on  average  
5 percent has been used.

Debt issued 

In € millions

2009

2010

4 1/4 % 2003/11 (€750/€539 million)

5 5/8 % 2003/13 ($500 million)

7 3/4 % 2008/14 (€1 billion )

7 1/4 % 2009/15 (€750 million)

7 1/4 % 2009/15 (€225 million)

8 % 2009/16 (£250 million)

Other 

 Total

533

347

993

746

259

278

120

–

375

995

748

252

289

25

3,276

2,684

Aggregate maturities of long-term borrowings

In € millions

Debt issued

Debt to credit institutions

Other borrowings

 Total

2012 – 2015 After 2015

 2,395 

 2 

 162 

 2,559 

 289 

 4 

 28 

 321 

Assumed healthcare cost trend rates can have a significant 
effect  on  the  amounts  reported  for  the  healthcare  plans.  A 
one  percentage  point  change  in  assumed  healthcare  cost 
trend rates would have the following effects: 

Sensitivity healthcare cost trends

In € millions

(Increase)/decrease on total of service 
and interest cost

(Increase)/decrease on post-retirement 
benefit obligations

1% point 
increase

1% point 
decrease

(1)

 (12)

 1 

 10 

In the US, the Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and 
Modernization  Act  of  2003  introduced  prescription  drug 
benefits  for  retirees,  as  well  as  a  federal  subsidy  to  spon-
sors  of  post-retirement  healthcare  plans,  which  both  began 
on  January  1,  2006.  We  have  recognized  this  reimburse-
ment  right  as  an  asset  under  other  financial  non-current 
assets,  measured  at    fair  value  amounting  to  €6  million  at  
December 31, 2010 (December 31, 2009: €5 million).

Cash flows
We  expect  to  contribute  €525  million  to  our  defined  benefit 
pension  plans  in  2011.  This  includes  additional  top-up 
payments  of  £178  million  (€206  million)  for  the  ICI  Pension 
Fund  and  £85  million  (€99  million)  for  the  AkzoNobel  (CPS) 
Pension Scheme of which £25 million (€29 million) will be paid 
out of the escrow account. For other post-retirement benefit 
plans the contribution for 2011 is expected to be €32 million.

Expected benefit payments

In € millions

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Pensions

Other post-
retirement 

953 

937 

941 

948 

953 

32 

32 

32 

32 

32 

2016 – 2020

4,875 

154 

116 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Note 19 Short-term borrowings

Note 20 Trade and other payables

On December 31, 2010 and 2009, the total amount of long-
term credit facilities arranged by   AkzoNobel was €1.5 billion, 
maturing in 2013. Both at year-end 2010 and 2009, this facil-
ity had not been drawn. On December 31, 2010 and 2009, 
none of the borrowings was secured by collateral.

Finance lease liabilities are included in other borrowings and 
aggregated €10 million. An amount of €2 million will mature 
within one year and €8 million will mature in the period 2012 
through 2015.

In € millions

2009

2010

In € millions

2009

2010

Debt to credit institutions

Borrowings from associates and joint 
ventures

Current portion of long-term 
borrowings

 Total

209 

61 

114 

384 

168 

–

739 

907 

In June 2011, bonds totaling  €0.5 billion will mature and are as 
such classified as short-term borrowings. 

AkzoNobel  has  a  $1.0  billion  commercial  paper  program  in 
the US and a €1.5 billion euro commercial paper program. On 
December  31,  2010,  the  commercial  paper  programs  were 
not used (2009: € nil). The commercial paper programs can 
only be used to the extent that the equivalent portion of the 
revolving credit facility is not used. See also note 24.

Suppliers

1,522

1,807

Amounts payable to employees

Derivatives

Non-income taxes and social security 
contributions

Prepayments by customers

Dividends

Payable to related parties

Other liabilities

 Total

230

112

209

23

17

3

750

2,866

261

137

216

24

20

30

810

3,305

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

117

Note 21 Contingent liabilities and commitments

Environmental matters
We are confronted with substantial costs arising out of envi-
ronmental  laws  and  regulations,  which  include  obligations 
to  eliminate  or  limit  the  effects  on  the  environment  of  the 
disposal or release of certain wastes or substances at various 
sites. Proceedings involving environmental matters, such as 
the alleged discharge of chemicals or waste materials into the 
air, water, or soil, are pending against us in various countries. 
In some cases this concerns sites divested in prior years or 
derelict sites belonging to companies acquired in the past.

It is our policy to accrue and charge against earnings environ-
mental clean-up costs when it is probable that a liability has 
materialized  and  an  amount  is  reasonably  estimable.  These 
accruals  are  reviewed  periodically  and  adjusted,  if  neces-
sary, as assessments and clean-ups proceed and additional 
information  becomes  available.  Environmental  liabilities  can 
change  substantially  due  to  the  emergence  of  additional 
information  on  the  nature  or  extent  of  the  contamination, 
the  necessity  of  employing  particular  methods  of  remedia-
tion, actions by governmental agencies or private parties, or 
other factors. Cash expenditures often lag behind the period 
in which an accrual is recorded by a number of years.

EU  General  Court  against  decisions  by  the  EU  Commission 
to impose fines on the company for violations of EU competi-
tion laws regarding the following products: Metacrylates and 
Heat  Stabilizers.  Both  cases  have  been  provided  for.  The 
total  provision  for  the  various  antitrust  cases  at  December 
31,  2010,  amounted  to  €158  million  (2009:  €188  million).  It 
should  be  understood  that,  in  light  of  possible  future  devel-
opments,  such  as  (a)  potential  additional  lawsuits  by  (direct 
or  indirect)  purchasers,  (b)  possible  future  civil  settlements, 
and (c) rulings or judgments in the appeals with the General 
Court  or  in  related  civil  suits,  the  antitrust  cases  may  result 
in additional liabilities and related costs. At this point in time, 
we  cannot  estimate  any  additional  amount  of  loss  or  range 
of  loss  in  excess  of  the  recorded  amounts  with  sufficient 
certainty  to  allow  such  amount  or  range  of  amounts  to  be 
meaningful. Moreover, if and to the extent that the contingent 
liabilities materialize, they are typically paid over a number of 
years and the timing of such payments cannot be predicted 
with  confidence.  The  company  believes  that  the  aggregate 
amount of any additional fines and civil damages to be paid 
will not materially affect the company’s financial position. The 
aggregate amount, however, could be material to our results 
of operations or cash flows in any one accounting period. 

As  stated  in  note  17,  the  provisions  for  environmental 
costs  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  the  aforesaid  poli-
cies  aggregated  €419  million  at  year-end  2010  (2009:  
€352  million).  The  provision  has  been  discounted  using 
an  average  pre-tax  discount  rate  of  4.1  percent  (2009:  
4.3 percent). While it is not feasible to predict the outcome 
of  all  pending  environmental  exposures,  it  is  reasonably 
possible  that  there  will  be  a  need  for  future  provisions  for 
environmental costs which, in management’s opinion, based 
on  information  currently  available,  would  not  have  a  mate-
rial  effect  on  the  company’s  financial  position  but  could  be 
material  to  the  company’s  results  of  operations  in  any  one 
accounting period. 

Antitrust cases
AkzoNobel is – together with others – involved in civil proceed-
ings  initiated  by  Cartel  Damages  Claims  HP  SA/NV  before 
the Dortmund court in Germany in relation to the Hydrogen 
Peroxide infringement in the 1990’s. These claims are disput-
ed. Two cases are pending in appeal by the company with the 

Other claims and litigation
In  1986,  an  ICI  subsidiary  acquired  a  business  that  manu-
factured  and  sold  paint  in  the  US  and  Canada,  and  named 
the company the Glidden Company (“Glidden”). Glidden was 
renamed as Akzo Nobel Paints LLC and is an indirect subsid-
iary of the company. The seller, a predecessor of Millennium 
Holdings LLC (the “Seller”), now a subsidiary of LyondellBa-
sell Industries, continued to manufacture and sell pigment. An 
alleged predecessor of Glidden and the Seller manufactured 
lead  pigment  until  the  1950s  and  lead  pigment-based  paint 
until  the  1960s.  Beginning  in  the  late  1980s,  both  Glidden 
and the Seller were named as defendants along with former 
producers of lead pigment and lead pigment-based paint in 
a  number  of  lawsuits  in  the  United  States.  These  lawsuits 
sought  damages  for  alleged  personal  injury  caused  by  lead 
pigment-based paint or the costs of removing lead pigment-
based paint. As the suits progressed, the plaintiffs shifted their 
focus to manufacturers of lead pigment. As of 2010, Glidden 
has been dismissed from all of these lawsuits.

Under  the  sale  agreement  by  which  Glidden  was  acquired, 
the  Seller  agreed  to  indemnify  Glidden  against  claims  relat-
ing  to  certain  pre-completion  liabilities,  and  Glidden  also 
gave certain indemnities to the Seller. While Glidden did not 
acquire any assets or liabilities relating to the manufacture or 
sale of pigments, the Seller has asserted that it is entitled to 
indemnification under the sale agreement for certain liabilities 
it  may  have  relating  to  lead  pigment  and/or  lead  pigment-
based paint litigation. In its public disclosures, the Seller has 
stated that it continues to defend against a number of lead-
based lawsuits although it asserts that the claims are without 
merit. In 2008, the Seller filed suit against Glidden in New York 
Supreme Court seeking to establish the alleged indemnifica-
tion  obligation.  Glidden  believes  that  it  has  no  such  obliga-
tion to indemnify the Seller and is defending against the claim. 
In  2009,  the  Seller  filed  for  bankruptcy  as  part  of  the  bank-
ruptcy of its parent LyondellBasell. An issue has arisen in the 
bankruptcy proceeding that could impact the indemnification 
claim. Under the 1986 agreement, Seller agreed to indemnify 
Glidden  for  certain  environmental  obligations.  In  the  bank-
ruptcy  proceeding,  Seller  tried  to  reject  their  environmental 
indemnification obligations but retain their right to sue under 
the alleged lead paint indemnification. In 2010, the bankrupt-
cy judge ruled that the indemnification obligations are part of a 
single agreement and Seller must choose to reject or assume 
the  entire  agreement.  Seller  has  appealed  the  bankruptcy 
ruling. We are unable to reliably estimate any possible loss.

The US Army Pensions case reported in previous years was 
settled in 2010. 

A  number  of  other  claims  are  pending,  all  of  which  are 
contested. We are also involved in disputes with tax authori-
ties in several jurisdictions. While the outcome of these claims 
and disputes cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe, 
based  upon  legal  advice  and  information  received,  that  the 
final outcome will not materially affect our consolidated finan-
cial position but could be material to our results of operations 
or cash flows in any one accounting period. 

118 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

•	  In recognition of a funding deficit in the J P McDougall 

Pension Scheme in the UK, the company has agreed to 
make top-up contributions of £2 million in each year to 
2018.

During  2010,  we  considered  the  members  of  the  Board 
of  Management  and  the  Supervisory  Board  to  be  the  key 
management personnel as defined in IAS 24 “Related parties”. 
For  details  on  their  remuneration,  as  well  as  on  shares  and 
options held, see note 23. In the ordinary course of business, 
we  have  transactions  with  various  organizations  with  which 
certain  of  the  members  of  the  Supervisory  Board  or  Board 
of Management are associated, but no related party transac-
tions were effected in 2010. Likewise, there have not been any 
transactions with members of the Supervisory Board or Board 
of Management, any other senior management personnel or 
any family member of such persons. Also no loans have been 
extended to members of the Supervisory Board or Board of 
Management, any other senior management personnel or any 
family member of such persons.

Note 22 Related party transactions

Commitments
Purchase  commitments  for  property,  plant  and  equipment 
aggregated €47 million at year-end 2010 (2009: €60 million). 
In addition, we have purchase commitments for raw materials 
and supplies incident to the ordinary conduct of business, for 
a total of €1.0 billion (2009: €1.2 billion).

Long-term  commitments  contracted  in  respect  of  lease-
hold,  rental,  operational  leases,  research,  etc.  aggregated  
€605 million at year-end 2010 (2009: €572 million), as follows:

We purchased and sold goods and services to various related 
parties in which we hold a 50 percent or less equity interest 
(investment  in  associates  and  joint  ventures).  Such  transac-
tions  were  conducted  at  arm’s  length  with  terms  compara-
ble  to  transactions  with  third  parties.  In  2010,  a  significant 
related party transaction was a €166 million gas supply (2009:  
€218  million)  by  the  company  to  Delesto,  a  joint  venture  of 
AkzoNobel  and  Essent.  Delesto  transforms  gas  into  steam 
and electricity. The steam is used in our production processes 
and the electricity is sold to the market.

In € millions

2009

2010

We have contracts with several pension funds, for which the 
financial impact is disclosed in note 17.

Payments due within one year 

Payments between one and five years

Payments due after more than five 
years

 Total

169 

289 

114 

572 

168 

305 

132 

605 

Maturity of long-term commitments
Guarantees  related  to  investments  in  associates  and  joint 
ventures totaled €9 million (December 31, 2009: €12 million). 

In  connection  with  the  Organon  BioSciences  divestment  to 
Schering-Plough, AkzoNobel has limited its maximum expo-
sure  to  claims  to  €850  million.  The  provided  guarantees 
and indemnities have varying maturity periods. We have not 
recognized a provision in relation to this exposure. 

•	 At year-end 2010, AkzoNobel had a loan to the 

AkzoNobel Pension Fund in the Netherlands of €83 million 
(2009: €90 million)

•	 In recognition of a funding deficit in the ICI Pension Fund 
in the UK, the company has agreed to make top-up 
contributions of £178 million in the year 2011, £198 million 
in each year from 2012 to 2016 and of £195m in 2017.

•	 A subsidiary of the company, Imperial Chemicals 
Industries Limited has provided an asset-backed 
guarantee, via another wholly owned subsidiary, ICI 
Receivables Funding Ltd (ICI RF), specifically incorporated 
to provide the guarantee, for £250 million to support  
its commitment for the ICI Pension Fund (also see note 
17). The guarantee is backed by the cash balances of ICI 
RF of £201 million and the remainder by means of letters 
of credit

•	  In recognition of a funding deficit in the AkzoNobel (CPS) 
Pension Scheme in the UK, the company has agreed to 
make top-up contributions of £60 million in the year 2011 
and of £75 million in each year from 2012 to 2018. In 
addition, contributions of at least £25m will be paid each 
year from the escrow account (see notes 12 and 17)  
until 2017 or the earlier date on which the escrow account 
is exhausted

•	  In recognition of a funding deficit in the ICI Specialty 

Chemicals Fund in the UK, the company has agreed to 
make top-up contributions of £11 million in the year 2011 
and of £5 million in each year from 2012 to 2017 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

119

Note 23 Remuneration of the Supervisory Board  
and the Board of Management

Total compensation to key management personnel amount-
ed  to  €12.9  million  (2009:  €9,2  million),  €7.4  million  relates 
to  short  term  employee  benefits  (2009:  €5,7  million);  
€1.7 million to post-employment benefits (2009: €1,0 million) 
and €3.8 million to share-based payments (2009: €2.5 million).

Supervisory Board

In € 

Karel Vuursteen, Chairman 1

Maarten van den Bergh 2

Uwe-Ernst Bufe, Deputy Chairman

Virginia Bottomley 1

Dolf van den Brink 

Peggy Bruzelius

Antony Burgmans 1 

Peter Ellwood 1

Louis Hughes  

 Total

1  Also member of the Nomination Committee.
2 Until March 5, 2009.

Total 
remuneration

Remuneration Attendance 

fee

Audit 
committee

Remuneration 
committee

Nomination 
committee

Employer’s 
charges

Total 
remuneration

Committee allowance fee

2009

115,500 

100,000 

2,500 

19,200 

85,500 

82,200 

77,200 

84,700 

69,200 

80,500 

117,200 

731,200 

–

60,000 

50,000 

50,000 

50,000 

50,000 

50,000 

50,000 

460,000 

–

15,000 

12,500 

2,500 

17,500 

2,500 

10,000 

30,000 

92,500 

–

–

–

–

20,000 

15,000 

–

–

15,000

50,000 

–

–

–

10,000 

–

–

15,000 

10,000 

–

15,000 

2,300 

119,800 

2010

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,300

2,300 

–

2,300 

–

2,300 

2,300 

–

77,300 

74,800 

72,500 

84,800 

67,500 

72,300 

97,300 

35,000 

15,000 

13,800 

666,300 

Members  of  the  Supervisory  Board  receive  a  fixed  remu-
neration: €100,000 for the Chairman, €60,000 for the Deputy 
Chairman and €50,000 for the other members. Members of 
committees  receive  an  extra  compensation.  Members  living 
outside the Netherlands receive an attendance fee dependent 
on  the  country  of  residence.  Members  who  are  resident  in 
the Netherlands do not receive an attendance fee except for 
meetings held outside the Netherlands.

We  do  not  grant  share-based  compensation  to  our  Super-
visory  Board  members,  neither  do  we  extend  loans.  Travel 
expenses  and  facilities  for  members  of  the  Supervisory 
Board  are  borne  by  the  company  and  reviewed  by  the  
Audit Committee. 

The  shares  in  the  company  owned  by  Supervisory  Board 
members serve as a long-term investment in the company.

In  accordance  with  the  Articles  of  Association  and  good 
corporate  governance  practice,  the  remuneration  of  Super-
visory  Board  members  is  not  dependent  on  the  results  of  
the company.

Shares held by the members of the Supervisory Board

Number of shares at year-end

2009

2010

Karel Vuursteen

Uwe-Ernst Bufe

Virginia Bottomley

Dolf van den Brink

Peggy Bruzelius

Antony Burgmans

Peter Ellwood

Louis Hughes

400 

–

1,758 

–

500 

–

500 

–

400 

500 

1,758 

500 

500 

500 

500 

500 

120 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Board of Management
Active members
The  individual  contracts  of  the  members  of  the  Board  of 
Management are determined by the Supervisory Board within 
the  framework  of  the  remuneration  policy  adopted  by  the 
Annual  General  Meeting  of  shareholders.  For  more  detailed 
information  on  the  decisions  of  the  Supervisory  Board  with 
respect  to  the  individual  contracts  of  the  members  of  the 
Board of Management, see the Remuneration report.

Board remuneration

In €

Salary

Short-term 
incentives

Other short-
term benefits

Post-
employment 
benefits

Share-based 
compensation

Total 
remuneration

Hans Wijers

Leif Darner

Rob Frohn

Tex Gunning 1

Keith Nichols 

 Total

1 As from May 1, 2009.

2009

2010

2009

2010

760,000 

570,000 

570,000 

380,000 

570,000 

765,700 

574,300 

574,300 

574,300 

574,300 

464,000 

1,284,200

339,300 

339,300 

226,200 

339,300 

513,000

513,000

513,000

513,000

2,850,000 

3,062,900 

1,708,100 

3,336,200 

2009

4,100 

2010

4,400 

151,900 

151,800 

2009

2010

2009

2010

2009

2010

458,400 

208,600 

146,000 

88,900 

7,100 

4,400 

213,300 

124,700 

722,500

272,200

206,900

277,200

204,400

777,600 

1,007,000 

2,464,100 

3,783,800

546,600 

546,600 

277,600 

400,700 

741,000 

1,816,400 

2,252,300

741,000 

1,656,300 

2,042,300

628,700 

975,400 

1,997,600

709,000 

1,606,100 

2,214,000

381,000 

1,026,600 

1,683,200

2,549,100 

3,826,700 

8,518,300 

12,290,000

54,400 

2,700 

171,400 

384,500 

Short-term incentive
The  Supervisory  Board  decided  in  late  2009  to  defer  the 
receipt  of  50  percent  of  the  short-term  incentive  for  the 
CEO  and  25  percent  for  the  other  members.  This  deferred 
payment  was  made  subject  to  the  company  achieving  its 
medium-term  target  of  an  EBITDA  margin  of  14  percent 
at  the  end  of  2011.  Because  this  target  was  achieved  in 
2010  the  Supervisory  Board  justified  the  pay-out  of  the 
deferred  short-term  incentive  of  2009  in  February  2011. 
As  a  consequence,  an  amount  of  €464,000  will  be  paid  to  
Mr. Wijers and €113,100 to the other members of the Board 
of  Management.  These  amounts  are  included  in  the  short-
term  incentives  as  mentioned  above;  the  regular  short-term 
incentive over 2010 amounted to €820,200 for Mr. Wijers and 
€399,900 for the other Board members.

Post-employment benefits
Pension premiums were incurred over the deferred short-term 
incentive over 2009. These amounts, together with the premi-
ums  over  the  2010  remuneration,  are  included  in  the  post-
employment benefits as presented above.

Share-based compensation
The  costs  for  share-based  compensation  are  non-cash  
and related to the performance-related share plan following 
IFRS 2.

Other short-term benefits
Other  short-term  benefits  include  employer’s  charges  and 
other  compensations.  Employer’s  charges  refer  to  social 
contributions and healthcare contributions. The social charges 
of  Mr.  Nichols  (€162,200)  related  to  employer’s  contribution 
in  the  UK.  A  compensation  for  living  expenses  and  home 
leave  allowances  was  paid  to  Mr.  Darner  (€147,400)  and  
Mr. Nichols (€51,100). 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

121

Stock options
As from 2008, no stock options were granted to the members 
of  the  Board  of  Management.  The  aggregate  numbers  of 
stock options held by the members of the Board of Manage-
ment were as follows:

Number of options

Hans Wijers

Value of outstanding options (in €)

Leif Darner

Value of outstanding options (in €)

Rob Frohn

Value of outstanding options (in €)

Keith Nichols

Value of outstanding options (in €)

Year of issue

Exercise  
price in €

Outstanding at  
January 1, 2010

Exercised in  
2010

Outstanding at  
December 31, 
2010

Expiry date

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2004

2005

2006

2007

2006

2007

2006

2007

46.53 

19.51 

31.45 

31.98 

46.46 

58.89 

31.45 

31.98 

46.46 

58.89 

46.46 

58.89 

46.46 

58.89 

14,850 

29,700 

23,000 

23,000 

19,800 

19,800 

15,000 

15,000 

13,000 

13,000 

13,000 

13,000 

3,000 

3,750 

–

(29,700)

–

–

–

–

(15,000)

(15,000)

–

–

–

–

–

–

14,850 

 April 25, 2012 

– 

 April 22, 2010 

23,000 

 April 25, 2011 

23,000 

 April 24, 2012 

19,800 

 April 26, 2013 

19,800 

 April 26, 2014 

1,013,400 

– 

– 

 April 25, 2011

 April 24, 2012 

13,000 

 April 26, 2013 

13,000 

 April 26, 2014 

171,100 

13,000 

 April 26, 2013 

13,000 

 April 26, 2014 

171,100 

3,000 

3,750 

44,300 

 April 26, 2013 

 April 26, 2014

122 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

 
Performance-related shares
With  regard  to  the  performance  related  shares  granted  to 
the members of the Board of Management in 2008, the final 
vesting percentage of the 2008 granted equaled zero (series 
2007-2009: 150.78 percent). 

The  shares  of  the  series  2007  -  2009  have  vested  in  2010 
and were delivered to the individual Board members in 2010.
Shares  in  the  company  and  options  of  the  members  of  the 
Board of Management are held in an account, administered 
by the Stichting Executive Management Beheer. This Founda-

tion  acts  as  an  independent  portfolio  manager  for  AkzoNo-
bel participants. We do not provide loans to members of the 
Board of Management.

Number of performance-related shares

Hans Wijers

Leif Darner

Rob Frohn

Tex Gunning 

Keith Nichols 

Series

Balance at  
January 1, 2010

Granted  
in 2010

Vested 
in 2010

Forfeited 
in 2010

Dividend 
in 2010

Balance at  
December 31, 
2010

Vested on  
January 1, 2011

2007 – 2009

2008 – 2010

2009 – 2011

2010 – 2012

2007 – 2009

2008 – 2010

2009 – 2011

2010 – 2012

2007 – 2009

2008 – 2010

2009 – 2011

2010 – 2012

2008 – 2010

2009 – 2011

2010 – 2012

2007 – 2009

2008 – 2010

2009 – 2011

2010 – 2012

34,680 

18,352 

38,463 

–

22,768 

12,672 

28,795 

–

22,768 

12,672 

28,795 

–

4,224 

28,795 

–

6,408 

9,540 

28,795 

–

–

–

–

24,400 

–

–

–

18,300 

–

–

–

18,300 

–

–

18,300 

–

–

–

18,300 

34,680 

–

–

–

22,768 

–

–

–

22,768 

–

–

–

–

–

–

6,408 

–

–

–

–

18,352 

–

–

–

12,672 

–

–

–

12,672 

–

–

4,224 

–

–

–

9,540 

–

–

–

–

1,175 

744 

–

–

879 

558 

–

–

879 

558 

–

879 

558 

–

–

879 

558 

– 

– 

39,638 

25,144 

– 

– 

29,674 

18,858 

– 

– 

29,674 

18,858 

– 

29,674 

18,858 

– 

– 

29,674 

18,858 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Former members of the Board of Management
In 2010, charges for former members of the Board of Manage-
ment amounted to €382,000 (2009: €66,600), mainly due to 
pension expenses.

Shares held by the Board of Management

Number of shares at year-end

2009

2010

Hans Wijers

Leif Darner

Rob Frohn

Keith Nichols

58,234 

36,473 

33,056 

3,443 

75,324 

51,162 

22,751 

7,069 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

123

Note 24 Financial risk management 
and financial instruments

Our activities expose us to a variety of financial risks: market 
risk  (including:  currency  risk,  fair  value  interest  rate  risk  and 
price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. These risks are inherent 
to the way we operate as a multinational with a large number 
of  locally  operating  subsidiaries.   Our  overall  risk  manage-
ment  program  seeks  to  identify,  assess,  and  –  if  necessary 
– mitigate these financial risks in order to minimize potential 
adverse effects on our financial performance.  Our risk mitigat-
ing activities include the use of derivative financial instruments 
to hedge certain risk exposures. The Board of Management 
is ultimately responsible for risk management. Day-to-day risk 
management  activities  are  carried  out  by  a  central  treasury 
department (Corporate Treasury) in line with clearly identified 
and formalized corporate policies and in line with the Treasury 
Statute. Corporate Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges 
financial risks at a corporate level, and monitors compliance 
with the corporate policies approved by the Board of Manage-
ment, except for commodity risks, which are subject to iden-
tification, evaluation and hedging at business unit level rather 
than at corporate level.  We have a Corporate Finance & Trea-
sury Committee in place that advises the CFO in respect of 
the financial policy and evaluates the scope and performance 
of liquidity, interest, credit and currency risk management.

The businesses play an important role in the process of iden-
tifying financial risk factors. Within the boundaries set in the 
corporate  policies,  the  subsidiaries  perform  the  appropriate 
risk  management  activities.  We  have  treasury  hubs  which 
provide treasury services on behalf of Corporate Treasury to 
subsidiaries in their region. These treasury hubs are located in 
Brazil (São Paulo), Asia (Singapore/Shanghai) and the United 
States (Chicago) and are primarily responsible for local cash 
management and short-term financing.

The  Treasury  Statute  does  not  allow  for  extensive  treasury 
operations  to  be  executed  at  subsidiary  level  directly  with 
external  parties.  It  is  corporate  policy  that  derivatives  are 
entered into through Corporate Treasury. 

Hedged notional amounts at year-end

In € millions

US dollar 

Pound sterling 

Swedish krona 

Other 

 Total

Buy

2009

 Sell

2009

Buy

2010

Sell

2010

241 

848 

270 

296 

1,474 

144 

91 

252 

214 

659 

390 

304 

977 

158 

51 

302 

1,655 

1,961 

1,567 

1,488 

robust  set  of  internal  controls  over  treasury  operations.  We 
use  a  well-known  treasury  management  system  to  support 
our treasury activities.

Foreign exchange risk management
Trade and financing transactions
Our subsidiaries operate in a large number of countries, and 
as such have clients and suppliers in many countries. Many of 
these subsidiaries have clients and suppliers that are outside 
of their functional currency environment. This creates curren-
cy exposure which is partly netted out on consolidation. 

The  purpose  of  our  foreign  currency  hedging  activities  is  to 
protect  us  from  the  risk  that  the  eventual  functional  curren-
cy  net  cash  flows  resulting  from  trade  or  financing  transac-
tions  are  adversely  affected  by  changes  in  exchange  rates. 
Our  policy  defines  that  we  hedge  our  transactional  foreign 
exchange  rate  exposures  above  predefined  thresholds  from 
recognized assets and liabilities. Cash flow hedge accounting 
is applied by exception. 

Corporate  Treasury  enters  into  derivative  transactions  with 
external parties and is bound by overnight limits per currency. 
Where  hedging  through  Corporate  Treasury  is  not  feasible 
under local legislation, local hedging may take place. 

Translation risk related to investments in foreign 
subsidiaries associates and joint ventures
 We  have  subsidiaries  with  a  functional  currency  other  than 
the euro. Therefore our consolidated financial statements are 
exposed  to  translation  risk  related  to  equity,  intercompany 
loans of a permanent nature and earnings of foreign subsid-
iaries and investment in associates and joint ventures. In prin-
ciple, we do not use financial instruments to hedge this risk. 

In  the  following  cases,  we  apply  net  investment  hedge 
accounting.  We  have  forward  contracts  to  sell  $780  million 
and  buy  £405  million,  maturing  in  December  2011.  This 
contract hedges the foreign currency risk on $780 million of 
net investments in foreign operations held by a pound sterling 
subsidiary. Net investment hedge accounting is also applied 
on hedges of pound sterling net investments in foreign opera-
tions  which  were  hedged  by  a  £250  million  bond.  In  2010, 
both of the hedges were fully effective.

In 2010, we applied cash flow hedge accounting for the acqui-
sition of the acquired powder coatings activities. An amount 
of $130 million was hedged with forward contracts. The effec-
tive hedge realized a gain of €10 million which is included in 
the amount recognized in the statement of income in note 2.   

Corporate Treasury is responsible for reporting to the Board 
of  Management  on  company-wide  exposures  on  a  number 
of  financial  risks.  This  includes  information  regarding  liquid-
ity, foreign exchange, interest rate, capital and credit risk. In 
addition, Corporate Treasury is responsible for maintaining a 

In general, forward exchange contracts that  we enter into have 
a  maturity  of  less  than  one  year.  When  necessary,  forward 
exchange  contracts  are  rolled  over  at  maturity.  Currency 
derivatives are not used for speculative purposes.  

The foreign exchange and interest rate risks on $800 million of 
the divestment of National Starch was hedged using forward 
contracts  and  cash  flow  hedge  accounting  was  applied.  A 
gain of €60 million was realized on the effective hedge and is 
included in the net cash inflow in note 7.

124 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Foreign currency transaction risk
The  table  above  presents  a  breakdown  of  the  notional 
amounts of outstanding foreign currency contracts for entities 
with other functional currencies than the euro.

Sensitivity analysis
We  perform  foreign  currency  sensitivity  analysis  by  applying 
an  adjustment  to  the  spot  rates  prevailing  at  year-end.  This 
adjustment  is  based  on  observed  changes  in  the  exchange 
rate  in  the  past  and  management  expectation  for  possible 
future  movements.  We  then  apply  the  expected  possible 
volatility to revalue all monetary assets and liabilities (includ-
ing  derivative  financial  instruments)  in  a  currency  other  than 
the functional currency of the subsidiary in its balance sheet 
at year-end. 

At  year-end  2010,  if  the  euro  had  weakened/strengthened 
by  10 percent  against  the  US  dollar  with  all  other  variables 
held  constant,  post-tax  profit  for  the  year  would  have  been  
€2 million (2009: €6 million) lower/higher. At year-end 2010, 
if  the  euro  had  weakened/strengthened  by  10  percent 
against  the  pound  sterling  with  all  other  variables  held 
constant,  post-tax  profit  for  the  year  would  have  been  
€3 million (2009: €1 million) lower/higher.

Price risk management
Commodity price risk management
We  use  commodities,  gas  and  electricity  in  our  produc-
tion  processes  and  we  are  particularly  sensitive  to  energy  
price movements. 

Our  Specialty  Chemicals  companies  in  the  US  hedge 
the  price  risk  on  natural  gas  through  buying  natural  gas 
futures  on  the  New  York  Mercantile  Exchange.  At  year-end 
2010,  the  notional  amounts  of  these  futures  are  1.3  million 
dekatherms,  spread  over  all  12  months  of  2011  (2009:  
1.7 million dekatherms, spread over all 12 months of 2010). 
The total fair value change of these futures is € nil at year-end 
(2009: € nil). No hedge accounting is applied to the changes 
of the fair value of these contracts. 

are  located  in  Hengelo  (80  MW),  Rotterdam  (20  MW)  and 
Mariager,  Denmark  (20  MW).  The  power  plants  transform 
natural  gas  into  steam  and  electricity.  The  steam  is  used  in 
our production facilities and excess electricity is sold on the 
market.  The  price  for  natural  gas  in  our  purchase  contracts 
is a fixed or floating price. In order to hedge the price risk of 
natural  gas  in  these  contracts,  we  have  partly  entered  into 
option contracts for the underlying oil price. In 2010 the fair 
value  changes  of  these  contracts  amounted  to  a  €2  million 
loss  net  of  taxes  (2009:  €1  million  loss).  Income  volatility 
caused  by  energy  prices  of  the  unit  in  Denmark  has  been 
hedged by an electricity price swap. The fair value changes of 
this contract amounted to a €1 million gain net of taxes (2009: 
€ nil). We do not apply hedge accounting to the changes of 
the fair value of the hedge contracts. 

To  hedge  the  price  risk  of  electricity  that  is  used  for  the 
Specialty  Chemicals  plants  in  Sweden  and  Finland,  we 
entered  into  future  contracts  on  the  power  exchange  Nord 
Pool  Spot,  based  on  expected  use  of  electricity  over  the 
period  2011  –  2014.  We  apply  cash  flow  hedge  account-
ing  to  these  contracts  in  order  to  mitigate  the  accounting 
mismatch  that  would  otherwise  occur.  The  effective  part 
of  the  fair  value  changes  of  these  contracts  amounted  to  a  
€29  million  gain  net  of  deferred  taxes  in  equity  (2009:  
€12 million net deferred loss). In 2010, nothing was record-
ed  in  cost  of  goods  sold  due  to  ineffectiveness  (2009:  
€  nil  loss).  The  amounts  deferred  in  equity  at  year-end  are 
expected to affect operational cost within the next four years. 

Sensitivity analysis
We  perform  our  commodity  price  risk  sensitivity  analysis  by 
applying  an  adjustment  to  the  forward  rates  prevailing  at 
year-end.  This  adjustment  is  based  on  observed  changes 
in  commodity  prices  in  the  previous  year  and  management 
expectations  for  possible  future  movements.  We  then  apply 
the  expected  volatility  to  revalue  all  commodity-derivative 
financial  instruments  in  the  applicable  commodity  in  our 
balance  sheet  at  year-end.  For  the  purpose  of  this  sensitiv-
ity analysis, the change of the price of the commodity is not 
discounted to the net present value at balance sheet date. 

To hedge the price risks related to energy supply in the Neth-
erlands,  we  operate  one  power  plant  in  joint  venture  with 
Essent/RWE in Delfzijl of 520 MW. AkzoNobel power plants 

At year-end 2010, if a parallel adjustment of the price curve 
of natural gas by €8,000 per 10,000 dekatherms up/down as 

compared with the market prices prevailing at that date had 
occurred, with all other variables held constant, post-tax profit 
would  have  been  €1  million  (2009:  €2  million)  higher/lower. 
This is due to the fair value changes of natural gas derivatives.

At year-end 2010, if the price of oil had weakened/strength-
ened  by  €7  per  barrel  (10  percent)  as  compared  with  the 
market prices prevailing at that date, with all other variables 
held constant, post-tax profit for 2010 would have been €2 
million  higher/lower  (2009:  €  nil).  Nevertheless  over  the  full 
term of the (partially long-term) contracts, net impact on post-
tax profit will be € nil. 

At  year-end  2010,  if  the  forward  price  of  electricity  on  the 
Nord Pool exchange had weakened/strengthened by €5,66 
per  MWh  (10  percent)  as  compared  with  the  market  prices 
prevailing at that date, with all other variables held constant, 
equity would have been €13 million (2009:  €8 million) higher/
lower.  This  is  due  to  the  fair  value  changes  of  electric-
ity  futures  which  have  been  accounted  for  under  cash  flow 
hedge accounting. 

Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk management 
We are partly financed with debt in order to obtain more effi-
cient leverage. Fixed rate debt results in fair value interest rate 
risk. Floating rate debt results in cash flow interest rate risk. 
The fixed/floating rate of our outstanding bonds shifted from 
85 percent fixed at year-end 2009 to 80 percent fixed at year-
end 2010. 

We have entered into a number of interest rate swap contracts. 
A total of $500 million fixed rate liabilities with an interest rate 
of 5.625 percent were swapped with a three-month floating 
rate US dollar Libor plus an average of 1.1056 percent liabili-
ties maturing in 2013. We classified these interest rate swaps 
as fair value hedges and recorded them at fair value until the 
derivatives were closed out in Q3 2010. 

Fair  value  hedge  accounting  was  applied  to  the  above-
mentioned  interest  rate  swaps  and  fixed  rate  bond  until 
close  out  date.  During  2010,  an  amount  of  €16  million 
has  been  accounted  for  in  the  statement  of  income  for  fair 
value changes of the interest rate swaps and an amount of  
€15 million has been accounted for in the statement of income 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

125

 
Investments  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  transactions 
involving  derivative  financial  instruments  are  entered  into 
with counterparties that have sound credit ratings and good 
reputation.  Derivative  transactions  are  concluded  mostly 
with  parties  with  whom  we  have  contractual  netting  agree-
ments and ISDA agreements in place. In the Treasury Statute 
limits are set per counterparty for the different types of finan-
cial  instruments  the  company  uses.  We  closely  monitor  the 
acceptable  counterparty  credit  ratings  and  credit  limits  and 
revise where required in line with the market circumstances. 
We have no reason to expect non-performance by the coun-
terparties for these financial instruments.

Due  to  our  geographical  spread  and  the  diversity  of  our 
customers,  we  were  not  subject  to  any  significant  concen-
tration  of  credit  risks  at  balance  sheet  date.  Generally,  the 
maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying 
value  of  financial  assets,  including  derivative  financial  instru-
ments, in the balance sheet. At year-end 2010, the credit risk 
on consolidated level was €6.0 billion (2009: €5.0 billion) for 
long-term borrowings given, trade and other receivables and 
cash. Our credit risk is well spread amongst both global and 
local counterparties. Our largest counterparty risk amounted 
to €299 million at year-end 2010. The credit risk from trade 
receivables  is  measured  and  analyzed  at  a  local  operating 
entity level, mainly by means of ageing analysis, see note 14.

as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged bond 
for  fair  value  changes  attributable  to  the  hedged  risk.  The 
fully  effective  hedge  relationship  was  discontinued  following 
the close out of the interest rate swaps. Adjustments to the 
carrying amount of the hedged financial instrument have been 
amortized to profit and loss (interest).

The effective interest rate (excluding hedge results) over 2010 
was 6.64 percent. Combined with the hedge result (interest 
rate swaps), the effective interest rate was 6.14 percent.

Sensitivity analysis
At  year-end  2010,  if  EURIBOR  interest  rates  had  been 
100  basis  points  higher/lower  with  all  other  variables  held 
constant,  post-tax  profit  for  the  year  would  have  been  
€5 million higher/lower (2009: €6 million higher/lower).

At  year-end  2010,  if  US  LIBOR  interest  rates  had  been 
100  basis  points  higher/lower,  with  all  other  variables  held 
constant,  post-tax  profit  for  the  year  would  have  been  
€nil million higher/lower (2009: €3 million lower/higher) . 

At year-end 2010, if GBP LIBOR interest rates had been 100 
basis points higher/lower, with all other variables held constant, 
post-tax  profit  for  the  year  would  have  been  €1  million  
higher/lower (2009: €2 million higher/lower).

Credit risk management
Credit risk arises from financial assets such as cash and cash 
equivalents,  derivative  financial  instruments  with  a  positive 
fair value, deposits with banks and financial institutions, and 
trade receivables.

We  have  a  credit  risk  management  policy  in  place  to  limit 
credit  losses  due  to  non-performance  of  financial  coun-
terparties  and  customers.  We  monitor  our  exposure  
to credit risk on an ongoing basis at various levels. We only 
deal  with  counterparties  that  have  a  sufficiently  high  credit 
rating.  Generally,  we  do  not  require  collateral  in  respect  of 
financial assets.

126 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Maturity of liabilities and cash outflows

In € millions

Less than 
1 year

Between 
1 and 5 years

Over 5 years

At December 31, 2009:

Borrowings 

Interest on borrowings

Finance lease liabilities

Trade and other payables

Forward foreign exchange contracts (hedges):

– Outflow

– Inflow

Interest rate swaps:

– Outflow

– Inflow

Other derivatives:

– Outflow

– Inflow

 Total

At December 31, 2010:

Borrowings 

Interest on borrowings

Finance lease liabilities

Trade and other payables

Forward foreign exchange contracts (hedges):

– Outflow

– Inflow

Other derivatives:

– Outflow

– Inflow

 Total

381 

236 

3 

2,866 

2,372 

(2,068)

12 

(20)

103 

(28)

3,857 

905 

238 

2 

3,305 

2,350 

(2,267)

–

44

2,163 

771 

11 

–

569 

(477)

47 

(68)

26 

(18)

1,313 

93 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,024 

1,406 

2,531 

673 

322 

12 

8 

–

–

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4,577 

3,213 

334 

Liquidity risk management
The primary objective of liquidity management is to provide for 
sufficient cash and cash equivalents at all times and any place 
in  the  world  to   enable   us  to  meet  our  payment  obligations. 
We aim for a well-spread maturity schedule of our long-term 
borrowings and a strong liquidity position. 

At year-end 2010, we had €2.7 billion available as cash and 
cash  equivalents  (2009:  €1.9  billion),  see  note  15.  In  addi-
tion,  we  have  a  €1.5 billion  multi-currency  revolving  credit 
facility  expiring  in  2013.  Both  at  year-end  2010  and  2009, 
this  facility  had  not  been  drawn.  We  have  a  commercial 
paper program in the US, which at both year-end 2010 and 
2009 had a maximum of $1.0 billion and a euro commercial 
paper program, which at both year-end 2010 and 2009 ad a 
maximum  of  €1.5 billion.  At  December  31,  2010  and  2009, 
the commercial paper programs were not used. The commer-
cial paper programs can only be used to the extent that the 
equivalent portion of the revolving credit facility is not used. 

The  opposite  table  analyzes   our  cash  outflows  per  maturity 
group based on the remaining period at balance sheet date to 
the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the 
table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

Capital risk management
Our  objectives  when  managing  capital  are  to  safeguard 
our  ability  to  satisfy  our  capital  providers  and  to  maintain  a 
capital structure that optimizes our cost of capital. For this  we 
maintain  a  conservative  financial  strategy,  with  the  objective 
to  remain  a  strong  investment  grade  company  as  rated  by 
the rating agencies Moody’s and Standard & Poor. The credit 
rating  at  year-end  2010  was  Baa1/BBB+  (year-end  2009: 
Baa1/BBB+  with  a  negative  outlook).  The  capital  structure 
can be altered, among others, by adjusting the amount of divi-
dends paid to shareholders, return capital to capital providers, 
or issue new debt or shares. 

Consistent  with  others  in  the  industry,  we  monitor  capital 
on  the  basis  of  funds  from  operations  in  relation  to  our  net 
borrowings  level  (FFO/NB-ratio).  The  FFO/NB-ratio  for  2010 
at year-end amounted to 0.49 (2009: 0.23). Funds from oper-
ations are based on net cash from operating activities, which 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

127

 
Fair value per financial instruments category

In € millions

2009 year-end:

Other financial non-current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

 Total financial assets

Long-term borrowings

Short-term borrowings

Trade and other payables

 Total financial liabilities

2010 year-end:

Other financial non-current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

 Total financial assets

Long-term borrowings

Short-term borrowings

Trade and other payables

 Total financial liabilities

Carrying value per 
 IAS 39 category

Carrying 
amount

Out of scope 
 of IFRS 7

Loans and  
receivables/
other 
liabilities

At fair value 
through 
profit or loss 

Total  
carrying 
value

Fair value

815 

2,564 

2,128 

5,507 

3,488 

384 

2,866 

6,738 

1,008 

2,788 

2,851 

6,647 

2,880 

907 

3,305 

7,092 

414 

246 

–

660 

–

–

1,231 

1,231 

640 

257 

–

897 

–

–

1,361 

1,361 

374 

2,290 

–

2,664 

3,488 

384 

1,523 

5,395 

368 

2,497 

–

2,865 

2,880 

907 

1,807 

5,594 

27 

28 

2,128 

2,183 

–

–

112 

112 

– 

34 

2,851 

2,885 

–

–

137 

137 

401 

2,318 

2,128 

4,847 

3,488 

384 

1,635 

5,507 

368 

2,531 

2,851 

5,750 

2,880 

907 

1,944 

5,731 

416 

2,318 

2,128 

4,862 

3,848 

384 

1,635 

5,867 

386 

2,531 

2,851 

5,768 

3,266 

914 

1,944 

6,124 

is adjusted, among others, for the elimination of  changes in 
working capital, additional payments for pensions and for the 
effects of the underfunding of pension and other post-retire-
ment  benefit  obligations.  Net  borrowings  is  calculated  as  a 
total of long and short-term borrowings less cash and cash 
equivalents, adding an after-tax amount for the underfunding 
of pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations and 
lease commitments.

Fair value of financial instruments and  
IAS 39 categories
Loans and receivables and other liabilities are recognized at 
amortized cost, using the effective interest method. We esti-
mated  the  fair  value  of  our  long-term  borrowings  based  on 
the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on 
the current rates offered to us for debt with similar maturities.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receiv-
ables  less  allowance  for  impairment,  short-term  borrowings 
and other current liabilities approximate fair value due to the 
short maturity period of those instruments.

 We have not applied the fair value option allowed under IFRS 
and reported certain energy purchasing contracts as held for 
trading.  The  only  financial  instruments  accounted  for  at  fair 
value through profit or loss are derivative financial instruments 
and  the  short-term  investments  included  in  cash.  The  fair 
value of foreign currency contracts, swap contracts, forward 
rate  agreements,  oil  contracts  and  gas  futures  was  deter-
mined by valuation techniques using market observable input 
(such as foreign currency interest rates based on Reuters) and 
by obtaining quotes from dealers and brokers.

The  following  valuation  methods  for  financial  instruments 
carried at fair value through profit or loss are distinguished:

•	  Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for 

identical assets or liabilities

•	 Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within 
level 1 that are observable for the  asset or liability, either 
directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)
•	 Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based 

on observable market data  (unobservable).

128 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Company financial statements

Statement of income

In € millions

Note

2009

2010

Net income from subsidiaries, 
associates and joint ventures

Other net income

 Total net income

Balance sheet as of December 31, 
before allocation of profit

In € millions

Note

Assets

Non-current assets

Financial non-current assets

Loans to associates and joint ventures

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

 Total assets

Equity and liabilities

Equity

Subscribed share capital

Additional paid-in capital

Cash flow hedge reserves

Revaluation reserve

Other statutory reserves

Cumulative translation reserves

Other reserves

Undistributed profit

Shareholders’ equity

Non-current liabilities

Provision for subsidiaries

Long-term borrowings

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Other short-term debt

Total current liabilities

 Total equity and liabilities

b

b

c

c

d

e

c

f

g

355 

(70)

285 

723 

31 

754 

2009

2010

15,418 

11 

201 

775 

465 

2 

(6)

7 

237 

(777)

7,632 

215 

481 

7,744 

16,874 

– 

15,429 

16,874 

265 

1,459 

976 

16,405 

1,724 

18,598 

467 

9 

29 

7 

242 

(43)

7,594 

679 

289 

8,245

8,984 

7,775 

8,225 

8,534 

405 

1,080

405 

16,405 

1,080 

18,598 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Company financial statements

129

Movement in shareholders’ equity

In € millions

Subscribed  
share capital

Additional 
paid-in 
capital

Cash flow 
hedge 
reserve

Revaluation 
reserve

Other  
statutory 
reserves

Cumulative 
translation 
reserves

Other  
reserves

Undistributed 
results

Shareholders'  
equity

Statutory reserves

Balance at January 1, 2009

463 

Changes in fair value of derivatives

Revaluation related to step 
acquisitions

Changes in exchange rates in respect 
of subsidiaries, associates and joint 
ventures

Net income

Comprehensive income

Dividend paid

Equity-settled transactions

Issue of common shares

Addition to other reserves

Changes in statutory reserves

–

–

–

–

– 

–

–

2 

–

–

 Balance at December 31, 2009

465 

Changes in fair value of derivatives

Changes in exchange rates in respect 
of subsidiaries, associates and joint 
ventures

Net income

Comprehensive income

Dividend paid

Equity-settled transactions

Issue of common shares

Addition to other reserves

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

–

–

–

– 

–

–

2 

–

–

 Balance at December 31, 2010

467 

–

–

–

–

–

– 

–

–

2 

–

–

2 

–

–

–

– 

–

–

7 

–

–

9 

(49)

43 

–

–

–

43 

–

–

–

–

–

(6)

35 

–

–

35 

–

–

–

–

–

29 

–

–

7 

–

–

7 

–

–

–

–

–

7 

–

–

–

– 

–

–

–

–

–

7 

236 

(1,130)

9,122 

(1,179)

7,463 

–

–

–

–

– 

–

–

–

–

1 

–

–

353 

–

353 

–

–

–

–

–

237 

(777)

–

–

–

– 

–

–

–

5

–

–

734 

–

734 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 

–

15 

–

(1,504)

(1)

7,632 

–

–

–

– 

–

27 

–

(35)

(30)

242 

(43)

7,594 

–

–

–

285 

285 

(395)

–

–

1,504 

–

215 

–

–

754 

754 

(320)

–

–

30 

–

679 

43 

7 

353 

285 

688 

(395)

 15 

 4 

 – 

 – 

7,775 

35 

734 

754 

1,523 

 (320)

 27 

 9 

 – 

 (30)

8,984 

130 Company financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Note a General information

Note c Financial non-current assets and provision for subsidiaries

The  financial  statements  of   Akzo Nobel N.V.  have  been 
prepared  using  the  option  of  section  362  of  Book  2  of  the 
Netherlands  Civil  Code,  meaning  that  the  accounting  prin-
ciples  used  are  the  same  as  for  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. Foreign currency amounts have been translated, 
assets and liabilities have been valued, and net income has 
been determined, in accordance with the principles of valua-
tion and determination of income presented in note 1 to the 
consolidated financial statements. 

Subsidiaries of  Akzo Nobel N.V. are accounted for using the 
equity method.

As the financial data of  Akzo Nobel N.V. are included in the 
consolidated  financial  statements,  the  statement  of  income 
of  Akzo Nobel N.V. is condensed in conformity with section 
402 of Book 2 of the Netherlands Civil Code. The remunera-
tion  paragraph  is  included  in  note  23  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements.

Note b Net income from subsidiaries, associates  
and joint ventures

For further details on net income from subsidiaries, associates 
and joint ventures, see note c.

Movements in financial non-current assets

In € millions

Total

Share in 
capital

Loans 1

Subsidiaries

Balance at January 1, 2009

Acquisitions/capital contributions

Divestments/capital repayments

Net income from subsidiaries, 
associates and joint ventures

Equity-settled transactions

Change in fair value of derivatives

Loans granted

Repayment of loans

Changes in exchange rates

Other changes 

Transfer to provision for subsidiaries

14,095 

3,167 

(3,769)

355 

15 

43 

3,377 

(2,210)

366 

(47)

37 

8,505 

3,127 

(3,769)

355 

15 

43 

–

–

271 

(47)

37 

5,481 

–

–

–

–

–

3,377 

(2,202)

104 

–

–

Balance at December 31, 2009

15,429 

8,537 

6,760 

Acquisitions/capital contributions

Divestments/capital repayments

Net income from subsidiaries, 
associates and joint ventures

Equity-settled transactions

Change in fair value of derivatives

Loans granted

Repayment of loans

Changes in exchange rates

Other changes

Change to provisions for subsidiaries 2

111 

(115)

723 

27 

31 

3,406 

(3,251)

816 

(111)

(192)

109 

(68)

723 

27 

31 

–

–

686 

(124)

(192)

–

–

–

–

–

3,406 

(3,240)

130 

–

–

Balance at December 31, 2010

16,874 

9,729 

7,056 

1 Loans to these companies have no fixed repayment schedule.
2 At year-end 2010 the provisions for subsidiaries amounted to €289 million.

Other 
financial 
non-current 
assets

Loans to 
associates 
and joint 
ventures

90 

40 

–

–

–

–

–

–

(9)

–

–

121 

2 

(47)

–

–

–

–

–

–

13 

–

89 

19 

–

–

–

–

–

–

(8)

–

–

–

11 

–

–

–

–

–

–

(11)

–

–

–

– 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Company financial statements

131

Note d Trade and other receivables

In € millions

2009

2010

Receivables from subsidiaries

Receivables from associates and joint 
ventures

FX contracts

Other receivables

 Total

47 

–

110

44 

201 

63 

16

134

52 

265 

Note e Cash and cash equivalents

In € millions

2009

2010

Short-term investments

Cash on hand and in banks

 Total

704 

71 

775 

878 

581 

1,459 

Note f Long-term borrowings

In € millions

2009

2010

Debentures

Debt to subsidiaries

Other borrowings

 Total

1,842 

5,752 

150 

7,744 

1,289 

6,916 

40 

8,245 

At  year-end  2010  and  2009,  the  total  amount  of  long-term 
credit  facilities  arranged  by    AkzoNobel  was  €1.5 billion, 
maturing in 2013. Both at year-end 2010 and 2009, this facil-
ity  had  not  been  drawn.  At  year-end  2010  and  2009,  none 
of  the  borrowings  was  secured  by  collateral.  Borrowings 
from subsidiaries have no fixed repayment schedule. Interest 
charged on these borrowings averaged 0.9 percent in 2010 
(2009: 1.0 percent).

Note g Short-term debt

In € millions

2009

2010

Current portion of long-term 
borrowings

Debt to subsidiaries

FX contracts

Borrowings from associates and  
joint ventures

Short-term bank loans

Debt related to pensions

Debt to other suppliers

Other liabilities

 Total

64 

10

13

62

5 

– 

23 

228 

405 

702 

8

22

40

10 

6 

19 

273 

1,080 

Akzo Nobel N.V. has a euro commercial paper program, which 
at  year-end  2010  and  2009  had  a  maximum  of  €1.5 billion. 
At year-end 2010 and 2009,  the commercial paper program 
was not used.

Note i Contingent liabilities

Akzo Nobel N.V. is parent of the group’s fiscal unit in the Neth-
erlands,  and  is  therefore  liable  for  the  liabilities  of  said  fiscal 
unit as a whole.

Akzo Nobel N.V.  has  declared  in  writing  that  it  accepts  joint 
and  several  liability  for  contractual  debts  of  certain  Dutch 
consolidated companies (section 403 of Book 2 of the Neth-
erlands  Civil  Code).  These  debts,  at  December  31,  2010, 
aggregating  €0.4 billion  (2009:  €0.5  billion),  are  included  in 
the  consolidated  balance  sheet.  Additionally,  at  December 
31, 2010, guarantees were issued on behalf of consolidated 
companies for an amount of €2.4 billion (2009: €2.8 billion), 
including a guarantee issued by Akzo Nobel N.V. in relation to 
the exemption of Dulux Paints (Ireland) Ltd, under section 5(c) 
of the companies (amendment) Act 1986 Ireland. 

The  debts  and  liabilities  of  the  consolidated  companies 
underlying  these  guarantees  are  included  in  the  consoli-
dated  balance  sheet  or in  the  amount  of  long-term  liabilities 
contracted in respect of leasehold, rental, operational leases, 
research,  etc.  as  disclosed  in note  21  of  the  notes  to  the 
consolidated  financial  statements.  Guarantees  relating  to 
associates and joint ventures amounted to €9 million (2009: 
€12 million).

For the fair value of the debenture loans and the related inter-
est-rate derivatives, see note 24 of the notes to the consoli-
dated financial statements.

Note h Financial instruments

Debentures

In € millions

2009

2010

4 1/4 % 2003/11 (€750/€539 million)

7 1/4 % 2009/15 (€750 million)

7 1/4 % 2009/15 (€225 million)

8 % 2009/16 (£250 million)

Other

 Total

533 

746 

259 

278 

26 

– 

748 

252 

289 

–

1,842

1,289

At  December  31,  2010,  Akzo  Nobel  N.V.  had  outstanding 
foreign  exchange  contracts  to  buy  currencies  for  a  total  of 
€1.6 billion (December 31, 2009: €1.6 billion), while contracts 
to  sell  currencies  totaled  €1.5  billion  (December  31,  2009: 
€1.6  billion).  The  contracts  mainly  related  to  US  Dollars, 
Pound  Sterling,  Swedish  Krona  and  Swiss  Franc,  and  all 
have  maturities  within  one  year.  These  contracts  offset  the 
foreign  exchange  contracts  concluded  by  the  subsidaries, 
and  the  fair  value  changes  are  recognized  in  the  statement 
of  income  to  offset  the  fair  value  changes  on  the  contracts 
with the subsidaries. For information on risk exposure and risk 
management, see note 24 of the notes to the consolidated 
financial statements.

132 Company financial statements  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

In 
the Netherlands

Network 
outside the 
Netherlands

Total

In 
the Netherlands

Network outside 
the Netherlands

Total

3.4 

0.5 

–

–

3.9 

6.9 

0.1 

0.4 

0.3 

7.7 

2009

10.3 

0.6 

0.4 

0.3 

11.6 

3.5 

0.3 

–

0.1

3.9 

8.1 

0.2 

0.5 

0.2 

9.0 

2010

11.6 

0.5 

0.5 

0.3 

12.9 

Note j Auditor’s fees

In € millions

Audit

Audit-related

Tax 

Other services

 Total

Amsterdam, February 16, 2011

The Board of Management
Hans Wijers
Leif Darner
Rob Frohn
Tex Gunning
Keith Nichols

The Supervisory Board
Karel Vuursteen
Uwe-Ernst Bufe
Virginia Bottomley
Dolf van den Brink
Peggy Bruzelius
Antony Burgmans
Peter Ellwood
Louis Hughes

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Company financial statements

133

Other information

Independent auditor’s report

To the Supervisory Board and the Annual General 
Meeting of shareholders of  Akzo Nobel N.V.

Report on the financial statements
We have audited the accompanying financial statements 2010 
of  Akzo  Nobel  N.V.,  Amsterdam  as  set  out  on  pages  85  to 
133. The financial statements include the consolidated finan-
cial  statements  and  the  company  financial  statements.  The 
consolidated financial statements comprise the consolidated 
balance  sheet  as  at  December  31,  2010,  the  consolidated 
statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and 
cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended,  and  notes,  comprising  
a  summary  of  the  significant  accounting  policies  and  other 
explanatory  information.  The  company  financial  statements 
comprise  the  company  balance  sheet  as  at  December  31, 
2010,  the  company  statement  of  income  for  the  year  then 
ended and the notes, comprising a summary of the account-
ing policies and other explanatory information. 

Management’s responsibility
Management  is  responsible  for  the  preparation  and  fair 
presentation  of  the  financial  statements  in  accordance  with 
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the 
European Union and with part 9 of Book 2 of the Netherlands 
Civil Code, and for the preparation of the report of the Board 
of Management in accordance with part 9 of Book 2 of the 
Netherlands Civil Code. Furthermore, management is respon-
sible  for  such  internal  control  as  it  determines  is  necessary 
to enable the preparation of the financial statements that are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial 
statements  based  on  our  audit.  We  conducted  our  audit  in 
accordance  with  Dutch  law,  including  the  Dutch  Standards 
on Auditing. This requires that we comply with ethical require-
ments  and  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable 
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free 
from material misstatement.

134 Other information  |  Financial statements  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

An  audit  involves  performing  procedures  to  obtain  audit 
evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements.  The  procedures  selected  depend  on  the  audi-
tor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of mate-
rial misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to 
fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor 
considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation 
and  fair  presentation  of  the  financial  statements  in  order  to 
design  audit  procedures  that  are  appropriate  in  the  circum-
stances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on 
the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also 
includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies 
used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made 
by management, as well as  valuating the overall presentation 
of the financial statements.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
Pursuant to the legal requirements under section 2:393 sub 5 
at e and f of the Netherlands Civil Code, we have no deficien-
cies to report as a result of our examination whether the report 
of the Board of Management, to the extent we can assess, 
has been prepared in accordance with part 9 of Book 2 of this 
Code, and if the information as required under section 2:392 
sub 1 at b - h has been annexed. Further, we report that the 
report  of  the  Board  of  Management  as  set  out  on  pages  1 
to  84,  to  the  extent  we  can  assess,  is  consistent  with  the 
financial statements as required by section 2:391 sub 4 of the 
Netherlands Civil Code.

Amsterdam, February 16, 2011 
KPMG ACCOUNTANTS N.V.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is suffi-
cient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

E.H.W. Weusten RA

Opinion with respect to the consolidated  
financial statements
In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  give 
a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  financial  position  of  Akzo  Nobel 
N.V. as at December 31, 2010 and of its result and its cash 
flows for the year then ended in accordance with International 
Financial  Reporting  Standards  as  adopted  by  the  European 
Union and with part 9 of Book 2 of the Netherlands Civil Code.

Opinion with respect to the company  
financial statements
In our opinion, the company financial statements give a true 
and fair view of the financial position of Akzo Nobel N.V. as  
at  December  31,  2010  and  of  its  result  for  the  year  then 
ended  in  accordance  with  part  9  of  Book  2  of  the  Nether-
lands Civil Code.

Profit allocation and distributions

Article 43
43.6
The Board of Management shall be authorized to determine, 
with the  approval  of  the  Supervisory  Board,  what  share  of 
profit remaining after application of the provisions of the fore-
going paragraphs shall be carried to reserves. The remaining 
profit  shall  be  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  Annual  General 
Meeting  of  shareholders,  with  due  observance  of  the  provi-
sions  of  paragraph  7,  it  being  provided  that  no  further  divi-
dends shall be paid on the preferred shares.

43.7
From the remaining profit, the following distributions shall, to 
the extent possible, be made as follows:

(a)  to  the  holders  of  priority  shares:  6  percent  per  share  or 
the statutory interest referred to in paragraph 1 of article 13, 
whichever is lower, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends
(b) to the holders of common shares: a dividend of such an 
amount per share as the remaining profit, less the aforesaid 
dividends  and  less  such  amounts  as  the  Annual  General 
Meeting  of  shareholders  may  decide  to  carry  to  reserves, 
shall permit.

43.8
Without  prejudice  to  the  provisions  of  paragraph  4  of 
this  article  and  of  paragraph  4  of  article  20,  the  holders  of 
common shares shall, to the exclusion of everyone else, be 
entitled to distributions made from reserves accrued by virtue 
of the provision of paragraph 7b of this article.

43.9
Without  prejudice  to  the  provisions  of  article  42  and  para-
graph 8 of this article, the Annual General Meeting of share-
holders  may  decide  on the  utilization  of  reserves  only  on 
the proposal of the Board of Management approved by the 
Supervisory Board.

Article 44
44.7
Cash dividends by virtue of paragraph 4 of article 20, article 
42, or article 43 that have not been collected within five years 
of  the  commencement  of  the  second  day  on  which  they 
became due and payable shall revert to the company.

Proposal for profit allocation
With due observance of Dutch law and the Articles of Associa-
tion, €754 million of net income is carried to the other reserves. 
Furthermore, with due observance of article 43, paragraph 7, 
it is proposed that dividend on priority shares of €1,152 and 
on common shares of €326 million (to be increased by divi-
dend on shares issued in 2011 before the ex-dividend date) 
will be distributed. Following the acceptance of this proposal, 
the holders of common shares will receive a dividend of €1.40 
per share of €2, of which €0.32 was paid earlier as an interim 
dividend.  The  final  dividend  of  €1.08  will  be  made  available 
from May 10, 2011.

Special rights to holders of priority shares
The  priority  shares  are  held  by  “Stichting    AkzoNobel” 
(Foundation    Akzo  Nobel),  whose  board  is  composed  of  the 
members of the Supervisory Board who are not members of 
the Audit Committee. They each have one vote on the board 
of the Foundation.

The Meeting of Holders of Priority Shares has the right to draw 
up  binding  lists  of  nominees  for  appointment  to  the  Super-
visory  Board  and  the  Board  of  Management.  Amendments  
to  the  Articles  of  Association  are  subject  to  the  approval  of 
this meeting.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Financial statements  |  Other information

135

2010 key figures  

Managing our values  

Stakeholder activity  

Sustainability framework  

Invent: integrate sustainable value propositions  

Eco-premium solutions  

Cradle to Cradle 

AkzoNobel Carbon Policy  

Sustainable fresh water management  

Sustainability leadership 

Manage: include sustainability in all aspects of the value chain  

Research, Development and Innovation  

Investment decisions 

Sourcing  

Manufacturing  

Marketing 

138

139

141

142

145

145

145

145

148

148

149

149

149

149

150

151

This Sustainability facts and figures section of the 2010 Report is separate from, 
and does not in any way form part of, the company’s annual financial report 
(“jaarlikse financiële verslaggeving”) as defined in article 5:25c of the Dutch 
Financial Markets Supervision Act for 2009. This section contains summarized 
key performance indicators (KPIs) relating to sustainability performance.
Further information on AkzoNobel’s sustainability strategy, activities and results 
can be found on our corporate website: www.akzonobel.com/sustainability

Improve: continue to comply and ensure our license to operate  

Integrity management  

Employees  

Community  

152

152

153

156

Health, Safety, Environment and Security management   157

Product stewardship  

Health and safety performance 

Environmental performance 

Reporting principles  

Independent assurance report  

Sustainability performance summary  

Other links to this section:

Case studies 

Strategic ambitions 

Strategic agenda 

Embedding sustainability 

Business performance section 

Corporate govenance statement 

Risk management  

Investor relations  

159

159

161

166

167

168

2

18

20

26

29

63

75

80

 
2010 key figures

Sustainability topics and data have been 
integrated into all sections of the AkzoNobel 
Report 2010. This summary focuses on 
sustainability processes and activities that 
span our businesses. A fuller overview 
of AkzoNobel’s sustainability strategy, 
activities and results can be found in the 
Sustainability section of our corporate 
website: www.akzonobel.com/sustainability

•  Eco-premium solutions 25 percent  

•  Total waste down 11 percent per ton  

(2009: 20 percent)

of production

•  Employee/supervised contractors injury  

•  266 supportive supplier visits  

rate down 3 percent

since 2007

•  CO2 emissions (cradle to gate) down  
around 3 percent per ton of product

•  95 percent of online employees  

completed Code of Conduct training

•  Sustainable fresh water management in  
place at 48 percent of production sites

•  More than 1,400 Community Program 

projects since 2005

Key Performance Indicator summary

Objective

Metric

2010 performance

2015 ambitions

Top three on DJSI

Position on DJSI

2nd place

Top quartile safety  
performance

Step change in people  
development

Eco-premium solutions  
(% of sales)

25%

Cradle-to-gate carbon footprint

(3%)

Sustainable fresh water (% of 
sites)

Total reportable injury rate
(per million hours worked)

Behavior-based safety 
(% of sites)

Employee engagement
(mean score out of 5)1

Women executives (in %)

Executives from high growth 
countries (in %)

48%

3.6

61%

3.56

12%

12%

Top 3

30%

Reduce 10% from 2009
Reduce 20% to 25% by 2020

100%

2.0

100%

Improvement in employee survey 
index

20%

20%

138

2010 key figures  |  Sustainability  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

1The Gallup Q12 grand mean score: the average of the mean scores of each question (out of 5).

Managing our values

Strategic focus
The  importance  of  sustainability  to  running  our  business  is 
firmly  integrated  into  AkzoNobel’s  strategy.  In  2008,  we  set 
ambitions for 2015 for sustainable value creation in order to 
support our overall goals:

•  Remain in the top three on the  

Dow Jones Sustainability Index (DJSI)
•    Achieve top quartile safety performance
•    Deliver a step change in people development

During 2010, these ambitions were updated and we reviewed 
our sustainability programs to bring greater focus to our efforts:

•  Top quartile safety performance
•  Top three position in sustainability
•  Top quartile performance in diversity, employee 

engagement and talent development

•  Top quartile eco-efficiency improvement rate.

For 2011, we will strengthen our safety peer group for exter-
nal benchmarking.

The Board of Management (as of January 1, 2011, supported 
by  the  other  members  of  the  Executive  Committee)  moni-
tors  the  company’s  financial  and  sustainability  performance 
using a special dashboard, which specifies indicators – both 
leading  and  lagging  –  against  each  objective.  For  most  key 
performance indicators we have announced 2015 ambitions; 
other  short  and  long-term  milestones  are  set  at  business 
level. Performance against these ambitions are described in 
the following pages.

Sustainability framework
The  AkzoNobel  sustainability 
framework  maps  out  a 
progression towards sustainability. It has three levels (Invent, 
Manage  and  Improve  –  explained  in  detail  in  this  section) 
which  include  environmental,  economic  and  social  aspects.  
The  focus  has  shifted  away  from  an  emphasis  purely  on 
risks  –  working  on  integrity,  governance  and  compliance  – 
towards  creating  opportunities  for  value  creation  through 
process excellence, innovation and talent development. This 
framework covers issues and topics that are material for the 
company and support our strategic agenda (see page 20).

Management structure
We have established a Sustainability Council, which advises 
the  Executive  Committee  on  strategy  developments,  moni-
tors  the  integration  of  sustainability  into  management 
processes and oversees the company’s sustainability targets 
and  overall  performance.  The  Council  includes  representa-
tives from the Executive Committee, General Managers from 
our  businesses,  Corporate  Directors  of  Strategy,  Research, 
Development  and  Innovation  (RD&I),  Sourcing,  Human 
Resources (HR), Communications and Sustainability, as well 
as  the  Managing  Director  of  Technology  and  Engineering. 
The  Corporate  Director  of  Sustainability  (including  Health, 
Safety, Environment and Security) reports directly to the CEO 
and has a small team, including an expert group focusing on 
lifecycle assessment.

The General Manager of each business defines their respec-
tive  non-financial  targets  and  reports  on  progress  every 
quarter.  All  businesses  have  also  appointed  a  Sustainabil-
ity  Focal  Point  to  support  the  embedding  of  sustainability 
throughout their operations. They bring together an appropri-
ate team to develop and implement the sustainability agenda 

for the business. Focal Points from across the company have 
regular  meetings  to  exchange  best  practices  and  identify 
opportunities for further development.

A  Compliance  Committee  also  exists  to  foster  awareness 
of,  and  monitor  compliance  with,  the  Code  of  Conduct. 
Members  include  the  General  Counsel,  Secretary  to  the 
Executive  Committee,  and  Corporate  Directors  of  Internal 
Audit,  Control,  Compliance  and  HR.  Each  business  has 
appointed a member of its management team to act as the 
Compliance  Officer  to  manage  the  roll-out  of  compliance 
projects  and  to  monitor  compliance  with  the  Code  of 
Conduct.  Meanwhile,  each  element  of  the  value  chain  has 
identified  focus  areas  for  sustainability,  with  targets  where 
appropriate.  Functional  management  teams,  such  as  HR, 
Sourcing and RD&I, which comprise corporate and business 
representatives, are in place to support the implementation 
of functional strategy, including the sustainability elements.

Management processes
We include key sustainability issues in our corporate and busi-
ness planning processes, as well as in our risk management 
and compliance processes. Where there are specific “sustain-
ability” risks or issues of concern to stakeholders, we develop 
position papers and an improvement plan owned by a corpo-
rate staff member. 

Progress  in  embedding  sustainability  is  monitored  using 
an  annual  self-assessment  benchmark  which  reflects  the 
content  of  the  sustainability  framework  and  management 
processes.  The  assessment  results  are  reviewed  at  corpo-
rate level. The current level of definition within the self assess-
ment leads to some interpretation differences, but the results 
provide useful trends.  

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Managing our values

139

The  2010  results  indicate  that  sustainability  processes  are 
in  place,  or  mostly  in  place,  in  all  businesses,  except  one 
that merged in 2010 and which is still developing common 
processes. The highest level of embedding is at the Improve 
or compliance level and processes such as risk management 
and reporting. Integration in the value chain, or Manage level, 
is making steady progress, but continuing focus is required 
in all areas. The Invent topics are making progress, but are a 
clear focus for improvement in 2011.

We  strive  to  empower  all  employees  to  contribute  and  be 
accountable for our sustainability performance. This respon-
sibility  is  increasingly  anchored  in  the  personal  targets  and 
remuneration packages of managers and employees. From 
2009,  half  of  the  conditional  grant  of  shares  for  Board 
members and all executives is based on AkzoNobel’s perfor-
mance in the DJSI over a three-year period (see page 74). 

The  main  corporate  monitoring  processes  for  sustainability 
items are:

•    Non-financial Letter of Representation. At the end 

of the year, the General Manager of each business signs 
the non-financial Letter of Representation to confirm 
compliance with the Code of Conduct and other corporate 
non-financial requirements, as well as indicating any 
material non-compliance. The outcome is reviewed with 
the responsible Board member and General Counsel and 
the results are reported to the Board of Management and 
the Audit Committee. Outstanding actions are followed up 
in each business and progressed in quarterly reviews
•    In-control process. An annual in-depth in-control 
process informs management whether business 
processes are in control. Shortcomings are reported and 
remediated: during 2010 control awareness and training 
got special attention

•    Corporate audits, which include sustainability and 

compliance issues. The outcomes are shared with the 
Compliance Committee and Sustainability Council.

Our  processes  for  managing  sustainability  were  again 
reviewed as part of our 2010 external assurance activity.

140 Managing our values  |  Sustainability  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

 
Stakeholder activity

We  have  established  engagement  processes  and  activities 
with many stakeholder groups, which are described in other 
sections of this report: employees (page 153); customers (see 
Business performance section); suppliers (page 149); inves-
tors  (page  80);  communities  (page  156).  During  2010  we 
continued to have dialog with external stakeholders through a 
range of external projects and partnerships, which align with 
our  sustainability  ambitions  for  now  and  the  future.  We  are 
currently setting up a small group to oversee and integrate all 
the  stakeholder  engagement  processes  around  the  sustain-
ability aspects of our business. They will build on work carried 
out this year to identify the key stakeholder groups in each of 
our key countries.

Suppliers and sustainable trade
The first International Supply Management Congress – a joint 
initiative  between  NEVI  (knowledge  network  for  purchas-
ing  and  supply  management  in  the  Netherlands),  Alfa  Delta 
Compendium, AkzoNobel, Rabobank and the Dutch Sustain-
able Trade Initiative (IDH) – attracted more than 1,100 partici-
pants.  Speakers  included  leaders  from  sustainability  organi-
zations, NGOs and business, including our CEO Hans Wijers.

The  2010  event  focused  on  sustainability  and  innovation  in 
supply chains in a range of sectors: construction, health care, 
transport & logistics, process industry, manufacturing indus-
try,  food  &  agricultural  business,  financial  services,  and  the 
public sector. We were able to use this event to invite suppli-
ers,  customers  and  other  stakeholders,  raising  their  aware-
ness of sustainable and innovative sourcing opportunities.

Biodiversity and eco-systems
The  agenda  around  eco-systems  stewardship  continues  to 
develop within AkzoNobel.

Wood stewardship and Forest Stewardship Council
In 2010, we underlined the importance of wood stewardship 
to our sustainability agenda by signing a landmark agreement 
with the Forest Stewardship Council (see separate case study).

Eco-systems services
Our  involvement  with  the  Eco-system  Valuation  Initiative 
started  in  2008,  when  we  took  part  in  the  World  Business 
Council  for  Sustainable  Development  Future  Leaders  Team. 
That  program  explored  how  the  Eco-systems  Services 
Review  (ESR)  assessment  tool  could  be  incorporated  into 
corporate  decision-making  processes.  Our  Pulp  and  Paper 
Chemicals  business  has  used  the  process  to  evaluate  pulp 
and paper production in China and identified both risks and 
business opportunities to explore. They recently road tested 
the Corporate Eco-systems Valuation on a project evaluating 
alternative  chemicals  used  in  solid  board  production.  Fresh 
water  is  one  of  the  identified  priority  eco-system  services 
for gum rosin. The results can help in managing reputational 
risks and opportunities and are also demonstrating company 
values supporting long-term business. ESR is now one of the 
sustainability tools available for use in the BU strategy process. 

Biodiversity
Linking  with  the  International  Year  on  Biodiversity,  we  are 
involved in two studies to formulate future priority and action 
around biodiversity, for our own sites and our supply chains.

Our Decorative Paints business in the UK is trialing a supply 
chain  biodiversity  risk  assessment  developed  by  Cranfield 
University  School  of  Management.  The  trial  includes  three 
key suppliers representing important raw materials – titanium 
dioxide,  filler  and  water.  Our  water  supplier  is  also  including 
the effect of customers’ use of water – to clean brushes and 
so on – in his assessment. The results indicate generally low 

risks, but potential additional risks for second tier suppliers. At 
the same time, the business has initiated a full evaluation of 
two AkzoNobel production sites against the UK Wildlife Trust’s 
biodiversity benchmark, which was set up to support the UK 
Biodiversity Action Plan to help increase the contribution that 
businesses can make towards enhancing biodiversity. 

In  the  Netherlands,  our  Functional  Chemicals  business  is 
working on a complementary project with Wageningen Univer-
sity to measure the biodiversity impact of one of our sites.

Partnerships and endorsements
We  support  a  number  of  external  organizations  and  char-
ters to demonstrate our commitment to sustainability issues. 
These include the UN Global Compact – we are also an active 
member of the network in the Netherlands – and the Global 
Responsible Care Charter.

In order to contribute to, and keep up-to-date with, develop-
ments in the sustainability agenda, we continue to support the 
work of the World Business Council for Sustainable Develop-
ment (WBCSD), the World Resources Institute, Forum for the 
Future in the UK and the Conference Board. 

•   AkzoNobel participated in the 2010 WBCSD Future 
Leaders Team with the task of bringing the Council’s 
Vision 2050 to life

•   We hosted a World Resources Institute meeting in 
Amsterdam to support their European program

•   We have taken part in good practice sharing on linking 

sustainability to compensation via both a WRI Mindshare 
meeting and the WBCSD People Matter program

•   Forum for the Future supported us to integrate 

sustainability aspects into our graduate  
development program.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Stakeholder activity

141

Sustainability framework

Sustainability framework
The framework (right) maps out the sustainability topics covered 
in this report (see also the index on page 174). The AkzoNobel 
framework  has  three  levels  (Invent,  Manage,  Improve).  Each 
includes environmental, economic and social aspects, which 
together map out the journey towards sustainability.

Invent: integrate sustainable value propositions
As  we  move  forward,  we  are  identifying  and  managing 
those  issues  which  provide  long-term  opportunities  for  
our businesses.

•   Working in partnership with customers and suppliers to 

deliver eco-premium solutions

•  Managing long-term resource and environmental issues
•  Developing our people to lead and deliver innovative 

solutions

•  Increasingly working in partnership with a range of 
stakeholders to achieve transformational change.

Manage: include sustainability in all aspects  
of the value chain
Based  on  the  foundations  of  compliance  and  license  to 
operate,  we  are  now  integrating  sustainability  into  all  areas 
of  the  value  chain,  from  market  research  through  to  sales 
and marketing.

•  Research, Development and Innovation groups focusing 
on product design for eco-efficiency, applying clever 
chemistry

•  Sourcing managers working in partnership with suppliers 
to control business integrity issues, and to help us deliver 
sustainable value to our customers

•   Manufacturing sites optimizing processes, improving 

yields, improving energy efficiency

•  Sales and marketing teams working with customers to 

develop eco-premium solutions.

Improve: continue to comply and ensure our  
license to operate
Our  management  processes  include  directives  and  stan-
dards, management systems, improvement objectives, train-
ing and auditing. They are underpinned by AkzoNobel’s risk 
management process, which integrates environmental, social 
and governance issues.

Economic
•   Integrity management: Our Code of Conduct details 

the requirements on employees and on the company to 
operate with integrity. There is a compliance management 
process in place. In parallel, a global complaints 
procedure allows employees to report any violations which 
they encounter.

Environmental and social
•  Health, Safety, Environment and Security management: 

HSE&S management systems are based on international 
and internal company standards. Implementation 
is carried out by trained, experienced employees. 
Improvement actions are driven by objectives, while 
verification is achieved though internal and external audits.

•  Product stewardship: Management systems and 
processes are in place to control the safety and 
environmental impact of our products throughout the 
lifecycle and to manage compliance with international and 
local regulations.

•  Employment practices: HR systems are set up to 

meet business and local needs, within the framework 
of the global HR policy, which sets out principles for 
development, education and training, and compensation 
and benefits.

Sustainability framework chart index

Improve 
Environmental management 
HSE&S management 
Emissions, waste 
Raw material efficiency 
Energy, greenhouse gases 
Land remediation 

157
161
23, 163
161
165

Product stewardship 
Product stewardship  
Distribution 

23, 159
159

Integrity management 
Code of conduct 
Competition compliance 
Anti-bribery 
Integrity management 

Supply chain 
Sourcing  

Health, Safety,  
Security Management
HSE&S management 
H&S performance 
Process safety 

Employment practices
People development 
Diversity & inclusion 
Restructuring 

Community involvement 
Community 

Risk management
Risk management 

152
152
152
152

23, 151

157
159
160

153
153
156

156

75

Invent 
Climate change
Carbon policy  
Energy, greenhouse gases  

145
161

Scarce resources
Managing scarce resources 
Freshwater availability  
Cradle to Cradle  

21, 23
148, 165
145

Products 
Eco-premium solutions  
Mid-markets  

145
20, 21, 22

External partnerships 
Accelerate profitable growth  20, 22, 26
23, 149
Sourcing  
149
RD&I 
145
Cradle to Cradle 

Leadership development 
Sustainability leadership 
Talent factory 

148
20, 24, 25, 153 

Mid markets 
Mid-markets 

20, 21, 22

Manage 
Research & Development
Innovate more 
RD&I 
Eco-premium solutions 

Sourcing 
Functional excellence 
Sourcing 

Manufacturing 
Functional excellence 
Manufacturing 

Sales & Marketing 
Eco-premium solutions 
Marketing 

21
149
145

20, 23
149

20, 23
23, 150

145
151

Stakeholder Engagement 
Investors 
Customers 
Employees 
Suppliers 
Other stakeholders 

80
21, 22, 29-57
19, 24, 153
149
141

142 Sustainability framework  |  Sustainability  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010 priority areas

Sustainability framework

Environmental

Economic/Governance

Social

Invent

Integrate sustainable value propositions

Manage

Include sustainability in all aspects of the  
value chain

Improve

Continue to comply and ensure a license  
to operate

Climate change 
Carbon policy
Energy, greenhouse gases
Scarce resources
Managing scarce resources
Freshwater availability
Cradle to Cradle

Products
Eco-premium solutions
Mid-markets
External partnerships
Accerate profitable growth
Sourcing
RD&I
Cradle to Cradle

Leadership development
Sustainability leadership
Talent factory
Mid-markets

Market 
research

Research and
development

Investment 
decisions

Sourcing

Manufacturing

Sales and 
marketing

Research & Development
Innovate more
RD&I
Eco-premium solutions

Sourcing
Functional Excellence
Sourcing

Manufacturing
Functional Excellence
Manufacturing

Sales & Marketing
Eco-premium solutions
Marketing

Stakeholder engagement Investors, customers, suppliers, employees, other stakeholders

Environmental management
HSE&S management
Emissions, waste
Raw material efficiency
Energy, greenhouse gases
Land remediation
Product stewardship
Product stewardship
Distribution

Integrity management
Code of conduct
Competition compliance
Anti-bribery
Integrity management
Sourcing

Risk management

Health, Safety,  
Security management
HSE&S management
H&S performance
Process safety
Employment practices
People Development
Diversity & inclusion
Restructuring
Community involvement

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Sustainability framework

143

AKzONOBEL AND ECO-PREMIUM SOLUTIONS 

With  cries  for  manufacturers  to  stop  using  NPEs 
(nonylphenol  ethoxylates)  in  their  products  becoming 
louder  –  and  legislation  to  prevent  their  use  becom-
ing more global – the search is on for environmentally 
benign alternatives that offer similar performance.

NPEs are already banned completely in Europe, while 
in  the  US,  the  Environmental  Protection  Agency  has 
announced  that  it  will  be  banning  NPEs  in  indus-
trial  laundry  and  cleaning  products.  The  good  news  
for  customers  seeking  an  eco-premium  alternative  is 
that our Surface Chemistry business has already devel-
oped one. 

Berol  609  is  AkzoNobel’s  next  generation  nonylphenol 
ethoxylate  replacement  which  exceeds  the  degreasing 
power of leading NPE replacements. Completely water 
soluble  and  biodegradable,  there’s  also  no  need  for 
customers  to  reformulate.  It  can  simply  be  used  as  a 
direct drop-in for NP9 or NP10.

Produced  in  large  volumes  and  widely  used  in  deter-
gents and cleaning products, NPEs are thought to be 
toxic  to  aquatic  organisms.  Initiatives  to  encourage 
companies to voluntarily phase out their use (which we 
did some time ago) have been gathering momentum in 
recent  months,  with  the  world’s  high  growth  markets 
expected to follow suit sooner rather than later. Berol 
609  is  therefore  well  placed  to  position  itself  as  the 
most attractive alternative.

Invent

Integrate sustainable value propositions

portfolio.  For  more  than  50  percent  of  these  solutions,  the 
eco-efficiency benefit is realized downstream by our custom-
ers or the end user of our products.

higher  productivity,  better  economy  and  reduced  environ-
mental impact.

Eco-premium solutions
Eco-premium  solutions  help  to  create  value  for  our  busi-
nesses  and  our  customers.  They  provide  top  line  growth 
opportunities  because  of  their  improved  performance  in 
areas  such  as  raw  material  use,  manufacturing  processes 
and product innovation. 

We  are  committed  to  continuously  improve  the  sustainabil-
ity of our operations and the entire value chains in which we 
operate.  Downstream,  we  seek  to  offer  solutions  that  allow 
our customers, or their customers, to reduce their footprint. 
For  example,  by  reducing  energy  or  water  requirement,  or 
waste  generation.  Upstream,  we  achieve  improvements  by 
working with our suppliers to reduce their eco-footprint, or to 
identify new and lower footprint process, formulation or appli-
cation routes to meet our customers’ needs. Our businesses 
continue  to  use  desktop  tools  to  review  the  eco-footprint 
during R&D development processes. An additional tool being 
developed  focuses  on  comparing  the  environmental  and 
social impacts of renewable raw materials.

We  have  a  ambition  to  increase  the  share  of  revenue  from 
eco-premium solutions to at least 30 percent in 2015. This is a 
challenging objective because the measurement will be taken 
against the mainstream, or standard, product in the market, 
which is a moving target.

Eco-premium solutions in % of revenue

Milestone

18

18

20

30

25

2007

2008

2009

2010

2015

An eco-premium solution is measured using a quantitative analysis or a
qualitative assessment focusing on six categories: toxicity, energy efficiency,
use of natural resources/raw materials, emissions and waste, land use and
risks (eg accidents). The eco-premium solution must be significantly better
than currently available solutions in at least one criterion, and not significantly
worse in any. 

As an important element of portfolio analysis, we also use this 
analysis to identify products that may not be sustainable in the 
longer term due to competitive or regulatory pressures. This 
includes products which contain materials of concern where 
we  have  phase-out  plans  in  place,  for  example  some  lead 
compounds and chromates.

Our businesses carry out an annual assessment of their port-
folio. In 2010, total revenue relating to eco-premium solutions 
were more than €3.5 billion. The proportion of revenue from 
eco-premium  solutions  has  increased  to  25  percent  (2009: 
20 percent). This is divided between Specialty Chemicals (23 
percent),  Performance  Coatings  (22  percent)  and  Decora-
tive Paints (29 percent). The 2010 analysis shows that sales 
growth in eco-premium solutions is ahead of the total product 

Decorative Paints’ Dulux Weathershield SunReflect lowers the 
temperature of external walls by up to 5° Celsius and reduces 
the  need  for  air  conditioning  by  reflecting  up  to  90  percent 
more infrared radiation than comparable exterior paints.

Our  Pulp  and  Paper  chemicals  product  Compozil  Fx  is  a  
wet  end  management  system  for  the  largest  and  fastest 
paper  machines.  Top  quality  paper  can  be  produced  with 

Autoclear LV Exclusive is a high gloss clearcoat paint for car 
refinishing.  Based  on  proprietary  resin  technology,  it  is  not 
only highly resistant to scratches and easy to apply, but also 
features remarkable self-healing properties when exposed to 
gentle heat.

Additional examples are given in the case studies included in 
this report.

Cradle to Cradle studies
We have continued with the pilot phase of our Cradle to Cradle 
(C2C)  activity with German  professor  Michael Braungart and 
his  EPEA  organization.  This  is  enabling  our  businesses  to 
explore the opportunities of the C2C concept. For our coatings 
businesses, the focus is on identifying products that support 
new  functionality,  for  example  recyclability,  or  absorption  of 
air  pollutants,  rather  than  simply  reducing  footprint.  Several 
exploratory projects are being developed with partners. 

AkzoNobel has also been involved in a partnership with other 
corporations, research institutions and academia to develop a 
model for a C2C coatings/chemical plant, the “Factory of the 
Future”. The facility design is based – as far possible – on C2C 
principles and emphasizes renewable energy, water manage-
ment and active materials and transport management. 

AkzoNobel Carbon Policy 
Climate  protection  is  an  integral  element  of  our  busi-
ness  objectives.  Early  in  2009,  the  Board  of  Management 
approved the company’s Carbon Policy, including 2015 and 
2020  improvement targets and ambition levels. We continue 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Invent

145

AKzONOBEL AND INVENTIVE THINKING   

It’s  usually  the  major,  pioneering  product  innovations 
that grab all the glory. And there’s nothing wrong with 
that. But most of the time, it’s the less high profile break-
throughs that give our customers the most satisfaction.

Applying  putty  to  repair  large  wooden  substrates  is  a 
classic example. Imperfections and defects that occur 
naturally in wood are normally repaired by hand, using 
putty. The putty then needs to be dried before the huge 
panels  of  wood  can  be  turned  into  flooring,  furniture, 
doors and so on. This process is slow, not always accu-
rate and the technology used is not particularly durable.

So  our  Wood  Finishes  and  Adhesives  business  – 
working  together  with  leading  manufacturers  Swed-
wood  (an  IKEA  company)  and  Tarkett  –  developed  a 
new  concept  known  as  the  Automatic  Putty  System 
(APS). It’s an automated system which uses scanners/
cameras to detect imperfections, robots for application 
and a special APS machine to push down, smooth out 
and cure the putty, which is supplied by AkzoNobel.

This new patented process brings major benefits to the 
customer as it requires fewer people, offers increased 
quality due to the use of our UV curing putty, results in 
higher productivity and efficiency and is more accurate 
and consistent. Tarkett is running one line in Hanaskog 
in  Sweden,  while  Swedwood  is  using  the  system  to 
produce spruce and pine furniture for IKEA. 

The  putty  system  also  provides  benefits  in  terms  of 
sustainability. For example, because our customers are 
able  to  transform  defective  or  poor  quality  wood  into 
usable  wood,  it  means  there  is  less  waste,  so  fewer 
trees are being harvested. 

to focus on improving the energy efficiency and managing the 
fuel mix of our energy intensive businesses to reduce green-
house gas emissions and potential carbon costs. We are also 
committed to reducing the impact of our raw materials and 
developing solutions that help our customers to reduce their 
energy requirements. 

ity of this developing reporting activity, and the uncertainty of 
some measurement processes and current data available. At 
AkzoNobel, we want to use these measurement activities to 
help drive performance improvement. During this learning and 
maturity phase, we will aim to monitor relative improvements 
by setting clear boundaries and consistent assumptions.  

In addition to internal activity to reduce energy use and green-
house  gas  emissions,  we  support  transparent  disclosure 
and  business  initiatives  calling  for  urgent  inter-governmental 
action. We are signatories of the UN Global Compact’s Caring 
for  Climate  platform,  and  communiqués  from  the  Prince  of  
Wales’  Corporate  Leaders  Group  on  Climate,  which  have 
urged  action  towards  an  international  UN  Climate  Change 
treaty  at  each  of  the  annual  Climate  Change  conferences. 
We still advocate the implementation of global cap-and-trade 
mechanisms on carbon emissions as a requirement to accel-
erate transition towards a low carbon economy. 

Cornerstones of Carbon Policy

Measurement
Measure and report on a cradle-to-gate basis and 
manage carbon along the value chain.

Reduction
Use a structured and consistent carbon reduction 
approach, aligned with business objectives.

Communication and advocacy
Actively communicate approach and performance to 
staff, customers, suppliers, investors and the general 
public and encourage dialog.

Best practices
Promote activities to share good practice, generate 
efficiencies and accelerate improvement.

Our carbon management and performance is reported through 
the Carbon Disclosure Project. We have also taken an active 
part in developing the GHG Protocol Accounting and Report-
ing  Guidelines  for  product  lifecycles  and  corporate  value 
chains (Scope 3). During 2010, we were one of the compa-
nies chosen to road test both standards and carry out a trial 
assurance process. This pilot was helpful in providing bound-
aries and some prioritization tools, but reinforced the complex-

Our framework for measuring the carbon footprint of products 
and  facilities  is  based  on  the  international  Greenhouse  Gas 
Protocol  and  lifecycle  analysis.  It  was  tested  with  the  World 
Resources  Institute  and  several  Dutch  NGOs.  During  2009, 
our businesses (see note to graph) identified and assessed the 
cradle-to-gate carbon footprint of key value chains in order to 
understand  the  high  carbon  areas  where  improvements  will 
deliver  financial  and  environmental  benefits.  This  indicated 
that  more  than  70  percent  of  the  company  footprint  is  from 
raw  materials  extraction,  processing  and  transport  (Scope  3 
upstream),  while  the  remaining  25  to  30  percent  is  from  our 
own direct emissions and indirect emissions from energy use.  
During  2010,  our  businesses  have  been  developing  carbon 
management plans which identify specific improvement oppor-
tunities and programs. Examples of programs in place include:

•   Joint activities with suppliers to reduce the footprint of key 

raw materials

•  Reformulations using lower footprint raw materials
•  Site programs to improve yields, reduce waste and 

improve energy efficiency 

•   Technology and process developments
•   New curing developments to reduce energy use during 

product application.

2010 is the second time we have assessed the cradle-to-gate 
footprint of our operations. We have now assessed 286 key 
value chains (2009: 158). This year’s assessment indicates a 
total  footprint  of  around  16.0  million  tons  CO2(e)  assessed 
cradle-to-gate.  There  was  an  additional  0.7  million  tons 
Scope1 and 2 CO2(e) reported from Chemicals Pakistan and 
National Starch (now divested). As in 2009, the cradle-to-gate 
assessment indicated around 70 percent was from raw mate-
rials and transport (Scope 3 upstream) and under 30 percent 
from our own direct and indirect emissions from energy use.

Ambitions 
•   Reduce our cradle-to-gate (scope 1, 2 and 3 upstream) 

carbon footprint per ton of product by 10 percent by 2015 
(2009 baseline)

•   Reduce cradle-to-gate carbon footprint per ton of product 

by 20 to 25 percent by 2020 (2009 baseline)
•   Control absolute scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas 

emissions below 2008 levels

•   Our existing objective to increase eco-premium solutions to 
30 percent of sales will track the provision of carbon-efficient 
solutions to customers, reducing our downstream footprint.

These improvements will be achieved though a mix of inno-
vation, energy efficiency and fuel mix improvements.

Assessment method
The assessment uses boundaries in line with financial report-
ing and definitions in line with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol. 
It is carried out using recognized tools and staff experienced 
in  lifecycle  assessment.  Businesses  identify  and  assess  the 
cradle-to-gate carbon footprint of key value chains in order to 
understand  the  high  greenhouse  gas  emission  areas  where 
improvements will deliver financial and environmental benefits.

Scope 3 (upstream) includes GHG emissions from the extrac-
tion,  production  and  transport  of  raw  materials.  We  have 
developed a central raw materials database to provide consis-
tency/transparency of data use. This database includes mainly 
“default” or proxy data which has been selected as the most 
representative/current data from recognized data sources, as 
well as specific supplier data. The absolute data and year on 
year comparision provide indicative assessments.

Scope 1 includes direct GHG emissions from our production 
and owned transport. Emissions from our sites are assessed 
from measured fuel use and process emissions; transport is 
assessed from fuel use and/or estimated distance traveled.

Scope 2 includes the indirect GHG emissions from purchased 
electricity and heat. Energy use is collected from site measure-
ments, with emissions assessed using supplier or country grid 
factors and fuel mix. 

Since  the  2009  assessment  we  have  further  developed  our 
raw  materials  database  and  the  value  chains  in  some  busi-
nesses. We have restated the 2009 figures to include these 
changes  and  also  included  a  facility  which  was  acquired 

The individual business footprint was calculated by extrapo-
lating from measured key value chains, or from assessing the 
total raw material footprint from purchased materials, and 
total production and transport energy use.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Invent

147

but not reported last year – so we have an indication of the 
improvement per ton achieved during the year. The results of 
the cradle-to-gate assessments show a reduction of around 3 
percent from about 853 kg/ton to approximately 827 kg/ton.

fresh  water  assessment  tool,  which  evaluates  risks  in  six 
categories: water sources, supply reliability, efficiency, quality 
of  discharges,  compliance  and  social  competitive  factors. 
Sustainable management is indicated by a low risk score in 
all categories. 

Cradle-to-gate carbon footprint in million tons of CO2 

During  2009,  our  manufacturing  sites  completed  the  self-
assessments – the results indicated that 38 percent of sites 
have  sustainable  fresh  water  in  place  (see  our  corporate 
website for more details). Our manufacturing sites will update 
their  assessments  every  two  years.  The  focus  in  2010  has 
been  on  validating  and  updating  the  assessment  tool  and 
analyzing  the  preliminary  results  for  common  risks  areas. 
Information  on  water  use  and  discharges  is  included  in  the 
Environmental performance section of this report.

Sustainable fresh water management
in % sites

Milestone

38

2009

48

2010

100

2015

Sustainable fresh water management is defined as a low risk score in all 
categories in the AkzoNobel sustainable fresh water assessment tool.  

Our  sites  are  now  developing  improvement  plans  that  may 
include investments in infrastructure and technology, changes 
in  water  use,  improvements  in  water  discharges,  managing 
community  and  social  water  issues,  etc.  The  improvement 
activity  for  water  use  and  discharges  will  be  integrated  with 
our  operational  eco-efficiency  program,  described  in  the 
Manufacturing section. The quick scans have already identi-
fied opportunities for reuse of wash, cooling and other process 
waters,  as  well  as  improving  controls  for  cooling  water  and 
heat extraction. Improvements already achieved include:

•   In Australia, production was relocated to a customer 
location to take advantage of surplus recycled water
•   Surface water has replaced ground water as the source 

for a site in the Netherlands

Other aspects 
Eco-efficiency  assessment,  which  includes  water,  is  at  the 
heart  of  sustainability  reviews  for  our  eco-premium  solu-
tions and all major projects – to achieve a balance between 
environmental  footprint  and  cost  effectiveness.  Our  portfolio 
includes a number of processes/products that support more 
efficient water use, recycling and improved water/waste water 
treatment.  Water  scarcity,  stricter  regulation  and  consumer 
requirements  for  lower  impact  solutions  are  expected  to 
provide increased opportunities for the future. 

Our  Supportive  Supplier  Visits  program  already  reviews  the 
water  use  and  discharges  of  our  critical  suppliers  in  high 
growth  economies,  where  required  improvement  plans  are 
progressed and closed. In 2011, we will review how we might 
extend our sustainable water management.

Our  commitment  to  sustainable 
fresh  water  manage-
ment  requires  our  sites  to  engage  with  local  authorities  and 
communities to understand the risks related to water supply 
and competition for water uses. Our sites also support local 
communities  through  community  panels  and  projects.  A 
recent project in Cikarang, Indonesia, involved 60 employees, 
in partnership with a local NGO, initiating a new local waste 
management  system  to  separate  household  waste,  which 
results in less land and water contamination.

Sustainability Leadership 
In November 2010, 22 of AkzoNobel’s future leaders traveled 
to  India  to  take  part  in  a  week-long  development  program. 
Known  as  Sustainability  Leadership,  the  new  initiative  is 
designed to help nurture the talent and skill set of the partici-
pants and expose them to both the social and environmental 
aspects of sustainability.  

Traveling to India – one of AkzoNobel’s strategic high growth 
regions  –  enabled  the  team  of  executive  potentials  to  draw 
on a rich and diverse set of experiences and gain insight into 
different  cultures.  They  were  able  to  achieve  better  under-
standing of their motivation and skills and this will help improve 
their ability to contribute simultaneously to a more successful 
business and a more sustainable world.

•   Extensive recycle and reuse systems have been 

implemented at salt production sites in Europe, including 
reuse of condensate and recirculation of process water via 
technologies such as deionization.

Having  taken  part  in  the  expedition  element,  each  member 
of  the  team  now  has  clear  objectives  and  tangible  projects 
to  ensure  that  their  businesses,  and  ultimately  the  whole  of 
AkzoNobel, benefit from their personal development.

Scope 3 upstream

Scope 1

Scope 2

14.9

2.8
1.3

10.8

2009

16.0

3.0
1.5

11.5

2010

The carbon footprint of the six main greenhouse gases is measured from
cradle-to-gate based on the international Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol
and Lifecycle Assessment ISO 14040-44. See Assessment method.
The cradle-to-gate assessment excludes Chemicals Pakistan and National 
Starch. They measure Scope 1 and 2 emissions which is included in the 
Performance Summary data. 2009 cradle-to-gate data has been restated to 
reflect changes in portfolio and raw material data.

Sustainable fresh water management
AkzoNobel  is  concerned  with  the  sustainable  use  and  the 
conservation of water resources worldwide. We are aiming to 
achieve sustainable fresh water management at our produc-
tion sites by 2015, as we recognize water supply is essential 
to life – and to the sustainability of our business. We rely on 
water for raw materials production, product formulation and 
manufacturing,  power  generation,  cooling,  cleaning,  trans-
porting and for effective use of some products.

In July 2010, AkzoNobel signed the UN Global Compact CEO 
Water Mandate. By doing so, we have committed to develop-
ing our programs over time for: direct operations, supply chain 
and watershed management, collective action, public policy, 
community engagement and transparency. We also took part 
in the 2010 Carbon Disclosure Project water assessment. 
We are currently defining an integrated, company-wide Water 
Program,  including  expert  resource  support  for  improve-
ments, which has included benchmarking our efforts with the 
leaders in the water initiatives.

Current progress
We  assess  our  progress  using  the  AkzoNobel  sustainable 

148

Invent  |  Sustainability  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

 
Manage

Include sustainability in all aspects of the value chain

Research, Development and Innovation (RD&I)
Sustainability and the reduction of our ecological footprint are 
embedded in AkzoNobel’s strategy for RD&I and their consid-
eration is inherent throughout the innovation process.

We use our eco-premium solutions metric – which considers 
the  whole  lifecycle  –  as  the  key  performance  indicator  for 
our product sustainability performance. Two important focus 
areas have been VOC reduction and raw materials.

A  cross-business  group,  including  RD&I,  marketing  and 
product  stewardship,  has  created  a  comprehensive  model 
of VOC use across the Decorative Paints and Performance 
Coatings  Business  Areas.  This  has  provided  a  thorough 
analysis  of  the  2009  VOC  baseline  and  a  robust  forecast 
of the position in 2015. AkzoNobel is committed to taking a 
leadership role in the reduction of VOCs within the coatings 
industry and plans have been put in place to ensure that a 
25 percent reduction in the volume weighted average VOC 
content  of  Decorative  Paints  and  Performance  Coatings 
products is achieved by 2015. 

Renewable raw materials are already used extensively through-
out the company. Our Surface Chemistry business has devel-
oped and introduced Alcoguard H5240, an anti-scalant used 
in automatic dishwashing and laundry detergent applications. 
Based  on  hybrid  polymer  technology  in  which  a  substantial 
proportion  of  the  synthetic  petrochemically-derived  polymers 
are  replaced  by  polysaccharides,  Alcoguard  H5240  has  a 
significantly lower carbon footprint than competitive equivalent 
products,  and  its  polysaccharide  component  is  fully  biode-
gradable.  Hybrid  polymers  with  similar  compositions  have 
been  commercialized  for  use  in  oilfield  applications  and  the 
technology has been nominated for P2 (pollution prevention) 
recognition by the US Environmental Protection Agency.

A  number  of  our  businesses  are  evaluating  renewable  raw 
materials  as  offering  novel  functionality  or  more  sustainable 
alternatives  to  mainstream  products.  We  are  taking  steps 
with supply chain partners and external bodies to ensure that, 
where used, renewables offer a genuine sustainability advan-
tage taking social and environmental impacts fully into account.

Industrial  Chemicals  is  developing  innovative  process  tech-
nology  for  the  use  of  carbon  dioxide  as  a  renewable  basic 
feedstock. These processes are being developed in line with 
the  principles  of  Green  Chemistry  and  the  targeted  prod-
ucts  will  constitute  valuable  strategic  additions  to  Industrial 
Chemicals’ current portfolio. In order to accelerate progress 
in this relatively young field, a variety of collaborations have 
been set up with knowledge institutes, universities and indus-
trial partners. In recognition of the highly innovative character 
and broader significance of these projects, they have recently 
been  granted  support  by  various  public  funding  schemes 
such  as  the  EU  7th  Framework  Program  and  the  Dutch 
Energy Research Subsidies.

Elsewhere, open innovation approaches, both along the value 
chain as well as through the AkzoNobel Networked Innovation 
(ANNI) program, have been strengthened as a way of helping 
us to achieve our innovation ambitions. Strategic partnerships 
have  been  set  up  with  key  suppliers  aimed  at  establishing 
long-term  relationships  in  strategically  important  and  mutu-
ally beneficial areas of research and development. ANNI has 
been embedded in the organization as a structured approach 
to  acquiring  solutions  to  unmet  technology  and  know-how 
needs from within and outside AkzoNobel (together with Nine-
Sigma, a global leader in open innovation).

to  significantly  reduce  complexity  in  the  business.  The  new 
raw  materials  strategy  being  implemented  is  both  reducing 
the number of raw materials it uses and helping to drive the 
move towards raw materials with lower ecological footprints.  
A  principal  goal  of  the  strategy  has  been  reformulation  to 
reduce  the  TiO2  content  of  paint,  which  is  usually  the  main 
contributor  to  its  carbon  footprint.  Further  reductions  of 
carbon  footprint  are  being  achieved  through  the  choice  of 
latex for water-based paints. 

Investment decisions
All  our  major  investment  proposals  require  a  sustainability 
evaluation alongside the financial case. This includes an eco-
efficiency assessment, as well as a full review of health and 
safety, process and product safety, natural resource/raw mate-
rial requirements and environmental impacts. These require-
ments are fully embedded in the company process for allocat-
ing funds for an investment or acquisition. The proposals are 
reviewed by subject matter experts, who provide comments 
and advice to the Board of Management, on both the financial 
and  non-financial  issues  associated  with  the  investment,  to 
provide a strong basis of the investment decision.

Sourcing
Business principles
AkzoNobel  aims  to  do  business  with  partners  who  endorse 
our  ethical  values  and  our  social  and  environmental  stan-
dards. Our Supplier Support Visits (SSV) program was estab-
lished  to  verify  that  the  business  principles  and  practices  of 
our critical suppliers in high growth markets comply with our 
vendor policy. It also helps suppliers to improve their health, 
safety and environment standards.

Decorative  Paints  is  making  good  progress  in  establish-
ing a global product architecture and raw materials strategy 

Our  businesses  identify  critical  suppliers  in  each  region  and 
visit them on a regular basis, the frequency defined by their 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Manage

149

Supplier engagement

% of spend

2007

2008

2009

2010

2010 
ambitions

2011 
ambitions

Raw material suppliers. Vendor policy signed  

NPR 1 business suppliers. Vendor policy signed 

NPR 1 centrally contracted suppliers. Vendor policy signed

Suppliers visited since 2007

1 Non-product related.

81

100

82

80

152

85

89

185

91

62

100

266

90

50

100

220

95

Total 75

300

performance rating provided by the SSV teams. These teams 
agree  specific  and  continuous  improvement  programs  with 
each  supplier  as  appropriate  and  monitor  progress  through 
routine re-visits. Those suppliers either unwilling or incapable 
of positive progress are de-listed. 

The  SSV  program  has  been  a  forceful  and  effective  step 
towards  creating  a  sustainable  supplier  base,  needed  for 
AkzoNobel’s  growth  in  high  growth  markets.  The  2011 
program will be enhanced and include metrics to monitor the 
development of a maturing, sustainable supplier base in the 
respective region, which supports AkzoNobel’s sustainability 
objectives,  eco-footprint  initiative  and  the  rapid  growth  of  a 
high growth market supply base. 

Key supplier management
In  2010,  we  further  developed  our  Key  Supplier  Manage-
ment  program.  We  have  set  up  20  long-term  agreements 
with  global,  leading  suppliers  for  in-depth  cooperation  on 
value  creation  and  innovation.  Focusing  on  sustainability  is 
paramount, as it supports our CO2(e) reduction ambition and 
the delivery of eco-premium solutions to our customers (see 
Invent section). 

Carbon footprint 
The result of our initial calculations show that raw materials 
account for more than 70 percent of the AkzoNobel CO2(e) 
footprint (see Carbon Policy section). Together with suppliers 
and RD&I, we are defining projects to reduce the volume of 
these raw materials in product recipes. We are also working 
with long-term cooperations to identify alternative raw mate-
rials with a reduced carbon footprint; to investigate the use 
of renewable raw materials; and to study their effect on our 
product quality and the carbon footprint.

Car lease
The AkzoNobel target for lease cars is to achieve a weighted 
average  of  130g  CO2(e)  emissions  per  kilometer  by  2013.
CO2(e) levels in Europe for passenger cars came down from 
158.8g/km to 152.4g/km, while the cars that were added to 
the fleet in 2010 have an average CO2(e) level of 138.5g/km. 
During the fourth quarter of 2010, we adapted the maximum 
allowances in Europe downwards by 10g/km.

Logistics
We work closely with our road transport suppliers to measure 
their  environmental  performance  and  development.  For 
example, we have ambitions to achieve Euro 5 level engines 
during 2011 and green driving training for drivers.  We have 
started projects with suppliers on maximum payload utilization 
and  reducing  empty  load  journeys.  In  addition,  we  recently 
joined the clean shipping index to start measuring, comparing 
and put targets on shipping lines and their vessels.

Talent management
The  AkzoNobel  Procurement  Academy  provides  standard-
ized  training  for  our  worldwide  procurement  professionals. 
In  2010,  we  trained  more  than  250  purchasers  in  strategic 
sourcing  methodology  and  negotiations  and  influencing  in 
various parts of the world. At the end of the year, we started 
a new branch of the academy in China to provide this training 
to new hires in Mandarin. In October 2010, a global workshop 
took place, when 240 purchasers from 30 different countries 
worldwide  initiated strategic learning projects. 

During  2011,  our  executive  potentials  will  carry  out  further 
work on learning projects, coached by senior executives from 
the Sourcing function. The learning projects are derived from 
our strategic sourcing initiatives.

A  dedicated,  one-week  training  for  the  executive  potentials 
will  give  the  AkzoNobel  context  for  their  learning  path,  with 
themes  such  as  diversity,  sustainability  and  innovation.  The 
members  of  the  global  One  Procurement  Leadership  Team 
were  trained  in  executive  performance  to  improve  their 
creative and communication skills.

Remuneration
Within Sourcing, the sustainability agenda is linked to individ-
ual  remuneration.  Every  member  of  the  global  Procurement 
Council has at least one sustainability target as an item in their 
personal targets. 

Manufacturing 
AkzoNobel  is  a  manufacturing  company,  so  excellence  in 
supply  chain  management  and  manufacturing  operations  is 
a fundamental requirement for success. Our businesses use 
established tools such as Six Sigma and Black Belt training to 
achieve improvements. During the year, the Decorative Paints 
business set up a Supply Chain Academy to build manufac-
turing capability and skills and accelerate cross-functional and 
cross-country learning.  

Lifecycle  assessments  have  indicated  that  for  most  of  our 
businesses, the environmental footprint of our direct activity is 
low compared with the impact of raw materials and use of our 
products. However, we see improving operational eco-efficien-
cy  as  a  fundamental  element  of  manufacturing  excellence  – 
helping us to achieve cost reduction, environmental protection 
and more effective use of raw materials and natural resources.
In  January  2010,  we  initiated  an  Operational  Eco-Efficiency 
Program to achieve a step change in the environmental foot-
print of our own operations. The main indicators are energy 
consumption,  greenhouse  gas  emissions,  waste  produced, 
fresh  water  intake  and  VOC  emissions.  Quick  scan  reviews 

150 Manage  |  Sustainability  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

to  identify  improvement  opportunities  were  conducted  at  
75  production  sites,  which 
represent  approximately  
75 percent of the whole company. A more extensive, compre-
hensive diagnostic toolkit for waste and energy consumption 
has been developed. This has been applied at selected sites.

As a result, AkzoNobel has defined a program to improve its 
environmental footprint by 10 percent, delivering €70 million 
in  cost  savings  over  the  next  two  years.  This  is  a  first  step 
towards  a  higher  ambition  of  a  30  percent  footprint  reduc-
tion during the years to come. This 30 percent reduction will 
come  from  improving  existing  processes,  rationalization  of 
the manufacturing footprint and the application of best avail-
able  technologies  for  new  investments.  We  have  brought 
together cross-functional and cross-business Expert Groups 
to support this activity by sharing good practice and expertise 
across the company and have developed a rigorous benefits 
monitoring process to track improvements. The first wave of 
projects is now being implemented. 

For 2011, we have two main goals. The first is to rigorously 
implement  the  findings  from  the  quick  scans  and  compre-
hensive diagnostics. Secondly, we will be embarking on the 
next  level  of  improvements:  identifying  best  available  tech-
nology  for  all  new  investment  projects  and  manufacturing 
technologies,  which  will  drive  further  and  more  ambitious 
footprint reductions.

Waste, water, energy and VOC improvements
Improvement on Operational Eco-Efficiency is not dependent 
on a handful of large projects, but on many smaller site initia-
tives. Some concrete examples:

•   A Surface Chemistry site in Sweden has reduced VOC 
emissions by 70 percent and saved €100,000 in fixed 

and variable costs by reducing the level of excess methyl 
chloride required in the process reaction

•   An agreement with a local raw material supplier to  
reuse steel drums, together with improved drum  
emptying procedures, saved a coatings site in China  
more than €33,000 in four months. They have reduced 
waste by 14 tons and recovered more than eight tons  
of raw materials

•   A combined heat and power unit at a coatings site in 

Birmingham, UK, supplies most of the site’s electricity and 
provides heat for the process and buildings. The €470,000 
investment saves €116,000 from annual energy costs and 
reduces the site carbon footprint by 19 percent
•   The impact of compressed air leaks was not fully 
understood at one of our Decorative Paints sites. 
However, following an ultrasonic leak detection survey, 
the site has repaired nearly 100 leaks with an estimated 
saving of €36,000.  

Marketing
AkzoNobel’s challenging target to extend sales of eco-premi-
um solutions – which provide sustainability benefits over the 
mainstream  products  in  the  market  –  involves  teamwork 
across the value chain. Our sales and marketing profession-
als have a pivotal role to play in engaging with customers to 
identify  products  to  meet  their  immediate  functional  needs, 
and to deliver against immediate and longer term sustainabil-
ity requirements. 

The  global  AkzoNobel  network  Make  More  with  Market-
ing  (MMM)  has  identified  innovation  and  sustainability  as 
key  themes  to  raise  awareness  and  share  successes.  This 
was  the  focus  when  60  European  members  met  under  the 
banner “Catch the customer if you can” earlier this year. A pre-
event survey concluded that 92 percent of members believe 

sustainability is a priority for customers – but only 53 percent 
have  it  in  the  top  three  –  and  there  are  marked  differences 
between  the  markets  where  we  operate.  Members  raised 
their skills and understanding in innovation and sustainability 
workshops, but above all shared current successes and barri-
ers to success in their markets. Examples included: 

•   Paper chemicals to help the paper industry speed up 

paper making and reduce the use of water and wood pulp
•   Additives for tarmac to speed up road building and reduce 

energy and emissions

•   Cleaning product ingredients which eliminate  

phosphates released in water

•   Salt which de-ices road and limits the  

environmental effects

•   Coatings which are harder wearing, so extend  

repainting programs.

These examples indicate that it is not about sustainable prod-
ucts  with  reduced  functionality,  but  about  new  functionality 
which  includes  sustainability  benefits.  Marketers  play  a  key 
role  in  developing  an  end-to-end  view  of  value  chains  and 
identifying  where  AkzoNobel  can  contribute  the  most  with 
leading, innovative, sustainable solutions. 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Manage

151

Improve

Continue to comply and ensure our license to operate

Integrity management 
Enhancing the compliance framework
We  have  defined  our  compliance  framework  based  on  the 
AkzoNobel value “Integrity and responsibility in our actions”. 
This has resulted in company-wide awareness on compliance, 
clear norms set in the Code of Conduct and Compliance Poli-
cies,  implementation  of  the  Compliance  function  within  the 
businesses and clear monitoring and reporting lines. In 2010 
the different elements were further enhanced. 

Underlying principle
Underlying  the  compliance  framework  is  the  Code  of 
Conduct,  which  contains  a  summary  of  the  key  elements 
of  our  compliance  norms  for  the  company  and  for  each  
employee. Communication on the Code of Conduct for new 
employees starts at the time they join AkzoNobel and includes 
online or classroom training; for current employees the Code 
of Conduct is also discussed at the year-end performance and 
development review with their manager. For employees who 
have access to share price-sensitive information, AkzoNobel 
has a specific Code for Insider Trading, which  provides guid-
ance on allowable trading in AkzoNobel securities. 

A core element of the framework is the AkzoNobel complaints 
procedure,  which  operates  under  the  name  Speak  Up!  The 
Speak Up! procedure encourages employees to address their 

concerns with their managers. If employees do not feel able 
to report within hierarchical lines, they may use the Speak Up! 
hotline or the internet to report their concerns directly into the 
Corporate  Compliance  Committee.  Finally,  the  compliance 
framework  includes  (online)  training  programs  and  monitor-
ing  tools,  and  is  overseen  by  the  AkzoNobel  Compliance 
Committee as described in the Managing our values section. 
By  the  end  of  2010  we  had  invited  nearly  41,000  employ-
ees to complete the online Code of Conduct training module. 
Completion rates are monitored monthly and business units 
are committed to having new employees trained within three 
months of that invitation.

Specific compliance areas
Within  the  compliance  framework,  specific  compliance 
areas  are  addressed  by  specific  programs.  These  include, 
among  others,  programs  for  competition  law,  anti-bribery 
regulations, privacy and trade secrets. Each of these topics 
is  supported  by  online  training  and  a  declaration  program. 
These  programs  can  be  supplemented  with  face-to-face 
training  during  annual  conferences  for  some  functions.  For 
example,  employees  who  have  contacts  with  third  parties 
(e.g.  in  sales  or  procurement)  or    have  management  posi-
tions,  are  called  to  complete  online  training  in  competition 
law. To close the loop, these employees complete an annual 
declaration  confirming  their  adherence  to  the  AkzoNobel  

standard  on  competition  law:  in  2010,  almost  13,000 
employees signed this declaration. In addition, each opera-
tional manager confirms adherence to the AkzoNobel stan-
dards during the annual non-financial Letter of Representa-
tion process (NFL). This provides evidence for the Statement 
of the Board of Management in this 2010 Report. 

Communication
Communication is an essential part of an effective compliance 
framework.  During  regular  meetings  with  business  Compli-
ance Officers, we have open dialog to support them to main-
tain an effective compliance framework within each business 
unit, and to ensure that the AkzoNobel compliance initiatives 
address the relevant issues within each of the business units. 

Complaints procedure (Speak Up!)
In  2010  we  dealt  with  23  cases  which  were  handled  at  the 
level  of  the  Compliance  Committee  (2009:  19).  Of  these, 
14 were substantiated and five are still under review. Compa-
ny-wide  we  had  115  dismissals  on  grounds  related  to 
breaches of the Code of Conduct (2009: 66). While none of 
the issues reported has been material for AkzoNobel in total, 
we continue to analyze the root causes and take appropriate 
action. This has already resulted in specific issues addressed 
in  our  NFL  process  and  resulted  in  adaption  of  our  online 
training programs.

Key performance indicators – integrity

Code of Conduct trained 
 (% online employees)

Competition law certification

152

Improve  |  Sustainability  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

2008

2009

2010

2010 
ambitions

31

~95

95

100

10,000

13,000

Employees
Our Talent Factory ambition
We believe that growing our people is the way to grow our 
business for the long term. It is our ambition to be recog-
nized by our employees – and those looking to join us – as a 
company which offers opportunity to its people for ongoing 
learning, development and growth in an environment that’s 
defined by our company values.

In return, we expect all our employees to seize each oppor-
tunity to learn, develop and grow their talents in order to be 
the best at what they do and actively contribute to deliver-
ing Tomorrow’s Answers Today.

Since 2006, our work to build AkzoNobel’s Talent Factory 
has  focused  on  the  implementation  of  best  practice  HR 
and people development programs and processes. These 
programs have already significantly simplified and strength-
ened the way we work with our people and have driven a 
continuous focus on talent development. 

In order to build on what has already been achieved, in 
2010 we focused our efforts on three main areas, which 
are explained in detail on the following pages: 

1.  Excellence in people development – ensuring our 
people managers are given the right support to 
capitalize on our global development programs and 
processes and reach the next level of excellence.
2.  Stronger employee engagement – creating a working 

environment where people feel valued and are given the 
right conditions to perform at their best.

3.  Effectiveness of the HR function – ensuring that the HR 
function is ideally positioned to support the businesses 
in the best possible way.   

Excellence in people development
Our  targets  and  reporting  are  consolidated  into  a  Talent 
Factory  Scorecard  to  track  our  operational  progress  and 
create transparency across all AkzoNobel businesses.

Performance & Development Dialog (P&D Dialog)
The  P&D  Dialog  incorporates  both  a  performance  review 
and  development/career  planning.  Our  company  values 
and Success Factors (behavioral competencies) are an inte-
gral part of all development discussions and are integrated 
into the system and annual performance appraisal process. 
In 2010, we increased the number of employees using the 
web-based process to 76 percent (2009: 72 percent), with 
a paper system available for the remainder. 

Management development programs
Our  standardized  best  practice  global  Management 
Essentials  and  Advanced  Management  programs  (MEP 
and  AMP)  are  operational  in  44  countries  (2009:  32). 
2,028  managers  from  across  the  globe  started  the  MEP 
program  in  2010  (2009:  2,256),  representing,  in  total,  50 
percent  (2009:  32  percent)  of  the  total  target  population 
of first line managers. During 2010, 724 senior managers 
(2009: 452) participated in the AMP, which represents, in 
total, 44 percent (2009: 21 percent) of the target popula-
tion of senior managers.

Leadership pipeline
A  strong  leadership  pipeline  is  crucial  to  supporting  the 
company’s growth ambitions, particularly in our target high 
growth countries. To develop this pipeline, we are working 
hard to deepen our understanding of future market needs, 
identify the talent that we already have and further improve 
our planning to ensure we can meet new requirements. 

For example, Leadership Talent Reviews in our businesses 
and functions play an important role in identifying potential 
talent  early,  managing  succession  planning  and  structur-
ing individual development. Our top management has also 
been actively involved in development dialogs with poten-
tial leaders, and facilitating career development moves. 

During  2010,  we  made  good  progress  on  delivering  on 
individual  development  plans  and  achieved  improvement 
both  in  the  number  of  cross-business  moves  made  by 
our  employees  and  in  the  diversity  of  our  executives.  In 
2011, our businesses will be able to use a new guide for 
assessing leadership potential to conduct a fuller review of 
their potential future leaders. In addition, we will continue 
to  take  action  to  build  the  sort  of  engaging,  challenging 
environment that is needed to attract and retain talented 
people. 

Diversity & Inclusion
Input and feedback from our people continues to drive our 
focus  on  Diversity  &  Inclusion  (D&I).  While  not  excluding 
other groups, our current focus is on improving gender and 
cultural  diversity  and  further  strengthening  our  company’s 
engaging environment. It’s an environment in which every-
one is valued, where everyone counts and where everyone 
has the opportunity to develop their skills and talents in line 
with our company values and objectives.

A  dedicated  global  working  team  and  steering  committee 
oversees and supports all AkzoNobel businesses in improv-
ing their D&I performance. Using a standard framework and 
approach, the management teams of each AkzoNobel busi-
ness  are  developing  specific  action  plans  to  improve  their 
unit’s  D&I  performance.  Nine  of  our  businesses  have  D&I 
action plans in place. All other businesses will follow in 2011.  

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Improve

153

As  work  continues  on  business  action  planning,  the  data 
analysis and feedback from structured employee interviews 
– an integral part of the action planning process – indicates 
that  women  and  employees  from  high  growth  regions  (our 
two  initial  focus  areas)  are  treated  fairly,  with  no  obvious 
discrimination.  We  also  see  that  both  of  these  groups  are 
equally ambitious and that there is no significant difference 
in  remuneration  between  female  and  male  executives.  The 
challenge is, therefore, to overcome the unconscious prac-
tices that may inhibit the progress of women and employees 
from high growth regions, consequently ensuring that these 
minority groups are adequately represented at senior levels 
in AkzoNobel. 

While  it  is  clear  that  a  one-size-fits-all  approach  to  D&I  is 
not  possible,  we  have  identified  a  number  of  improvement 
actions  common  to  all  businesses  which  are  being  driven 
centrally. For example, we have developed a dedicated D&I 
training  program  for  all  people  managers  and  an  internet-
based learning module for all employees. Both of these tools 
started to roll-out across the company at the end of 2010. 
We aim to see all managers complete the training program 
and all employees (including managers) complete the online 
learning module by the end of 2012. Other common actions 
include increasing the transparency of our internal job market 
by  developing  an  improved  vacancy  bank  and  job  rotation 
policy,  and  establishing  a  global  mentoring  framework  to 
support mentor/mentee matching across the business. 

Key performance indicators – employees

Online P&D Dialog participation (% employees)

Women executives (%)

Executives from high growth markets (%)

MEP training participation (number of employees)

AMP training participation (number of employees)

Employee engagement (mean score out of 5) 1

2008

2009

2010

60 2

8

10

527

0

78

72

10

11

2,256

452

80

2010 
ambitions

76

12

12

90

11.5

13

2,028

total 3,500

724

3.56

total 850

n/a

1  The Gallop Q12 “grand mean” score: the average of the mean score of each question. 
Our employ survey has changed, the 2008 to 2009 results are not comparable.
2 2008 data excludes former ICI employees.

Management development programs 
number of participants

Management  
Essentials Program

Advanced  
Management Program

Europe 

Americas

Asia

Total

2008

182

117

228

527

2009

732

796

728

2,256

2010

1,084

400

544

2,028

2008

0

0

0

0

2009

199

80

173

452

2010

405

182

137

724

154

Improve  |  Sustainability  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Employee engagement
Our 2010 employee survey focused on engagement, because 
engaged teams produce better results. The 2010 Gallup Q12 
survey was open to all employees. In total, 79 percent of our 
global workforce participated. The results indicated an overall 
engagement score of 3.56. 

Compared  with  peer  companies  in  the  Gallup  database, 
this puts AkzoNobel in the bottom quartile. The 2010 results 
provide  us  with  an  initial  benchmark  of  our  engagement 
levels  and  an  excellent  starting  point  to  make  the  neces-
sary  improvements  at  all  levels  of  our  organization.  We  will 
implement  another  full  survey  of  our  people  in  2011,  when 
our ambition is an engagement score of 3.76. This will enable 
our  managers  to  track  their  progress  and  continue  to  drive 
improvements.

Effectiveness of the global HR function
In 2010, we continued our drive to significantly increase the 
effectiveness and efficiency of our HR function and increase 
the  capability  of  HR  professionals  across  the  company.  We 
are focusing our efforts on harmonizing our policies, programs 
and  initiatives  at  a  country  level  by  creating  service  organi-
zations  to  better  support  the  activities  of  the  various  busi-
nesses operating in ten key countries, representing more than 
71 percent of employees. The Netherlands organization was 
chosen  to  pilot  this  new  approach  and  launched  their  new 
HR organization in July 2010. Learning is being transferred to 
other countries. The US and Sweden also continue to make 
notable progress. 

HR IT and data systems
Our drive to consolidate HR data and payroll systems made 
strong  progress  in  2010.  This  initiative,  called  OneView,  is 
helping  us  to  increase  data  quality  and  reduce  costs.  The 
OneView data system became fully operational in the second 
half of 2010. We also reduced the number of payroll systems 
from 251 to 89 in 76 countries.

Executive diversity: female in %

Executive diversity: high growth markets in %

GM/Sales  

Support 

Marketing 

Manufacturing  

R&D Tech 

Other 

Total AkzoNobel 

2009

2010

2009

2010 

2009

2010

2009

2010

2009

2010

2009

2010

2009

2010

3

3

18

24

12

15

10

8

7

13

14

13

10

12

GM/Sales  

Support 

Marketing 

Manufacturing  

R&D Tech 

Other 

Total AkzoNobel 

19

18

2009

2010

2009

2010 

2009

2010

2009

2010

2009

2010

2009

2010

2009

2010

9

12

8

10

7

5

4

5

5

4

11

12

2010 employee survey score for each engagement item

GrandMean

Learn & grow

Progress

Best friend

Quality

Mission/Purpose

Opinions count

Development

Cares

Recognition

Do Best

Materials & equipment

Expectations

Percentiles

23

25

24

23

28

34

33

23

22

21

26

31

28

Means

3.56

3.61

3.41

3.19

3.67

3.84

3.46

3.37

3.60

2.98

3.65

3.77

4.18

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Improve

155

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring
In  2010,  we  continued  to  restructure  our  business  to  meet 
the needs of our customers and deliver our company strat-
egy. We are committed to supporting our employees during 
such  reorganizations.  We  do  this  in  compliance  with  legal 
requirements  and,  where  applicable,  in  consultation  with 
employee  representative  bodies.  We  strive  to  ensure  clear 
and ongoing communications, transparent selection process-
es and, in many cases, support in the transition from work to 
work,  which  can  include  training  and  out-placement.  While 
restructuring is a business necessity, our responsibility as an 
employer stretches to those who unfortunately have to leave 
our company.

Community
AkzoNobel’s main societal contributions fall into three areas:

•    Societal programs that support community/social 
development though the company’s Community  
Program and Education Fund

•    Fighting malnutrition through our products  

and partnerships

•    The social contribution of our overall business  

activities (employment, sourcing, taxation), particularly 
 in high growth economies.

Cumulative Community Program involvement

Projects (number)

Volunteers (number)

Support (€ million)

8000

6400

4800

3200

4.0

5.4

2500

8.5

6000

7.1

4000

1600

1500

322

0

568

854

1133

1408

2005/2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

156

Improve  |  Sustainability  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

10.0

7000

10

8

6

4

2

0

Community Program
The success of our Community Program continued into 2010. 
Employees from the newest parts of the company (following 
acquisitions  and  integration)  have  embraced  the  opportuni-
ties the program offers and have started many new initiatives. 
The  program  encourages  employees  to  engage  in  hands-
on  involvement  in  their  local  communities  and  gives  them 
the  necessary  financial  support.  The  fund  is  also  available 
to  support  post-relief  efforts  for  major  disasters  in  countries 
where  AkzoNobel  operates  –  as  long  as  there  is  hands-on 
involvement by our employees. In 2010, major disaster relief 
efforts  included  the  volcano  eruption  in  North  Sumatra  in 
Indonesia  (including  cross-business  unit  collaboration),  the 
widespread flooding in Pakistan, the major earthquake in Haiti 
and the red sludge flooding in Hungary. 

The initiative allows sites and individuals to take part in proj-
ects where our products/resources and the skills and knowl-
edge of employees can benefit the wider community. In the 
past  five  years  this  has  led  to  a  great  variety  of  projects; 
from educating underprivileged youngsters to contributing to 
creating more awareness in the community about the impor-
tance  of  a  clean  environment.  It  also  provides  opportunities 
for employees to develop team building and leadership skills. 
Since  the  start  of  the  program,  more  than  7,000  volunteers 
from 50 countries have worked on more than 1,400 projects, 
totaling  about  €10  million.  According  to  the  NCDO  Millen-
nium  Development  Goal  Scan  methodology,  these  projects 
have impacted an estimated 400,000 people. It is remarkable 
to  observe  that  increased  cross-business  unit  collaboration 
takes place in many countries. Over the last five years, nearly 
70  percent  of  projects  have  supported  educational/employ-
ability and healthcare/well-being activities, with environmental 
and housing projects also well represented.

In  2010,  275  new  projects  were  initiated.  These  were 
narrowed  down  to  a  shortlist  of  15  and  more  than  
4,560 employees around the world then voted for their favor-
ite in our annual Community Program Best Practice competi-
tion. First prize went to the “Help with healthy living” project, 
a cross business initiative by Marine and Protective Coatings, 

Industrial Coatings and Powder Coatings in India. Our volun-
teering employees have helped establish a health clinic which 
has become an indispensable part of life for residents in four 
villages in Bangalore.

2010 projects by region

E

A Europe  

B North America 

C South America 

D Asia 

E Africa/Oceania 

157

46

17

50

5

D

C

B

A

Education Fund 15th anniversary
In 2010, a worldwide campaign was launched to create more 
awareness  about  the  AkzoNobel  Education  Fund.  A  special 
internet site was developed in order to help reach employees, 
their families, friends and our business relations. The proceeds 
of this new fundraising campaign will go to support projects in 
Vietnam, India and Brazil. These three projects are designed 
to help young people – in many cases girls – find decent and 
safe employment that offers them long-term prospects. 

The Education Fund was created at the end of 1994 to mark 
the 25th anniversary of the company Akzo, to make a contri-
bution  to  the  education  of  children  in  developing  countries. 
Since  the  Education  Fund  was  created,  it  has  changed  the 
lives of tens of thousands of young people by supporting proj-
ects from school renovation in Burkina Faso, through improv-
ing sanitation and hygiene conditions at schools in Vietnam, to 
increasing the capabilities of primary school teachers in Brazil. 

Plan Nederland estimates that several thousand children aged 
three  to  16  have  directly  benefited  from  quality  pre-school 
and primary education provided by the Education Fund. The 
number of indirect beneficiaries is many times that number.

 
Health, Safety, Environment and Security management
Managing health, safety, environment and security (HSE&S) is 
a cornerstone of a successful coatings and chemicals indus-
try. We have global HSE&S standards in place to ensure our 
sites  protect  people,  assets,  the  environment,  the  business 
and society at large.

Leadership training
Our  Safety  Leadership  Program  targeted  at  senior  business 
leaders  was  developed  and  launched  with  sessions  for  the 
Board of Management and corporate directors in 2009. It has 
now  been  rolled  out  across  business  management  teams. 
The  objective  is  to  help  senior  managers  to  be  a  personal 
role  model  for  safety  in  their  organizations  and  for  them  to 
ensure  the  right  level  of  management  support  for  improve-
ment activities. 

Shared learning and engagement
An  HSE&S  alert  system,  to  share  learning  on  serious  inci-
dents and near misses, is now fully operational and reaches 
our  HSE&S  professionals  worldwide.  Alerts  for  2010  have 
included learning and good practice around chemical burns, 
distribution and driving safety, and permit to work systems. An 
intranet-based global incident reporting system was success-
fully piloted in 2010 and was released for use across our busi-
nesses. We will analyze the basic risk factors from incidents 
to identify new improvement initiatives required to continue to 
improve the safety and health of our people and to safeguard 
our facilities.

HSE&S capability building and career development
Activities to strengthen our HSE&S capability standards and 
development processes are progressing to plan.  The compe-
tency  framework  and  role  profiles  for  HSE&S  professionals 
have been piloted and finalized. During 2011 the framework 
and profiles will be extended to management roles with criti-
cal  HSE&S  functions,  including  production  managers  and 
site  managers.  The  framework  will  be  applied  in  the  2011 
annual performance assessment and resulting development 
planning activities. 

Reliable operations
Operational management systems at our sites are integrated 
for  quality  and  HSE&S.  They  are  risk-based  and  follow  the 
Responsible  Care®  and  Coatings  Care®  principles.  Our 
management  standards  are  set  up  and  updated  in  accor-
dance  with  international  standards  such  as  ISO-9000, 
ISO-14001, RC-14001 and OHSAS-18001.

HSE&S audit 
The  new  HSE&S  audit  process  combines  a  continuous 
improvement tool for sites with a periodic audit managed by 
our internal auditing department. During 2010, we carried out 
51 corporate HSE&S audits and 10 reassurance audits, which 
are required for sites with high risk findings. 

As  a  result  of  the  management  review  of  the  audit  process 
in  2009,  the  HSE&S  management  system  tools  have  been 
fine-tuned  and  further  improved.  All  members  of  the  corpo-
rate HSE&S auditor pool were trained on the improved audit 
protocol  in  the  first  half  of  2010.  The  regionally  conducted 
training  sessions  in  North  America,  Latin  America,  Europe 
and Asia focused on calibration of the classification of audit 
findings,  as  well  as  the  latest  changes  of  the  audit  protocol 
and system tools.  

Learnings  from  the  2010  audits  indicate  that  we  need  to 
improve our management of occupational health and process 
safety/asset integrity.

Serious incidents 
We classify incidents based on severity of outcome from local 
impact (Level 1) to serious incident (Level 3) – see glossary. All 
incidents are investigated to identify root causes, take reme-
dial action and share learning, via HSE alerts, as appropriate 
across our other sites.

There  were  ten  serious  incidents  (Level  3)  during  2010.  We 
regret  that,  although  not  under  our  direct  control,  haulage 
truck  drivers  and  members  of  the  public  died  as  a  result  of 
these incidents.

Management audits number of audits

64

61

66

61

2007

2008

2009

2010

Serious incidents number of incidents

9

10

4

2

2007

2008

2009

2010

Serious incidents (Level 3) involve any loss of life; more than five serious 
injuries; environmental, asset or business damage totaling more than 
€25 million; or serious reputational damage.

•   Six distribution incidents (in Brazil, China, Australia, India, 

the US and Colombia) involved loss of life to haulage truck 
drivers and members of the public

•    One motor vehicle incident in the US in which one of 
our employees died and three incidents involving our 
employees in which four members of the public died  
in Brazil and Poland

•    One kidnap case without personal injury in Pakistan.

All  these  incidents  have  renewed  our  focus  on  haulage 
contract management and implementation of safe and defen-
sive driving practices. For further details on preventive action, 
see the Occupational safety/safe driving and Product stew-
ardship/distribution sections.  

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Improve

157

AKzONOBEL AND COOL COATINGS

Many  of  us  instantly  recognize  the  familiar  Heineken 
beer can. But what a lot of people may not be aware of 
is the fact that the new tactile packaging appearing in 
stores across Europe was achieved using technology 
developed by AkzoNobel.

The newly designed can features a stylish, embossed 
effect  which  uses  tactile  ink  to  form  a  series  of  tiny 
raised  dots  on  the  surface.  When  held,  the  improved 
grip  becomes  noticeable,  while  the  texture  gives  the 
impression of condensation and the contents appear to 
be ice cold. These unique visual and sensory elements 
boost brand recognition and help the can to become 
even more instantly recognizable. 

The  technology  behind  the  new  can  was  supplied  by 
our  Industrial  Coatings  business,  whose  Aquaprime 
186  product  makes  the  so-called  differential  textur-
ing  possible.  It  offers  a  better  alternative  to  current 
techniques  as  traditional  embossing  slows  down  
the production.

Heineken initially approached the can makers in 2008, 
requesting ideas for how to change the specialty finish 
of cans that were embossed for the European market. 
The  texturing  proposal  then  surfaced,  which  is  when 
AkzoNobel  became  involved,  because  we  had  the 
product which made it possible. Trials were conducted 
with  can  makers  and,  following  a  few  modifications, 
the  appearance  and  formulation  were  finalized  and 
production was scaled up. 

Heineken is now promoting the textured can globally. 

158

 
Regulatory actions  
We  have  defined  three  categories  of  regulatory  action,  from 
self-reported issues (Level 1) to formal legal notifications with 
fines above €10,000 (Level 3) and are reporting these for the 
second year. There were four Level 3 incidents during 2010:

•    Three minor violations of the risk management program 

regulations at LeMoyne

•    An injury related to a hose rupture in Sweden
•  A provisional fine for an infringement of the Seveso 
regulations at Kleefsewaard, the Netherlands, was 
commuted by timely corrective actions. 

We  also  received  a  fine  following  an  injury  in  Barcelona, 
reported last year.

Security management
Security of assets, people and information is an integral part of 
our HSE&S management system. Security assessments help 
our sites to identify risks and put in place appropriate security 
protection,  as  well  as  meeting  the  demands  of  increasingly 
strict legislation in the US and Europe. In 2010, a special team 
led by our corporate Information Management department has 
been  addressing  cyber  security  at  our  plants  to  protect  our 
process safety performance and intellectual property rights. 

Product stewardship
During  2010,  the  Product  Stewardship  &  Regulatory  Affairs 
core  team  strengthened  a  number  of  our  product  steward-
ship requirements – to support the development of a greater 
sustainable product culture and ensure that our substances 
and products can be used by all stakeholders in a safe and 
cost effective manner.

The  team  has  developed  strategies  to  replace  major 
product  liabilities  from  our  portfolio,  and  policies  to  enable 
the  company  to  position  itself  favorably  against  our  leading 
competitors.  An  example  is  our  new  animal  welfare  policy, 
which clearly indicates our commitment to minimizing the use 
of  animal  testing,  but  without  losing  our  ability  to  run  such 
studies when they are clearly necessary.

Based  on  major  changes  in  substance  classification,  we 
have updated the mechanism for defining substances of high 
concern within the portfolio. All substances that are classified 
according to the new UN globally harmonized System of Clas-
sification  and  Labeling,  GHS,  will  fall  under  the  category  of 
“substance of concern”. There is then a mechanism to priori-
tize substances with the highest degree of concern – a simple 
risk  assessment  to  verify  that  concern  –  and,  if  required,  a 
more  robust  lifecycle  assessment  to  determine  next  steps. 
Specific plans are being developed for lead, chromate, cobalt 
and silica compounds.

Distribution
We are also increasing our attention on the distribution aspect 
of product stewardship. There were 91 distribution incidents 
during 2010 involving the transport of our product by road
(82), sea (5) and rail (4) (see also the Serious incidents section).

We  have  been  working  actively  with  sourcing  groups  in 
emerging  countries  to  improve  the  safety  performance  of 
contract distribution companies. In China, specific guidance 
on the content and follow-up of these distribution contracts 
has been prepared and implemented. 

Regulatory affairs
In order to meet our legal obligations, AkzoNobel continues 
to devote considerable resources to ensure that all substanc-
es  and  products  can  be  manufactured  and  marketed  in  all 
countries where we operate. A number of substances have 
been  registered  with  the  European  Chemicals  Agency  as 
defined by the first phase of the EU REACH regulations. To 
date, we have achieved the required submissions according 
to  the  specified  requirements.  We  have  continually  tracked 
the  work  of  our  key  raw  materials  suppliers  and  in  a  few 
cases we have taken special steps to ensure continued avail-
ability. Work to implement the GHS requirements in different 
parts of the world has continued. 

We have initiated a number of new advocacy activities aimed 
at  a  more  harmonised  manner  of  introducing  new  legisla-
tion.  Initiatives  in  countries  such  as  China,  the  US,  Malay-
sia,  Taiwan  and  Turkey  have  shown  supportive  outcomes.    
Overall, AkzoNobel continues to ensure that all its substanc-
es and products are produced and marketed in accordance 
with  all  prerequisite  legal  requirements.  Furthermore,  we 
continuously strive to ensure that our substances and prod-
ucts are developed, manufactured and marketed in a manner 
that supports their long-term sustainable use.

Health and safety performance 
Occupational safety
The  human  factor  remains  an  essential  element  in  safety 
management. In 2006, we set an ambitious target to improve 
safety  performance  by  a  factor  of  four  by  2010,  reduc-
ing  the Total Reportable Rate (TRR) for employee injuries to 
2.0  per  million  hours  worked.  Since  2009,  we  have  report-
ed  the  safety  performance  of  employees  together  with  our 
supervised contractors. Quarterly reports on business safety 
improvement  programs  and  agreed  targets  are  reviewed  by 
the Executive Committee, together with the quarterly financial 
performance indicators.  

There had been a steady reduction in TRR since 2005, with 
good  progress  towards  the  2010  milestone  rate  of  2.0. 
However, in 2010, this trend stagnated. The TRR for employ-
ees and supervised contractors improved slightly to 3.6 injuries 
per million hours worked (2009: 3.7). The rate for independent 
contractors is 3.0 injuries per million hours (2009: 2.8). In total, 
in 2010, 66 percent of our units performed at or better than 
the  milestone,  representing  approximately  50  percent  of  the 
hours worked by our employees and supervised contractors. 
We  have  not  achieved  the  ambitious  target,  however  senior 
managers have focused significant attention on re-establishing 
the  improvement  trend  –  with  success  towards  the  end  of 
the year. In October, we organized a global AkzoNobel Safety 
Day, when more than 14,000 employees made their personal 
pledge towards safety in both their working and private lives.      

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Improve

159

 
Employee and supervised contractors total  
reportable injuries injury rate

Milestones

5.3

4.6

3.7

3.6

2.0

2.0

2007

2008

2009

2010

2010

2015

2007 and 2008 data includes employees only. 
The total reportable rate is the number of injuries, including fatalities, resulting in 
a lost time case, restricted work or requiring medical treatment by a competent 
medical practitioner per million hours worked.

Independent contractors total  
reportable injuries injury rate

5.2

2008

2.8

2009

3.0

2010

2008 data includes supervised and independent contractors.  
The total reportable rate is the number of injuries, including fatalities,
resulting in a lost time case, restricted work or requiring medical treatment
by a competent medical practitioner per million hours worked.

We continue to focus improvement actions on behavior-based 
safety (BBS) training and continuous raising of awareness. In 
2010, BBS improvement processes – which involve employ-
ees  and  focus  on  reducing  unsafe  situations  and  unsafe 
behaviors – were in place at more than 60 percent of our sites 
worldwide.  We  believe  that  full  implementation  of  BBS  and 
management leadership training is essential to meet the chal-
lenge. Five of our businesses were operating at safety levels 
below  the  2015  ambition  level  during  the  year.  This  sets  an 
excellent example for the other businesses to follow. In 2010, 
we developed a generic AkzoNobel safety induction package 
for  our  new  and  existing  employees,  to  complement  site 
specific  training.  Currently  available  in  four  main  languages, 
the package will be extended in 2011 to cover all ten major 
countries where we operate.   

Our ambition for 2015 remains to be in the top quartile of our 
peer group in TRR performance – the milestone we have set is 
2.0 for both employees and supervised contractors.

Safe driving
This is a priority area, based on the many incidents we have 
had  over  two  years  of  monitoring.  During  2010,  there  were 
34  incidents  involving  injury,  as  well  as  the  fatalities  of  one 
employee and four members of the public. An analysis of the 
serious motor vehicle incidents revealed that the major cause 
was distraction from the main task – driving the car safely – 
which  was  attributed  to  fatigue,  mobile  phone  use,  intense 
discussions with passengers, etc.

We have signed a global contract for defensive driving through 
e-learning  programs  and  have  developed  a  company-wide 
approach  for  training  those  who  drive  on  company  busi-
ness. The program and good practice guidance will be rolled 
out across our businesses in 2011. Drivers at risk (covering 
more than 20,000 business miles) will also be advised to take 
regular hands-on safe driver training.  

Employee health
As well as ensuring a safe working environment, we also focus 
on employee health and managing illness absence. Business-
es  continued  to  implement  a  health  management  standard 
during the year. The Total Illness Absence Rate has improved 
to  1.9  percent  (2009:  2.0  percent).  We  will  keep  monitoring 
this indicator for the whole company, aiming to stay at a level 
around 2 percent, but will not set new long-term targets.

The Occupational Illness Rate for employees and supervised 
contractors stands at 0.3 illnesses per million hours worked 
(2009: 0.4). 

With  our  expansion  in  high  growth  countries,  we  recognize 
that  there  are  challenges  associated  with  cultural  aspects  – 
health beliefs and the emphasis on group importance rather 
than  the  individual  –  as  well  as  differences  in  healthcare. 
During 2010, we strengthened our occupational health provi-
sion in China and Vietnam. They have made important contri-
butions by visiting sites and supporting local management to 
identify improvement opportunities. 

Process safety
Drawing on the learning from the process safety audits carried 
out after the Baker Report, and best practices from the former 
ICI,  we  updated  our  process  safety/asset  integrity  standard 
and  management  practices  in  2009.  Businesses  are  now 
implementing  the  requirements  –  the  management  system 
and revised standards for management of change (including 
organizational change), contractor safety and hazard studies. 

The global process safety network has developed additional 
guidance  and  training  materials  to  support  roll-out.  We  are 
using  “loss  of  containment”  as  the  main  indicator  for  asset 
integrity management – four categories indicate the severity of 
the loss, from small on-site spill (Level 1) to a major emission 
of  toxic/hazardous  materials  (Level  4)  –  see  glossary.  There 
was no serious loss of containment (Level 4) during 2010.

160

Improve  |  Sustainability  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

 
Loss of containment incidents

0

Significant

29

Not contained at site

168

•   Energy consumption per ton of production is stable at 
5.7GJ/ton (2009: 5.7GJ/ton). Absolute consumption 
was up 14 percent at 111,000TJ (2009: 97,000TJ) due 
to higher production volumes, the acquisition of the high 
energy Frankfurt site, and partly compensated in the last 
quarter by the divestment of our National Starch business

•   Greenhouse gas emissions per ton of production 

decreased slightly to 267kg/ton CO2(e) (2009: 272kg/
ton). Absolute GHG emissions stand at 5.2 million tons of 
CO2(e) (2009: 4.7 million tons). Increase caused by higher 
energy intake caused by increased production volumes

Not readily controlled but contained at site

•   Direct greenhouse gas emissions (2.0 million tons of 

1,520

Readily controlled and contained at site

CO2(e)) are split into 1.7 million tons from fuel burned and 
0.3 million tons of CO2(e) process emissions, mainly from 
the Soda Ash business in Pakistan and the carbide busi-
ness in Sweden.

Environmental performance
Operational eco-efficiency improvement 
Improvement  activities  are  focused  on  the  Operational  Eco-
Efficiency  (OEE)  program  described  in  the  Manufacturing 
section. This first wave is expected to deliver approximately 
3  to  4  percent  footprint  reduction,  resulting  in  €26  million 
recurring cost benefits.

Emissions to air
Energy and greenhouse gases
This section reflects the performance of our own operations. 
More details on our Carbon Policy and cradle-to-gate report-
ing can be found in the Invent section. Energy is a major raw 
material for some of our Specialty Chemicals businesses, so 
energy efficiency and carbon efficient energy consumption are 
important metrics for our operations. Energy reduction is also 
part of the OEE program.

Energy use in 1000*TJ

Energy use 1000*TJ

GJ per ton production

250

200

150

100

50

0

6.1

5.7

5.7

116

115

97

111

2007

2008

2009

2010

2007 and 2008 data for former AkzoNobel coatings businesses were 
based on factors per ton production.

Greenhouse gas emissions in million ton  

Direct CO2(e) Mt 
Indirect CO2(e) Mt

kg CO2(e) per ton production
Milestone

248

246

272

267

245

3.1

3.0

3.2

2.8

1.7

1.6

1.9

2.0

5

4

3

2

1

0

300

240

180

120

60

0

2007

2008

2009

2010

2015

Total greenhouse gas emissions made up of direct emissions from processes 
and combustion at our facilities and indirect emissions from purchased energy.
2007 and 2008 data for former AkzoNobel coatings businesses were based 
on factors per ton production.

7.5

6.0

4.5

3.0

1.5

0

Clean air around our plants
Our air  monitoring is  focused on volatile organic  compound 
(VOC)  emissions  that  may  lead  to  local  low  level  ozone 
creation,  smog  formation  and  associated  health  problems 
for  people  in  surrounding  areas,  and  NOx  and  SOx  emis-
sions which contribute to acidification. In 2009, we strength-
ened our NOx and SOx reporting to include the contribution 
from  fuel  burned  across  our  operations.  In  2005,  before 
AkzoNobel’s portfolio change, we set a milestone to reduce 
VOC emissions to 4,000 tons by 2010. We continue to reduce 
the level of emissions, but have not yet achieved this target 
with the changed business portfolio.

Our Specialty Chemicals businesses will continue to manage 
VOC emissions from plants in line with regional legal require-
ments. In future, VOC ambitions will be set at BU level, but 
monitored  at  company  level.  The  VOC  reduction  focus  for 
our paints and coatings businesses has shifted from control-
ling VOCs in our operations to low/zero VOC product design. 
Reducing VOC emissions from our plants remains part of the 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Improve

161

AKzONOBEL AND SUPPLYING IKEA

It started out as a special soft touch finish for laptop 
computers. But when an enterprising global market 
sector manager  showed it to IKEA, the seeds of a 
new opportunity for our Powder Coatings business 
were planted.

The technology in question was initially developed for 
use on laptop covers. Customers were looking for 
eco-efficient solutions that offered new textures, effects 
and patterns. So a soft touch topcoat was developed 
which met all the demanding specifications.

However, one of Powder Coatings’ furniture sector 
managers thought the new range might be of interest 
to IKEA and before long a new business opportunity 
was born. IKEA will now produce 1.5 million flower 
pots during 2011 in Vietnam and Germany, all coated 
with our soft touch powder technology. Not only is it 
far more eco-efficient in terms of energy consumption 
when compared with traditional glaze, but the overall 
cost is lower as well.

The product also fits in with IKEA’s drive to encourage 
suppliers to use more sustainable materials  
and processes.

scope  of  our  OEE  program,  while  our  Research,  Develop-
ment  and  Innovation  groups  (RD&I)  are  working  on  projects 
to reduce the solvent content of our products – the zero VOC 
challenge (see the RD&I section). 

Volatile organic compounds in kilotons

Volatile organic compounds

kg per ton production

Milestone

Milestone

•   VOC emissions per ton of production were down  

12 percent to 0.22kg/ton (2009: 0.25kg/ton) as a result 
of site rationalization and the closure of inefficient plants. 
Total VOC emissions were up 2 percent to 4.3 kilotons 
(2009: 4.2 kilotons), due to increased production rates
•   SOx emissions (from process emissions and energy) per 
ton of production were down 3 percent to 0.36kg/ton of 
production (2009: 0.37kg/ton) due to increased efficiency 
in our three sulfur derivatives plants. Absolute emissions 
were up 15 percent at 7.1 kilotons (2009: 6.2 kilotons). 
Although the main contribution comes from three sulfur 
derivatives plants in Germany, the US and Argentina, there 
was also an increase from our Pakistan operations, where 
scarcity of natural gas has led to higher oil consumption 
for power generation

•   NOx emissions from our sites per ton of production were 
down 17 percent at 0.10kg/ton (2009: 0.12kg/ton). Total 
emissions were slightly down at 2.0 kilotons  
(2009: 2.1 kilotons)

•   Emissions of ozone depleting substances are at a very 
low level. They are mainly due to Freon22 in older air 
conditioning and cooling units, which are continuously 
being replaced.

NOx and SOx emissions in kilotons

2007 1

2008 1

2009

2010

NOx

NOx kg/ton

SOx

SOx kg/ton

0.9

4.1

1.1

4.8

2.1

0.12

6.2

0.37

2.0

0.10

7.1

0.36

Emissions may form acid rain that can lead to acidification. The gases are 
emissions from manufacturing and combustion of fuel that we burn.
1 main emissions only 

•   Hazardous waste to landfill per ton of production is down 
17 percent to 0.24kg/ton (2009: 0.29kg/ton) and the total 
figure is down to 4.7 kilotons (2009: 4.9 kilotons) down 
4 percent. This is mainly due to site closures in Moi Rana, 
Opava, a successful brine waste recovery project in Deer 
Park and improved waste management practices at our 
Decorative Paints Europe business.

Total waste in kilotons

Reusable

Non-reusable

Total kg per ton production

Milestone

0.25

0.19

0.20

0.15

0.10

0.05

0.26

4.9

10

8

6

4

2

0

0.25

0.22

0.22

4.0

4.2

4.3

4.0

2007

2008

2009

2010

2010 1

2015

VOC emissions may lead to local low level ozone creation, smog formation and 
associated local health issues. We measure halogenated and non-halogenated 
organic compounds discharged to air. 
1 2010 milestones were set in 2005, based on the AkzoNobel portfolio that year.

Raw materials efficiency
Effective  waste  management  helps  to  increase  raw  material 
efficiency in our manufacturing operations, reduces our envi-
ronmental footprint and reduces costs. Our focus is on reduc-
ing  total  waste  and  eliminating  hazardous  waste  to  landfill. 
The exception is asbestos waste – mainly from demolishing 
old  equipment  and  buildings  –  where  the  only  current  safe 
disposal route is properly designed landfill facilities.

0

400

320

240

160

80

0

15.1

285

199

14.7

249

160

13.1

258

155

10

84

86

89

103

2007

2008

2009

2010

2015

Non-reusable waste is not used for resource recovery, recycling, 
reclamation, direct reuse, or alternative uses. 

Hazardous waste in kilotons 

•   Non-reusable waste. We have realized improvements from 
projects implemented in the Operational Eco-Efficiency 
program, but total non-reusable waste per ton has 
increased slightly. Improvements are anticipated in 2011
•   Total waste per ton of production generated and leaving 

our sites is down 11 percent to 13.1kg/ton (2009:  
14.7kg/ton). However, increased production levels and the 
new Frankfurt facility have led to absolute waste rising to 
258 kilotons (2009: 249 kilotons) an increase of 4 percent. 
Due to this acquisition, hazardous waste also increased in 
absolute terms

150

120

90

60

30

0

Reuseable

Total kg per ton production

Non-reuseable not landfill

Non-reuseable to landfill

3.3

62

39

23

2008

4.2

71

41

25
4.9

2009

3.9

77

48

24
4.7
2010

19

2007

2007 – 2008 indicate total non-reusable waste.

15

12

9

6

3

0

5

4

3

2

1

0

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Improve

163

AKzONOBEL AND CUTTING OUT CARBON 

Saying that you’re going to become more sustainable 
is one thing, but actually embracing the whole concept 
of being more eco-efficient and less reliant on fossil 
fuels requires positive action. 

One of the most active and successful businesses 
in AkzoNobel’s concerted drive to lower its envi-
ronmental footprint is Industrial Chemicals. Already 
honored externally for its Carbon Policy, it is one of 
our most energy intensive businesses, but it has also 
adopted an integrated approach to sustainability and 
is constantly implementing new and innovative ways of 
improving its carbon and ecological footprint.

For example, much of the steam Industrial Chemicals 
uses in its various manufacturing processes comes 
from waste or renewables, with four plants in Europe 
now using energy being created from these sources. 
Initiatives involving wind energy are also being investi-
gated, while the business already operates so-called 
green barges and runs trucks on bio-diesel, ensuring 
that its transportation of products is also sustainable 
and that its efforts stretch across the value chain. 

In addition, as part of the overall plan to reduce its 
carbon footprint, the business is currently engaged in a 
site modernization program, which will further optimize 
the drive towards more sustainable manufacturing.     

164 Page title  |  Sustainability  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

•  Reductions in COD in effluent are being achieved across 
the company. The COD load to surface water per ton of 
production was down 33 percent to 0.10kg/ton (2009: 
0.15kg/ton). The total COD load to surface water was 
down  24 percent to 1.9  kilotons (2009: 2.5 kilotons). 
Improvements are due to the divestment of National Starch 
business in the last quarter and improvement projects 
executed in this business earlier in the year.

Soil and groundwater remediation 
There are substantial costs associated with the assessment 
and  remediation  of  historical  soil  and  groundwater  contami-
nation.  We  periodically  review  contamination  at  our  sites, 
taking remedial action when required, and have procedures to 
prevent new contamination. Our Environmental Affairs Group 
provides  support  for  managing  these  issues  professionally 
and effectively and is also a key contributor to an integrated 
legacy management approach across the company.

In  line  with  IFRS  accounting  rules,  we  make  provisions  for 
environmental  remediation  costs  when  it  is  probable  that 
liability  will  materialize  and  the  cost  can  be  reasonably  esti-
mated.  We  have  set  aside  €419  million  which  we  believe  is 
sufficient for the sites where we have ownership or responsi-
bility (see also notes 3, 17 and 21 in the Financial statements).

Fresh water availability
Sustainable  fresh  water  supply  is  essential  to  life  –  and  to 
the sustainability of our business. Our ambition is to achieve 
sustainable fresh water management at all our sites in 2015. 
See  the  Sustainable  fresh  water  management  section  for 
details of the water program.

Fresh water use in million m3

Fresh water consumption

m3 per ton production

16

16

16

16

304

297

270

309

600

480

360

240

120

0

2007

2008

2009

2010

Total fresh water used from surface, ground or potable water sources.

20

16

12

8

4

0

Chemical oxygen demand in kilotons

Chemical oxygen demand

Milestone

kg per ton production

10

8

6

4

2

0

0.16

0.15

0.15

3.1

2.9

2.5

2007

2008

2009

0.20

0.16

0.12

0.08

0.04

0

0.10

1.9

2010

1.5

2010 1

Chemical oxygen demand (COD) is the amount of oxygen required for 
the chemical oxidation of substances in the waste water effluent which 
is directly discharged into surface waters from our facilities. It excludes 
our effluent treated by others. 
1  2010 milestones were set in 2005, based on the AkzoNobel portfolio 
that year.

In addition to the intake of fresh water, the emission of contam-
inated water from our sites to surface waters may negatively 
impact fresh water resources and eco-systems. We continue 
to reduce the COD of our effluent to surface water.

In  2005,  before  AkzoNobel’s  portfolio  change,  we  set  a 
milestone  to  reduce  COD  emissions  to  surface  water  to 
1,500 tons by 2010. We continue to reduce the level of emis-
sions, but have not yet achieved this target with the changed 
business portfolio.

•  Fresh water use per ton of production has remained stable 
at 16m3/ton (2009: 16m3/ton). Total fresh water use was 
309 million m3 (2009: 270 million m3), an increase of 
14 percent, mainly due to production volume increases

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Improve

165

Reporting principles

Reporting scope
This integrated report combines our financial and sustainabil-
ity  reporting  and  is  addressed  to  readers  interested  in  both 
areas:  shareholders,  value  chain  partners  and  analysts.  In 
particular, we seek ways of linking sustainability performance 
to business results in areas such as carbon emission reduc-
tion and eco-premium solutions.

Alongside  the  publication  of  this  report,  more  sustainabil-
ity  information,  including  an  index  of  all  GRI  indicators,  will 
be  made  available  online  on  our  corporate  website  (www.
akzonobel.com/sustainability).

The information in the AkzoNobel Report 2010 also serves as 
a progress report on our implementation of the ten principles 
of the United Nations Global Compact. The Global Compact 
Index on the website gives an overview of all the topics.

In  our  2010  reporting  we  have  made  a  conscious  effort  to 
extend our application of the Reporting Guidelines issued by 
the  Global  Reporting  Initiative  (GRI).  The  topics  covered  in 
this report were selected on the basis of the GRI guidelines, 
the sustainability aspects which form part of the AkzoNobel 
strategy and various external stakeholders. These include our 
engagement  with  external  organizations  such  as  Forum  for 
the Future, the World Business Council for Sustainable Devel-
opment  and  the  World  Resources  Institute  and  third  party 
questionnaires, notably the influential Dow Jones Sustainabil-
ity Indices. 

We have used the principle of materiality to assess the topics 
to include in the report, which are current and important for 
the  company  and  key  stakeholders.  Our  website  includes  a 
fuller review of processes in place. 

Reporting boundaries
AkzoNobel’s 2010 Report integrates sustainability aspects of 
our  processes  and  business  operations  in  each  section,  in 
particular the strategy, business reports and governance and 
compliance sections.

This  Sustainability  facts  and  figures  section  summarizes  the 
global, cross-business elements of the sustainability agenda 
and company performance. Specifically, it includes quantita-
tive  and  qualitative  information  relating  to  the  calendar  year 
2010 and comparative data for 2009, 2008 and 2007, which 
is  based  on  the  AkzoNobel  portfolio,  including  the  former 
ICI  at  the  end  of  2008.  Data  for  2005  and  2006  cover  the 
AkzoNobel portfolio in those years, including Organon. 

We  report  on  consolidated  data 
from  entities  where 
AkzoNobel is the majority shareholder (more than 50 percent) 
and joint ventures where we have management control, but 
exclude all data from entities where we have minority owner-
ship, or no management control. Former ICI business Chemi-
cals  Pakistan  has  its  own  management  board.  The  require-
ment to report on specific AkzoNobel sustainability indicators 
has  been  limited  to  HSE&S  and  compliance  issues.  Chemi-
cals  Pakistan  was  included  in  the  Sustainability  self-assess-
ment benchmark process in 2010.

Comparability 
Previously,  our  policy  was  to  report  new  acquisitions  within 
one calendar year. From 2010, we reported from the date of 
purchase,  recognizing  that  there  may  be  reporting  improve-
ments  required  at  these  facilities.  Significant  changes  which 
are reflected in 2010 data are:

•  Acquisitions: Industrial Chemicals facility in Frankfurt 
(2009), Dow Chemicals Powder Coatings business  
(Q2 2010)

•  Divestments: Chemicals Pakistan PTA (2009), National 

Starch (Q4 2010).

We  introduced  a  revised  set  of  HSE&S  KPIs  with  detailed 
reporting  guidance  for  2009.  There  are  a  number  of  defini-
tion, calculation and reporting differences which impacted the 
comparability of data with 2007 and 2008: Total Reportable 
Rate, energy, CO2, NOx and SOx emissions. We identify these 
in  the  text  and  footnotes.  More  details  are  available  on  our 
corporate website.

In  2010  we  changed  our  employee  survey  to  Gallup  Q12. 
The Gallup “grand mean” scores are not comparable with the 
previous survey’s percent favorable score. 

Reporting process and assurance
The reporting period is 2010. Data has mainly been obtained 
from our financial management reporting systems, corporate 
HR information management system and the AkzoNobel and 
former  ICI  corporate  reporting  systems  for  Health,  Safety, 
Environment & Security (HSE&S) performance indicators. We 
are confident in the overall reliability of the data reported, but 
recognize  that  some  of  these  data  are  subject  to  a  certain 
degree of uncertainty, inherent to limitations associated with 
measuring and calculating data.

Senior  managers  approved  the  content  and  the  quantita-
tive  data  used  in  the  Sustainability  facts  and  figures  relating 
to  their  respective  areas  of  responsibility.  The  integration  of 
sustainability  in  day-to-day  business  is  part  of  our  routine 
internal audit process.

The Sustainability facts and figures section has been reviewed 
by  independent,  external  auditors.  The  Assurance  report, 
including the scope of the audit, can be found in the Indepen-
dent assurance report section.

 
 
Independent assurance report

To the readers of AkzoNobel’s Sustainability  
facts and figures:

We  have  been  engaged  by  the  Board  of  Management  of 
Akzo  Nobel  N.V.  to  provide  assurance  on  the  informa-
tion  in  the  section  Sustainability  facts  and  figures  of  the 
AkzoNobel  Report  2010.  The  Board  of  Management  of 
Akzo  Nobel  N.V.  is  responsible  for  reporting  on  sustain-
ability  in  such  a  way  that  it  provides  an  adequate  view  of 
AkzoNobel’s  sustainability  policies,  measures  and  perfor-
mance  in  2010.  This  includes  the  identification  of  material 
issues  and  the  design  and  implementation  of  an  adequate 
internal control system to ensure the sustainability information 
does not contain any material inaccuracies. 

Our responsibility is to provide assurance on this information 
based on the engagement outlined below.

Our engagement was designed to provide:

•  Reasonable assurance on whether the information in 
the section Managing our values is fairly presented in 
accordance with the reporting criteria

•  Limited assurance on whether the other information 
in Sustainability facts and figures is fairly stated in 
accordance with the reporting criteria.

Procedures  performed  to  obtain  a  reasonable  level  of 
assurance  are  more  extensive  than  those  for  a  limited  level  
of assurance which are aimed at determining the plausibility 
of information.

Reporting criteria and assurance standard
AkzoNobel applies the Sustainability Reporting Guidelines of 
the  Global  Reporting  Initiative  (G3),  supported  by  internally 
developed  guidelines,  as  described  in  the  section  Report-
ing principles. It is important to view the performance data in  
the  context  of  this  explanatory  information.  We  believe  that 
these criteria are suitable in view of the purpose of our assur-
ance engagement.

We conducted our engagement in accordance with the Inter-
national Standard for Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000: 
Assurance  Engagements  other  than  Audits  or  Reviews  of 
Historical  Financial  Information,  issued  by  the  International 
Auditing  and  Assurance  Standards  Board.  This  Standard 
requires, among others, that the assurance team possesses 
the specific knowledge, skills and professional competencies 
needed  to  understand  and  review  sustainability  information, 
and  that  they  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  Code  of 
Ethics  for  Professional  Accountants  from  the  International 
Federation of Accountants to ensure their independence.

Work undertaken
We have performed the procedures deemed necessary 
to obtain the evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our conclusions. 

Our procedures for the information for which limited assur-
ance was provided, were:

•	 A documentation study to obtain insight into the 

organization and a risk analysis (including a sector 
benchmark, a media analysis and internet search) to 
identify relevant environmental, safety and social issues for 
AkzoNobel in the reporting period

•	 A review of the reporting criteria and the design and 

implementation of systems and processes for information 
management, internal control and processing of the 
qualitative and quantitative information in Sustainability 
facts and figures

•	 Interviewing management at corporate and business 

level who are responsible for the sustainability policies, 
management, internal control and reporting and evaluating 
trends and the explanations provided in Sustainability facts 
and figures

•	 Reviewing internal and external documentation to 

determine whether the qualitative information in the 
section Sustainability facts and figures is supported by 
sufficient evidence

•	 Joining two site visits of the Internal Audit department  
in relation to Health, Safety and Environment (Cologne 
and Huron).

In order to obtain reasonable assurance on the information 
in the section Managing our values, we performed additional 
procedures, including:

•	 Reviewing relevant internal audit work for all business units
•	 Joining one business unit visit of the Internal Audit 

department in relation to managing our values (Marine and 
Protective Coatings).

During the assurance process, we discussed changes to the 
various drafts of Sustainability facts and figures with AkzoNo-
bel, and reviewed the final version of Sustainability facts and 
figures to ensure that it reflects our findings.

Conclusions
Based  on  our  procedures  for  reasonable  assurance,  we 
conclude that the information in the paragraph Managing our 
values  is  fairly  presented,  in  all  material  respects,  in  accor-
dance with the reporting criteria. 

Based on our procedures for limited assurance, nothing came 
to  our  attention  to  indicate  that  the  other  information  in  the 
section Sustainability facts and figures is not fairly stated, in 
all material respects, in accordance with the reporting criteria.

Amsterdam, February 16, 2011
KPMG Sustainability

W.J. Bartels RA

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Independent assurance report

167

 
 
Sustainability performance summary

Economic/Governance/Social

Area

Product

Eco-premium solutions 5

Business integrity

Code of Conduct incidents handled by the 
Compliance Committee

H&S 2 

Fatalities employees

Code of Conduct trained

Total reportable injury rate employees/supervised 
contractors

Lost time injury rate employees/supervised 
contractors

Occupational illness rate employees

Total illness absence rate employees

% revenue

number

% employees

number

/million hour

/million hour

/million hour

%

Employees 5

Fatalities contractors (supervised plus independent)

number

Total reportable injury rate independent contractors

/million hour

Lost time injury incidents contractors

% sites with BBS program

Distribution incidents

Motor vehicle incidents with injury

Employee numbers

Women executives

High growth country executives

Online P&D Dialog participation

number

%

number

number

number

%

%

%

Management development program participation

number

Employee engagement index 7

Community program investment

Reliable operations

Management audits plus reassurance audits 

Serious incidents – Level 3

Serious incidents – Level 1, 2

Significant loss of containment

Regulatory actions – Level 3

Sourcing 5

Raw material suppliers – vendor policy signed

NPR central suppliers – vendor policy signed

NPR business suppliers – vendor policy signed

Supportive Supplier Visits since 2007

% favorable 7

€m

number

number

number

number

number

% purchases

% purchases

% purchases

number

168 Sustainability performance summary  |  Sustainability  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2010

2015

Milestones

7.4

2.3

0.5

2.4

76

15

6.8

2.2

0.4

2.3

72

72

4

46

3

18

1

5.3

1.9

0.3

2.2 1

1

–

66

53

76

1.4

64

4

81

18

31

0

4.6

1.9

0.3

2.2 1

0

5.2

–

8

10

60

527

78

1.5

61

2

82

80

20

19

~95

0

3.7

1.5

0.4

2.0

3

2.8

 –

56

52

31

25

23

95

1

3.6

1.6

0.3

1.9

0

3.0

 –

61

91

34

54,740

55,590

10

11

72

2,708

80

1.4

66

9

24

1

3

85

89

12

12

76

2,752

3.56

1.5

60

10

22

0

4

91

100

62

266

22 (2009)

30

2.0

100

20

20

2.0 3

0.5 3

0.2 3

90

100

50

220

100

152

185

Environmental

Area

Raw material 
efficiency

Maintain natural 
resources/fresh air

Total waste (excluding Soda Ash process) 4

        per ton production

Total hazardous waste

        per ton production

Non-reusable waste 4

        per ton production

Hazardous non-reusable waste 4

        per ton production

Hazardous waste to landfill

        per ton production

Fresh water use

        per ton production

COD emissions 

        per ton production

% sites with sustainable fresh water 

VOC emissions 

        per ton production

NOx emissions

        per ton production

SOx emissions

        per ton production
Total CO2(e) emissions (cradle-to-gate) 5
        per ton product 5
Raw material CO2(e) emissions (Scope 3) 5  
        per ton product 5
Direct CO2(e) emissions (Scope 1) 6
        per ton production 6
Indirect CO2(e) emissions (Scope 2) 6
        per ton production 6

Total energy consumption

        per ton prodcution

kiloton

kg/ton

kiloton

kg/ton

kiloton

kg/ton

kiloton

kg/ton

kiloton

kg/ton

million m3

m3/ton

kiloton

kg/ton

%

kiloton

kg/ton

kiloton

kg/ton

kiloton

kg/ton

kiloton

kg/ton

million ton

kg/ton

million ton

kg/ton

million ton

kg/ton

1000TJ

GJ/ton

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2010

2015

Milestones

109

25

298

2.4

112

27

285

2.4

5.1

4.9

3.3

3.2

285

15.1

62

3.3

86

4.5

23

1.2

297

16

2.9

0.15

4.0

0.22

1.1

4.8

1.6

85

3.0

161

115

6.1

249

14.7

71

4.2

89

5.2

30

1.8

4.9

0.29

270

16

2.5

0.15

38

4.2

0.25

2.1

0.12

6.2

0.37

14.9 8

853 8

10.8 8

621 8

1.9

110

2.8

162

97

5.7

258

13.1

77

3.9

103

5.3

29

1.5

4.7

0.24

309

16

1.9

0.10

48

4.3

0.22

2.0

0.10

7.1

0.36

16.0

827

11.5

593

2.0

102

3.2

165

111

5.7

84

4.4

19

1

304

16

3.1

0.16

4.9

0.26

0.9

4.1

1.7

87

3.1

161

116

75 3

1.5 3

4.0 3

10.0

100

0.19

-10%

-10%

-10%

-10%

2005, 2006 data: former AkzoNobel businesses in those years.
2007-2010: current AkzoNobel business.
1 Former AkzoNobel businesses only. 
2  HSE KPIs: from 2009 report employees/supervised contractors (was employees 

only) and independent contractors (was all contractors).

3 Targets set in 2005 have been replaced by 2015 ambitions, baseline 
  2009.
4 In addition to this figure, our Soda Ash facility in Pakistan generated 
  on dry basis 533 kilotons (2009: 515 kilotons) of non-  
  (non-reusable) waste,  as a result of the process chemistry. This aqueous 
  mixture is stored and evaporates in large, managed on-site lagoons.

5 Excludes National Starch and Chemicals Pakistan. 2009 figures restated.
6 Includes Chemicals Pakistan and National Starch
7 Employee survey has changed, from % favorable to Gallup Q12 “grand 
  mean”: average of mean scores for each question (out of 5).
8 2009 figures restated

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Sustainability  |  Sustainability performance summary

169

Financial summary

Consolidated statement of income

In € millions

Revenue

Operating income 

Financing income and expenses

Income tax

Results from associates and joint ventures

Profit for the period from continuing operations

Non-controlling interests

Discontinued operations

Net income attributable to shareholders

Common shares in millions at year-end

Dividend

2001

2002

2003 1

2004

2005 2

2006

2007

2008 3

2009

2010

14,158 

1,162 

14,059 

1,390 

13,106 

1,146 

12,833 

1,588 

13,000 

1,492 

(221)

(294)

55 

702 

(31)

–

671 

285.9 

343

(232)

(335)

30 

853 

(35)

–

818 

285.7 

343

(248)

(254)

7 

651 

(49)

–

602 

285.7 

343

(205)

(412)

10 

981 

(36)

–

945 

285.8 

343

(162)

(338)

6 

998 

(37)

–

961 

285.8 

343 

10,023 

10,217 

15,415 

13,028 

887 

(134)

(96)

87 

744 

(29)

438 

1,153 

287.0 

344 

778 

(151)

(166)

(20)

441 

(31)

8,920 

9,330

262.3 

472

(577)

(232)

(260)

25 

(1,044)

(65)

23 

(1,086)

231.7 

417

855 

(405)

(141)

21 

330 

(77)

32 

285 

232.3 

325

14,640 

1,219 

(327)

(170)

25 

747 

(83)

90 

754 

233.5 

320 

Number of employees at year-end

66,300 

67,900 

64,600 

61,400 

61,300 

42,700 

42,600 

60,000 

54,700 

55,600 

Salaries, wages and other employee benefits

Salaries, wages and other employee benefits  
(in % of revenue)

Ratios

Operating income in percent of revenue

Operating income in percent of invested capital

Net income in percent of shareholders’ equity

Interest coverage

EBITDA coverage

Per share information

Net income

Dividend

Shareholders’ equity

Highest share price during the year

Lowest share price during the year

Year-end share price

3,416 

24.1 

3,552 

25.3 

3,505 

26.7 

3,216 

25.1 

3,221 

24.8 

2,158 

21.5 

8.2 

12.5

24.1 

5.3 

8.3 

2.35 

1.20 

10.07 

57.85 

33.73 

50.15 

9.9 

15.4 

32.9 

6.0 

8.9

2.86 

1.20 

7.34 

54.50 

27.25 

30.23 

8.7 

13.6

26.2 

4.6 

7.3 

2.11 

1.20 

8.76 

32.44 

16.00 

30.60 

12.4 

20.8 

40.6 

7.7 

10.5 

3.31 

1.20 

9.12 

33.79 

24.87 

31.38 

11.5 

19.4 

32.0 

9.2 

12.7 

3.36 

1.20 

11.95 

40.18 

30.82 

39.15 

8.8 

16.3 

30.5 

6.6 

9.4 

4.02 

1.20 

14.44 

49.41 

38.30 

46.18 

2,215 

21.7 

7.6 

14.6 

122.9 

5.2 

7.5 

33.82 

1.80 

42.06 

65.56 

44.41 

54.79 

3,022 

19.6 

2,955 

22.7 

2,980 

20.4 

(3.7)

– 4 

– 4 

– 4 

– 4 

(4.38)

1.80 

32.21 

57.11 

22.85 

29.44 

6.6 

7.3 

3.7 

2.1 

4.2 

1.23 

1.35 

33.48 

46.52 

26.01 

46.40 

8.3 

9.6 

8.4 

3.7 

6.0 

3.23 

1.40 

38.47 

47.70 

37.18 

46.49 

1  The 2001 – 2003 figures have not been restated to IFRS accounting standards. 
The differences mainly relate to pensions and other post-retirement benefits, 
the recognition of deferred tax on intercompany profit. and the recognition of 
goodwill. For the most part, the changed accounting is a matter of timing of the 
recognition of the assets, liabilities and related results.

2 The 2001 – 2005 figures have not been restated for the Organon 
   BioScences divestment.
3  The 2001 – 2008 figures have not been restated for the  

National Starch divestment.

4 Not meaningful as operating income was a loss.

170

Financial summary  |  Additional Information  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Consolidated balance sheet

In € millions, December 31

2001

2002

2003 1

2004

2005 2

2006

2007

2008 3

2009

2010

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Financial non-current assets

Total non-current assets

Inventories

Receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Assets held for sale

Total current assets

Shareholders’ equity

Minority interests

Total equity

Provisions

Long-term borrowings

Other non-current liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Short-term borrowings

Current liabilities

Current portion of provisions

Liabilities held for sale

Total current liabilities

Invested capital:

- Of consolidated companies

- Of investments in associates and joint ventures

Property, plant and equipment:

- Capital expenditures

- Depreciation

Ratios:

- Revenue/invested capital

- Equity/non-current assets

- Inventories and receivables/current liabilities

508 

4,568 

1,895 

6,971 

2,270 

3,229 

455 

–

5,954 

2,878 

138 

3,016 

2,400 

2,235 

560 

5,195 

2,267 

2,447 

–

–

629 

4,402 

2,217 

7,248 

2,206 

2,815 

520 

–

5,541 

2,098 

137 

2,235 

3,855 

2,797 

513 

7,165 

979 

2,410 

–

–

590 

3,967 

1,866 

6,423 

2,133 

2,671 

727 

–

5,531 

2,502 

140 

2,642 

3,333 

2,717 

590 

6,640 

441 

2,231 

–

–

448 

3,535 

1,418 

5,401 

1,978 

2,761 

1,811 

–

6,550 

2,605 

140 

2,745 

2,877 

2,392 

200 

5,469 

560 

2,677 

500 

–

4,714 

3,389 

2,672 

3,737 

9,395 

575 

8,692 

491 

8,117 

353 

7,145 

318 

822 

635 

1.52

0.43 

2.25

689 

622 

1.55

0.31 

2.08

581 

599 

1.56

0.41 

2.15

551 

540 

1.68

0.51 

1.77

488 

3,432 

1,800 

5,720 

1,987 

2,910 

1,486 

322 

6,705 

3,415 

161 

3,576 

2,210 

2,702 

183 

5,095 

357 

2,571 

766 

60 

3,754 

8,007 

301 

514 

528 

1.68

0.62 

1.9

682 

3,346 

1,706 

5,734 

2,042 

2,919 

1,871 

219 

7,051 

4,144 

119 

4,263 

2,132 

2,551 

181 

4,864 

410 

2,652 

571 

25 

3,658 

8,060 

177 

371 

349 

1.85

0.74 

1.87

669 

2,203 

1,402 

4,274 

1,177 

2,164 

11,628 

–

14,969 

11,032 

97 

11,129 

1,598 

1,954 

133 

3,685 

1,635 

2,276 

518 

–

7,172 

3,357 

1,848 

7,388 

3,474 

1,783 

7,308 

3,384 

1,977 

12,377 

12,645 

12,669 

1,781 

2,977 

1,595 

4 

6,357 

7,463 

450 

7,913 

2,072 

2,341 

715 

5,128 

1,338 

3,510 

845 

–

1,441 

2,666 

2,128 

–

6,235 

7,775 

470 

8,245 

1,919 

3,488 

674 

6,081 

384 

3,373 

797 

–

1,678 

2,896 

2,851 

–

7,425 

8,984 

525 

9,509 

1,855 

2,880 

589 

5,324

907 

3,761 

593 

–

4,429 

5,693 

4,554 

5,261 

5,197 

142 

359 

330 

1.91

2.60 

1.47

13,424 

11,732 

12,718 

201 

534 

453 

1.07

0.64 

1.36

175 

513 

424 

1.11

0.65 

1.22 

175 

534 

435 

1.15 

0.75 

1.22 

1   The 2001 – 2003 figures have not been restated to IFRS accounting 
   standards. The differences mainly relate to pensions and other  
   post-retirement benefits, the recognition of deferred taxes on
   intercompany profit, and the recognition of goodwill. 

2   The 2001 – 2005 figures have not been restated for the Organon  

BioSciences divestment.

3   The 2001 – 2008 figures have not been restated for the  

National Starch divestment.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Additional Information  |  Financial summary

171

Business Area statistics

In € millions

Decorative Paints

Revenue

EBITDA 2

EBIT  2

Operating income

Invested capital  3

EBIT margin  2 (in %)

Capital expenditures

Average number of employees

Average revenue per employee (in €1,000)

Average EBITDA per employee (in €1,000)

Performance Coatings

Revenue

EBITDA 2

EBIT  2

Operating income

Invested capital 3

EBIT margin 2 (in %)

Capital expenditures

Average number of employees

Average revenue per employee (in €1,000)

Average EBITDA per employee (in €1,000)

Specialty Chemicals

Revenue

EBITDA  2

EBIT  2

Operating income

Invested capital 3

EBIT margin 2 (in %)

Capital expenditures

Average number of employees

Average revenue per employee (in €1,000)

Average EBITDA per employee (in €1,000)

2008

2009 1

2010

5,006 

598 

401 

(669)

6,187 

8.0 

120 

4,573 

4,968 

487 

298 

133 

6,206 

6.5 

112 

548 

343 

275 

6,404 

6.9 

154 

24,600 

22,900 

21,800 

203

24

200

21

228

25

4,575 

4,112 

4,786 

566 

467 

444 

2,004 

10.2 

89 

594 

492 

433 

1,817 

12.0 

61 

647 

540 

487 

2,122 

11.3 

87 

21,000 

20,200 

20,600 

218

27

204

29

232

31

5,687 

4,359 

4,943 

909 

605 

130 

4,055 

10.6 

305 

738 

490 

422 

3,106 

11.2 

319 

939 

679 

604 

3,457 

13.7 

273 

12,900 

11,400 

11,100 

441

70

382

65

445

85

1 Restated for transferred businesses and excluding National Starch, divested in 2010.
2 Before incidentals.
3 At year-end.

172

Financial summary  |  Additional Information  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

Regional statistics

In € millions

Revenue by destination

Revenue by origin

EBIT 2

Operating income

Capital expenditures

Invested capital 3

Number of employees 3

Revenue by destination

Revenue by origin

EBIT 2

Operating income

Capital expenditures

Invested capital 3

Number of employees 3 

Revenue by destination

Revenue by origin

EBIT 2

Operating income

Capital expenditures

Invested capital 3

Number of employees 3

Revenue by destination

Revenue by origin

EBIT 2

Operating income

Capital expenditures

Invested capital 3

Number of employees 3

Revenue by destination

Revenue by origin

EBIT 2

Operating income

Capital expenditures

Invested capital 3

Number of employees 3

1 Excluding National Starch, divested in 2010.
2 Before incidentals.
3 At year-end.

2007

2008

2009 1

2010

2007

2008

2009 1

2010

The Netherlands

US and Canada

777 

1,368 

103 

(6)

83 

893 

4,900 

Germany

907 

930 

66 

59 

17 

365 

3,100 

Sweden

472 

1,406 

156 

156 

53 

564 

867 

1,423 

18 

(45)

86 

2,007 

5,000 

1,141 

1,179 

115 

(34)

25 

1,086 

3,600 

478 

1,457 

157 

126 

50 

557 

3,700 

3,800 

UK

552 

617 

14 

12 

14 

486 

3,000 

1,093 

1,206 

153 

(48)

31 

1,324 

4,200 

Other European countries

3,147 

2,068 

186 

163 

66 

950 

9,000 

3,666 

2,582 

195 

113 

81 

2,359 

10,100 

792 

1,284 

(49)

(69)

104 

1,489 

4,800 

1,088 

1,089 

90 

44 

19 

983 

3,700 

423 

1,284 

124 

59 

37 

461 

3,500 

768 

830 

82 

75 

22 

1,562 

3,800 

3,095 

2,211 

216 

115 

69 

2,420 

9,400 

803 

1,537 

(41)

(78)

84 

1,290 

5,000 

1,160 

1,096 

102 

91 

22 

915 

3,500 

468 

1,475 

200 

162 

19 

542 

1,855 

1,871 

136 

118 

56 

1,214 

6,100 

Latin America

606 

475 

58 

62 

15 

272 

2,700 

687 

658 

110 

110 

38 

142 

China

3,330 

3,463 

154 

(608)

94 

325 

12,000 

1,306 

1,103 

135 

89 

49 

776 

4,800 

1,054 

968 

144 

(98)

67 

861 

2,600 

2,712 

123 

114 

55 

2,554 

10,100 

1,147 

959 

121 

108 

30 

767 

2,954 

3,074 

226 

225 

63 

2,762 

10,300 

1,394 

1,168 

121 

140 

30 

872 

4,300 

4,300 

997 

929 

159 

157 

143 

772 

1,249 

1,177 

161 

162 

147 

952 

3,400 

5,100 

6,300 

6,100 

6,700 

Other Asian countries

798 

854 

67 

76 

28 

1,782 

3,900 

3,398 

2,336 

269 

172 

83 

2,616 

9,100 

784 

567 

85 

76 

10 

195 

3,300 

Other regions

430 

257 

33 

28 

7 

116 

1,700 

1,866 

1,682 

199 

(110)

43 

103 

7,800 

614 

352 

45 

38 

8 

174 

2,400 

1,585 

1,389 

224 

220 

27 

610 

1,780 

1,514 

212 

217 

48 

766 

6,800 

7,200 

533 

341 

41 

32 

7 

114 

2,200 

636 

409 

57 

52 

10 

221 

2,200 

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Additional Information  |  Financial summary

173

Index

Accounting policies  

91

Financial instruments  

96, 124, 132

Remuneration 

 65, 69, 120

Acquisitions and divestments  

11, 98

Foreign exchange risk management  

124

Report of the Board of Management  

Antitrust cases  

Audit Committee  

Auditor’s report  

Board of Management 

Borrowings  

Business Area statistics  

Car Refinishes  

Carbon Policy  

Cash and cash equivalents  

Chairman’s statement  

Chemicals Pakistan 

Code of Conduct 

35

Report of the Supervisory Board 

175

Research, Development and Innovation  

157, 159

Risk management  

Safe harbor statement  

inside back cover

118

Functional Chemicals  

62

Glossary  

134

Health and Safety  

 8

High growth markets 

116, 117

Incidentals 

172

Industrial Chemicals  

46

Industrial Coatings 

78, 145

Intangible assets  

110

Internal controls  

6

Inventories  

 39

Investments in associates and joint ventures  

 22

 99

36

47

Segment information  

Shareholders’ equity  

Sourcing  

105

Specialty Chemicals  

16, 65, 124

Stakeholder activity  

109

108

Strategic agenda 

Strategic ambitions  

 16, 67, 75, 152

Key developments by Business Area  

30, 40, 50

Supervisory Board  

Community Program activity  

26,156

Manufacturing  

23, 150

Surface Chemistry  

Company financial statements  

129

Marine and Protective Coatings  

45

Sustainability framework  

Consolidated balance sheet  

Consolidated statement of cash flows  

Consolidated statement of changes in equity  

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  

Consolidated statement of income  

87

88

89

87

86

National Starch 

Nomination Committee  

 11, 13

Sustainability facts and figures  

60, 62

Sustainability management  

Other financial non-current assets  

109

Tax  

Outlook  

Pensions  

10, 16

Ten-year financial summary  

14, 79, 93, 112

Trade and other payables 

Contingent liabilities and commitments  

118

Performance Coatings  

Corporate governance 

Decorative Paints  

Dividend proposal  

Earnings per share  

 63

50

Powder Coatings  

Product stewardship  

13, 68, 80

Profit allocation  

13, 86, 92

Property, plant and equipment  

Economic Value Added (EVA)  

13

Provisions  

Emissions and waste  

Employees  

161, 163

Proxy voting  

19, 24, 153

Pulp and Paper Chemicals  

Exchange rates of key currencies  

93

Regional statistics  

Financial calendar  

177

Remuneration Committee 

40

48

23, 159

135

107

112

68, 80

37

173

 62, 66

Trade and other receivables  

Wood Finishes and Adhesives 

174

Index  |  Additional Information  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

10

 61

21, 149

75

90

14, 111, 130

23, 149

30

141

20

18

60

38

142–143

137–169

139

100

170

 117

109

49

Glossary

Adjusted earnings per share
Basic  earnings  per  share  from  continuing  operations 
excluding incidentals in operating income, amortization of 
intangible assets and tax on these adjustments.

Comprehensive income
is  the  change  in  equity  during  a  period  resulting  from 
transactions  and  other  events  other  than  those  changes  
resulting from transactions with shareholders in their capacity 
as shareholders.

Eco-efficiency 
Eco-efficiency means doing more for less: creating goods and 
services while using fewer resources and creating less waste 
and pollution.

ADR
American depositary receipt.

Autonomous growth 
is defined as the change in revenue attributable to changed 
volumes and selling prices. It excludes effects from currency 
and acquisition and divestment.

BBS
Behavior-based safety.

Carbon footprint 
The carbon footprint of a product or organization is the total 
amount  of  greenhouse  gas  (GHG)  emissions  caused  during 
a defined period, or across the total or part of a product life-
cycle. It is expressed in terms of the amount of carbon dioxide 
equivalents emitted.

Code of Conduct 
Our Code of Conduct defines our company values and how 
we  work.  It  incorporates  fundamental  principles  on  issues 
such as business integrity, labor relations, health, safety, envi-
ronment and security and community involvement.

Code of Conduct incident
The Code of Conduct incidents handled by to the Corporate 
Compliance  Committee  will  cover  competition  law,  bribery, 
export control, insider trading or auditing matters; or involve 
a senior member of corporate staff, business teams or local 
management; or have a value greater than EUR 0.1 million.

Community Program 
AkzoNobel’s  global  Community  Program  encourages  and 
gives financial support for employees to get involved, hands-
on, in their local communities.

Cradle to Cradle 
The  Cradle  to  Cradle  concept  encourages  the  creation  of 
products  for  cradle-to-cradle  cycles,  whose  materials  are 
perpetually circulated in closed loops.

Dow Jones Sustainability Index (DJSI) 
The  Dow  Jones  Sustainability  Index  tracks  the  performance 
of the global sustainability leaders. The top 10 percent of the 
2,500  largest  companies  in  the  Dow  Jones  Global  Indexes, 
rated by sustainability performance, are selected as compo-
nents of DJSI.

Earnings per share 
Net  income  attributable  to  shareholders  divided  by  the 
weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding 
during the year.

EBIT 
Operating income before incidentals.  

EBIT margin 
Operating income or EBIT as percentage of revenue and can 
refer to margins both before and after incidentals.

EBITDA 
EBIT  before  depreciation  and  amortization  and  refers  in  this 
report to EBITDA before incidentals.

EBITDA coverage 
EBITDA divided by the sum of financing income and expenses.

EBITDA margin 
EBITDA as percentage of revenue.

Eco-premium solutions 
A  measure  of  the  eco-efficiency  of  our  products.  An  eco-
premium solution is significantly better than competing offers 
in the market in at least one eco-efficiency criterion (toxicity, 
energy use, use of natural resources/raw materials, emissions 
and waste, land use, risks), and not significantly worse in any 
other criteria.

EMEA
Europe, Middle East and Africa.

Emerging Europe
Czech Republic, Estonia, Hungary, Poland, Romania, Russian 
Federation, Slovenia, Turkey and Ukraine.

Emissions and waste 
We report emissions to air, land and water for those substanc-
es  which  may  have  an  impact  on  people  or  the  environ-
ment: CO2, NOx and SOx, VOCs, chemical oxygen demand, 
hazardous  and  non-hazardous  waste.  Definitions  are  in  the 
Sustainability facts and figures section.

EOI (EVA on invested capital) 
Economic value created in relation to invested capital during 
the period of three consecutive years. This measure is used 
to encourage EVA performance over a longer period of time.

EVA (Economic Value Added) 
Calculated by deducting from net operating profit after taxes 
(NOPAT) a capital charge representing the cost of capital.

GHG
Greenhouse gases.

AkzoNobel Report 2010  |  Additional Information  |  Glossary

175

Incidentals
Incidentals  are  special  charges  and  benefits,  results  on 
acquisitions  and  divestments,  restructuring  and  impairment 
charges,  and  charges  related  to  major  legal,  antitrust,  and 
environmental  cases.  EBIT  and  EBITDA  before  incidentals 
are  key  figures  management  uses  to  assess  the  company’s 
performance,  as  these  figures  better  reflect  the  underlying 
trends in the results of the activities.

Interest coverage 
Operating Income divided by net financing expenses.

Invested capital 
Total assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents, invest-
ments  in   associates,  assets  held  for  sale)  less  current 
 income tax payable, deferred tax liabilities and trade and 
other payables.

Key value chain 
Used  to  map  the  carbon  footprint  of  our  businesses.  Key 
value chains are product groupings with similar footprint char-
acteristics, which are representative of the majority of total BU 
revenue/production.

Loss of containment 
Loss  of  containment  is  an  indicator  we  use  to  monitor  the 
integrity of our assets. We have defined four levels to indicate 
the level of loss, from small, on-site spill to Level 4 – a signifi-
cant emission of a toxic/hazardous material.

Mature markets 
Comprise  of  Western  Europe,  the  US,  Canada,  Japan  and 
Oceania.

Moving average ROI 
is calculated as EBIT of the last 12 months divided by average 
invested capital.

Natural resource use 
We do not report specific natural resource use, except water. 

176 Glossary  |  Additional Information  |  AkzoNobel Report 2010

We do report our use of energy and wastes from our opera-
tions, and indicate the main raw materials used in our products.

RD&I 
Research, Development and Innovation.

Net debt
is  defined  as  long-term  borrowings  plus  short-term  borrow-
ings less cash and cash equivalents.

Revenue 
Revenue  consists  of  sales  of  goods,  services  and  royalty 
income.

Net income 
Net income attributable to shareholders of Akzo Nobel N.V. 

Operating income 
Operating  income  is  defined  in  accordance  with  IFRS  and 
includes the relevant incidental charges.

Serious incident 
We have defined three levels of serious incident. The highest 
category – Level 3 – involves any loss of life; more than five 
serious  injuries;  environmental,  asset  or  business  damage 
totaling more than €25 million; inability to maintain business; 
or serious reputation damage to AkzoNobel stakeholders.

Operating ROI 
is  calculated  as  EBIT  before  amortization  of  the  last  12 
months divided by average invested capital excluding intan-
gible assets.

Shareholders’ equity per share 
Akzo Nobel N.V. shareholders’ equity divided by the number 
of common shares outstanding at December 31.

Operating working capital 
Operating  working  capital  is  defined  as  the  sum  of  invento-
ries,  trade  receivables  and  trade  payables  in  the  Business 
Areas. When expressed as a ratio, operating working capital 
is measured against four times last quarter revenue.

Operational eco-efficiency 
Operational eco-efficiency is the eco-efficiency of our manu-
facturing  operations.  Our  aim  is  to  improve  the  operational 
eco-efficiency by reducing the resources used and emissions/
waste from our sites during the manufacture of our products.

P&D Dialog 
The  Performance  &  Development  Dialog  (P&D  Dialog)  is 
AkzoNobel’s  global  performance  and  appraisal  system  for 
employees.

Profit for the period 
The  sum  of  net  income  attributable  to  shareholders  of 
Akzo Nobel N.V. and the income attributable to non-control-
ling interests.

Talent Factory 
Talent Factory describes our ambition to be recognized as a 
company which offers opportunities to its people for ongoing 
learning, development and growth.

Total reportable rate of injuries (TRR)
The total reportable rate is the number of injuries per million 
hours  worked.  Full  definitions  are  in  the  Sustainability  facts 
and figures section.

TSR (total shareholder return) 
Used  to  compare  the  performance  of  different  companies’ 
stocks and shares over time. It combines share price appreci-
ation and dividends paid to show the total return to the share-
holder. The relative TSR position reflects the market percep-
tion of overall performance relative to a reference group. 

Financial calendar

April 21  

April 27 

April 29 

May 3 

May 10  

July 21 

Report for the first quarter

Annual General Meeting

Ex-dividend date of 2010 final dividend

Record date of 2010 final dividend

Payment date of 2010 final dividend

Report for the second quarter

October 20 

Report for the third quarter 

February 16 

Report for the fourth quarter and full-year 2011

 
 
Report 2010 including Sustainability Report 
The  company’s  annual  financial  report  has  this  year  been 
combined with the sustainability report into one Report 2010. 
The  sustainability  sections,  however,  in  no  way  form  part  of 
the  company’s  annual  report  as  the  company  is  required  to 
publish pursuant to Dutch law.

Report 2010 – Dutch version 
Selected chapters of this report are also available in Dutch. In 
the event of any discrepancies between the two versions, the 
English report will prevail.

Brands and trademarks 
In this Report, reference is made to brands and trademarks 
owned  by,  or  licensed  to,  AkzoNobel.  Unauthorized  use  of 
these is strictly prohibited.

Disclaimer 
In this Report, great care has been taken in drawing up the 
properties and qualifications of the product features. No rights 
can be derived from these descriptions. The reader is advised 
to  consult  the  available  product  specifications  themselves. 
These  are  available  through  the  relevant  business  units.  In 
this report the terms “AkzoNobel” and “the company” refer to 
Akzo Nobel N.V. and its consolidated companies in general. 
The company is a holding company registered in the Nether-
lands. Business activities are conducted by operating subsidi-
aries  throughout  the  world.  The  terms  “we”,  “our”  and  “us” 
are used to describe the company; where they are used in the 
chapter  “Business  performance”,  they  refer  to  the  business 
concerned.

Safe harbor statement 
This  Report  contains  statements  which  address  such  key 
issues as AkzoNobel’s growth strategy, future financial results, 
market  positions,  product  development,  products  in  the 
pipeline and product approvals. Such statements should be 
carefully considered and it should be understood that many 
factors  could  cause  forecasted  and  actual  results  to  differ 
from  these  statements.  These  factors  include,  but  are  not 
limited  to,  price  fluctuations,  currency  fluctuations,  develop-
ments in raw material and personnel costs, pensions, physi-
cal and environmental risks, legal issues, and legislative, fiscal 
and other regulatory measures. Stated competitive positions 
are based on management estimates supported by informa-
tion provided by specialized external agencies.

Concept, design and realisation
Pentagram
AkzoNobel Corporate Communications

Photography
Allon Wechsler
Arie de Leeuw
David Lichtneker
Lee Funnell
Tessa Posthuma de Boer
Tony Burns
Audi
Heineken
Vodafone McLaren Mercedes
Additional photography supplied by the AkzoNobel Business Units

Lithography and printing
Tesink B.V., Zutphhen, the Netherlands

Paper
Heaven 42, printed with bio-ink

Akzo Nobel N.V.
Investor Relations
Strawinskylaan
1077 ZZ Amsterdam
The Netherlands
www.akzonobel.com/investor_relations

T +31 20 502 7854
F +31 20 502 7605
E investor.relations@akzonobel.com

AkzoNobel is the largest global paints and coatings 
company and a major producer of specialty  
chemicals.  We supply industries and consumers 
worldwide with innovative products and are passionate 
about developing sustainable answers for our 
customers. Our portfolio includes well known brands 
such as Dulux, Sikkens, International and Eka. 

Headquartered in Amsterdam, the Netherlands,  
we are a Global Fortune 500 company and are 
consistently ranked as one of the leaders in the  
area of sustainability. With operations in more  
than 80 countries, our 55,000 people around the  
world are committed to excellence and delivering  
Tomorrow’s Answers Today™.